DAS Vol 1 - Full version

Design & Access Statement Volume 1: Outline Component

Hawkins\Brown & Studio Egret West EC.PA.08 July 2024

We are creating a place the world will watch with wonder, on London’s iconic site of human ingenuity. Through our masterplan, we will reimagine the very fabric of living, working and urban wellbeing for London and future spaces.

Attracting the world’s most inventive, imaginative and extraordinary minds. That place is Earls Court.

Our four place pillars underpin our vision and set the ambitions for the place we want to create.

Nature

A celebration of nature and its ability to connect and revive.

Innovation

A showcase for climate and clean innovation and skills. Culture

A cultural ecosystem for the future of talent.

Neighbourhood

An inspiring neighbourhood designed for all stages of life.

Foreword

After four years of deep consideration and collaboration with stakeholders and local people, The Earls Court Development Company (ECDC) is delighted to present the ambitious future plans for this iconic Site.

We formed in 2021 during the lockdown imposed by the first global pandemic in a century, an era which was both disruptive and formative, demanding that we reflect and reassess how we will be living in the future. There could be no more engaging mission for a team specifically assembled to design a place fit for the 22nd century.

As a team, ECDC shares a passion for transformational inner-city projects, and collectively have wide-ranging experiences from diverse international projects. Together, we are driven to fulfil the opportunities of this complex strategic site for London and rightfully put Earls Court as a place back on the global map.

Our intent from the very beginning, was to take a different approach to community involvement in shaping design. Setting up as a local business and being right next to Site everyday, working closely with both local authorities, the Mayor’s office, local businesses and our neighbours has been fundamental in shaping our plans for the Site, which we believe are more relevant and exciting for it.

We have listened and taken huge inspiration from Earls Court’s heritage, as a place that dared — to showcase, to entertain and celebrate the spectacular. A place that was so clearly cherished for being bold and brave, welcoming people from across the globe.

Our plans retain that innovative spirit that embraces future thinking — an approach we believe has become more important now than ever before. An approach that continues to drive us to create a global exemplar of sustainability.

We understand our responsibility to deliver much needed homes and employment opportunities for London. Critical to achieving these aims is creating a place with personality, a place that once again becomes a destination with a broad cultural appeal and is fully inclusive to all that come to experience it.

The masterplan has been created to prioritise urban wellbeing and includes a network of Exhibition Gardens that will be open and accessible for everyone to enjoy. We’re creating a pedestrian-first environment alive with daytime and evening active uses. This generosity of open space is evident at key arrival points as well as the unique Table Park and Lillie Sidings.

Our commitment to create a better piece of city has been evidenced over the last three years as we have

welcomed over 500,000 people back onto Site to enjoy a programme of events that nod to the past and point to the future of Earls Court.

ECDC began with a mantra ‘to make haste slowly’ and ensure we took the time to both listen and appreciate the world of Earls Court, which helped to establish the early vision to bring the wonder back to Earls Court.

Now, after over four years of consideration, we are proud to present our hybrid planning submission to the authorities for determination — a key milestone to enable the future of Earls Court as a place, once again, to discover wonder.

Rob Heasman CEO

The Earls Court Development Company

Aerial view looking west over the Earls Court Development

1 Introduction

1.1 Introduction

This Design and Access Statement has been prepared by Hawkins\Brown and Studio Egret West. It is submitted as part of two Hybrid Planning Applications, one submitted to the London Borough of Hammersmith and Fulham (‘LBHF’) and one submitted to the Royal Borough of Kensington and Chelsea (‘RBKC’).

The Hybrid Applications have been submitted on behalf of the Earls Court Partnership Limited (‘ECPL’),(“The Applicant”). Together the RBKC and LBHF Proposed Developments form the Earls Court Development which comprises the redevelopment of the Site.

The Site, located within the wider Earl’s Court and West Kensington Opportunity Area (London Plan 2021) occupies an area of approximately 18 hectares (approximately 179,965sqm) and is located in both LBHF and RBKC, in West London.

The Site area associated with the RBKC Hybrid Application is 8 hectares (approximately 78,561sqm) and the Site area associated with the LBHF Hybrid Application is 10 hectares (approximately 101,395sqm).

The Earls Court Development will provide residential dwellings, purpose-built student accommodation, assisted living, workspace, culture, community, retail and leisure facilities alongside high quality public realm and open spaces. With an ambition to be a global exemplar of sustainable development, it will be a neighbourhood designed for all stages of life and a landscape-led development.

Earl’s Court station

West Brompton station

West Kensington station

Royal Borough of Kensington and Chelsea (RBKC)

London Borough of Hammersmith and Fulham (LBHF)

Aerial view of the Earls Court Site

1.2 An Extraordinary Opportunity

The Earls Court Development is part of the Earl’s Court and West Kensington Opportunity Area. The Opportunity Area is identified as having the potential to provide substantial numbers of new employment and housing, with a mixed and intensive use of land, assisted by good public transport accessibility.

This designation signifies the Site’s crucial role in helping London to accommodate its growing population in sustainable, healthy and inclusive communities. London has a finite supply of developable land and few opportunities are left to unlock development potential on such a considerable scale.

The Earl’s Court and West Kensington Opportunity Area is a 38 hectare area identified in the Mayor’s London Plan (London Plan 2021) with the potential to deliver 6,500 new homes and 5,000 new jobs by 2041.

The Earls Court Development covers c.18 hectares of the Opportunity Area and is one of the largest brownfield sites within central London. The Site has the potential to deliver homes and employment on a strategic scale, and to provide a truly inspiring new London district and destination. Earl’s

The Earls Court Development has the potential to deliver strategic benefits for London and be a benchmark for sustainable growth—driven by high aspirations for social value, economic prosperity and growth, and environmental resilience defined by exemplary placemaking and a unique cultural identity.

1.3 A Team Embedded in the Local Community

The Earls Court Development Company (ECDC) is responsible for driving the transformation of the c. 18 hectare, former Earls Court Exhibition Centres Site on behalf of the Earls Court Partnership Limited (ECPL).

ECPL, the Applicant, is a joint venture between Delancey (on behalf of its client funds) and the Dutch pension fund manager, APG and Transport for London (TfL) that was formed in December 2019.

Based on Site at Empress Place since late 2020, ECDC is a proud local business responsible for driving the transformation of the former Earls Court Exhibition Centres Site, Central London’s largest cleared development opportunity.

The Earls Court Development Company (ECDC) Team

1.3 A Team Embedded in the Local Community

It has been important to work with local communities to understand the lived experiences, priorities and aspirations of those who live, work, and go to school in the area. Over the past four years, this careful listening has been central to the design evolution of the masterplan proposals for Earls Court.

The Earls Court Community Hub, staffed entirely by team members recruited from the local area, has allowed strong relationships to be established with its thousands of users. ECDC’s approach to engagement has involved working with resident associations, local amenity groups, charities, businesses and people from around all sides of the Site and across both boroughs. Feedback and input received has proved invaluable to the Design Team who have over multiple iterations, amended and refined the proposals based on what was heard.

Images from ECDC’s engagement programme

1.4 Opening Up the Site to Temporary Activations

ECDC took on the stewardship of a largely underused and forgotten Site, along with 66 derelict properties. This had contributed nothing to the local community since the closure and demolition of the Exhibition Centres in 2015.

From the outset, ECDC recognised the importance of embedding culture, creativity and collaboration through an early activation strategy.

Through the focus on reinstating Earls Court as a destination from day one, the illustrious history of sport, fun and spectacle has been brought back. Festivals, events, art, creative studios, community uses, jobs and training have seen over 675,000 people welcomed to the Site.

Everyday on average c. 2000 people live, work or are entertained in the spaces curated by ECDC. This is central to the commitment to transform this extraordinary Site, putting it back into economic use, delivering social impact and bringing the wonder back to Earls Court.

In 2022, ECDC’s community investment programme generated £7.8 million of social value, £2.7 million of net additional expenditure as well as £2.1 million of additional Gross Value Added (GVA) within the local area.

In 2023, ECDC’s community investment programme generated over £7.9 million of social value, £25.7 million of net additional expenditure as well as £11.9 million of additional GVA within the local area.

Earls Court Community Fund 2023 beneficiaries

1.4 Opening Up the Site to Temporary Activations

Summer of Art - public art activations

July 2021 – ongoing

Partnerships with a variety of cultural partners including London Design Festival, Kensington and Chelsea Art Week and photographer Alison Jackson, have brought public art installations and exhibitions to Site.

Guardianship homes

Summer 2021 – ongoing

In partnership with LOWE Guardians, ECDC refurbished and brought homes on Empress Place and in Seven Stars, North End Road back into use at discounted rents for key workers and people on low incomes. The homes are at full occupation.

The London Wonderground at Earls Court in partnership with Underbelly

Summer 2021 & 2022

Over 160,000 people visited the free to enter festival across both summers to see a range of theatre, circus and comedy, alongside food stalls and fairground rides.

Empress Studios

March 2022 – ongoing

In partnership with This is Projekt, ECDC turned six derelict Victorian townhouses on Empress Place into 46 affordable creative studios designed for the community.

Lillie Road shops

Summer 2021 – ongoing

The pop-up high street on Lillie Road is home to The Prince which hosts a line-up of London’s most in demand street food brands and a huge pub garden, alongside a curated mix of independent retailers.

Community Hub

June 2022 – ongoing

A social haven for the community to enjoy, with a range of free activities alongside a serene garden managed by Hammersmith Community Gardens Association and supported by a residentled gardening club. Each week hundreds of local residents take advantage of the range of classes and happenings at the Hub, which is also home to the 10th Fulham Scouts.

1.4 Opening Up the Site to Temporary Activations

The Lost Estate at the former Mannequin Factory

July 2022 – current

A temporary visionary and immersive theatre experience that brings well known stories to life through world-class performances and themed dining.

Padel and Beach Rugby

October 2023 – current

ECDC launched an outdoor Padel showcase court in collaboration with Padel Social Club. A city beach was also installed on Empress Space, programmed with free tag rugby tournaments and children’s rugby coaching sessions. In spring 2024, the Padel Social Club expanded to a further four courts, a club house and bar, and wellness facilities.

Artist in Residence programme

January 2023 – current

In partnership with the National Portrait Gallery, ECDC launched an Artist in Residence programme selecting twelve artists to work with the local community over a three year period to deliver portraits and community arts projects.

Earls Court Skills Centre

November 2023 – current

Together with Places for London and the Skills Centre, ECDC opened West London’s newest cross-borough centre for future education. This will be a central point for training and enterprise throughout the lifetime of the project, working with community groups and future employers to upskill local people.

BBC Earth Experience

March 2023 – January 2024

A world-first, ground breaking new experience narrated by Sir David Attenborough took visitors on an audio-visual experience featuring footage from the series Seven Worlds, One Planet. It was visited by over 375,000 people in 10 months.

The existing structure has been repurposed and this autumn will be home to the first global immersive experience of ‘Come Alive, The Greatest Showman Circus Spectacular’.

1.5 Listening to the Community

Over the past four years, ECDC has worked collaboratively with local residents, businesses, stakeholders and interest groups to understand their ambitions for the Earls Court masterplan. Recognising the Site holds a special place in the memories of local people, the vision and the masterplan have been shaped by working with the communities.

Through listening and engaging, as well as activities ranging from family fun-days to street stalls, exhibitions, workshops, door-knocking and sentiment surveys, thousands of people have given their views. A particular focus was on outreach to people whose voices are less often heard, and the Design Team worked through panels and forums to facilitate more in depth discussions. Out of workshops with young people, older people and those with disabilities, the Public Realm Inclusivity Panel (PRIP) was established.

Each iteration of the masterplan was publicly exhibited and staffed by members of ECDC and the wider Project Team, with thousands of residents attending in person or submitting feedback. The changes made following feedback were then tested through surveys with a high rate of return and 76% of respondents supporting the ongoing iteration of the masterplan.

Total engagement since 2020

2,707 2,562 1,917 800+ 722 493 50+ 76% 17,000+

unique visits to the Commonplace consultation microsite

survey contributions from 1,518 respondents

people emailed regular updates

visitors to ECDC’s exhibitions

hours of PRIP members’ time spent with the Design Team over 25 PRIP and Safety Panel meetings and carrying out homework/ research

school children and young people taking part in workshops and programmes

of survey respondents expressed support for the masterplan exhibited in November 2023 to April 2024

hours of the ECDC and Project Team members’ time engaging residents and lesser heard groups over 39 walks and workshops

organised site tours for local residents, groups and stakeholders

Earls Court Project Rooms, ECDC Head Office

Listening to the Community

2020

Community open day held at Earls Court Project Rooms

Autumn 2021

Stakeholder tours leading to the development of the vision and emerging guiding principles

Spring 2022

Community masterplanning workshops begin

Spring 2023

Consultation on draft masterplan, including exhibition and survey as well as continuing PRIP and community masterplan workshops

Spring 2020

Opinion polling research, interviews with stakeholders and residents survey

Summer 2021

Series of pop-up engagement events and family fun days in the local area

Winter 2021

Emerging vision launched to ‘bring the wonder back’ and four key priorities for the site

Exhibition held a survey on the priorities for the masterplan framework and workshops with young people, those with disabilities and older people

Summer 2022

Consultation on Framework Principles, exhibited at Conversation Corner

First meeting of the Public Realm Inclusivity Panel (PRIP)

Street stalls and pop-ups across the wider area and multiple community workshops with local residents and businesses

Spring 2024

Outlining proposals on detailed Phase 1 building designs and inviting feedback on the approach to design coding

Continued PRIP, masterplan and area-based workshops with the local community

Winter 2023

Consultation on updated masterplan in response to feedback and inviting feedback on the Character Areas and initial Phase 1 design proposals

PRIP sub-group focusing on safety

Series of area based workshops with nearby neighbours

Doorstep engagement with neighbouring residents

Summer

Inclusive Design

A key initiative has been working in more depth through community workshops and stakeholder engagement to discuss a wider range of topics. This has involved putting people at the heart of the design process, celebrating and incorporating diversity and difference. The masterplan reflects the needs of different groups including older people, children, those with disabilities and carers.

“I wasn’t expecting to be listened to as much as we are, but I’ve seen how the things we’ve discussed on the panel have been considered and implemented into the design plans which is amazing.”

Niamh Faleye PRIP member

“Having PRIP members in mind when making the case for inclusive design has been really impactful. It gives a face to the people we are designing for and a clear sense of purpose when we are weighing up design decisions.”

Laurence Neal, Design Manager The Earls Court Development Company

This has included dedicated outreach to those whose voices are less often heard. Out of workshops with young people, older people and those with disabilities, the Public Realm Inclusivity Panel (PRIP) was established. This group of 15 people of varying backgrounds and abilities from the local area aged 15-80 has, and is continuing to play a key role in shaping the accessible, inclusive and ambitious proposals for the public spaces within the masterplan.

The PRIP has played a pivotal role in amplifying the voices of people typically excluded from the decision making process of development projects.

In its first 16 months, the panel served as a critical friend, contributing to the public realm design brief and reviewing the draft design proposals. As the panel members developed the skills to understand and engage with the complexity and the challenges of a masterplan, as well as the planning process, their work became more detailed.

Between November 2023 and June 2024, they worked in a more advisory capacity, reviewing and providing input on the Design Code for access and movement, street furniture, lighting, signage, materiality, and design and management elements around safety.

The work of the PRIP continues and ECDC is committed to working with the group through future detail design phases of the development.

“I cannot overstate just how good the process has been and it is all down to the innovative and inclusive ways in which the sessions are being run; well done all.”

Floyd Wilson PRIP member

“The PRIP has enabled me to understand different concerns and issues with the way in which people use and experience streets than would be the case had we just been working with a group of built environment professionals.”

Justin Sherlock, Technical Director WSP

Photographs of the Public Realm Inclusivity Panel on Site and in workshops

1.7 The Masterplan Team

The importance of the Earls Court Site as an Opportunity Area in London, together with the collective ambition for a new approach, resulted in an international competition for a masterplan architect.

Following over 50 expressions of interest, and a two-stage design competition, a masterplan architect team composed of Hawkins\Brown (HB) and Studio Egret West (SEW) was selected in early 2020.

The Danish landscape consultancy SLA was also appointed in 2022 and, together with SEW, further developed the vision for a landscape-led approach, whilst establishing the environmental aspirations and ensuring a welcoming place for all.

Alongside this core team, over 30 consultants have also been involved in preparing the Outline Component of the Hybrid Planning Applications. Throughout the evolution of the masterplan, members of the Design Team have been at the forefront of engagement alongside ECDC. They have staffed public events, attended workshops and have been present at the Conversation Corner dropin space, allowing local residents the opportunity to engage with the Design Team, and give their views and suggestions directly.

Bonnett Associates

Factory Fifteen

Gardiner & Theobold

Gordon Ingram Associates

Haworth Tompkins

Hoare Lea

Iceni Projects

Kanda

Knight Frank

Leslie Jones LCA

Maccreanor Lavington

MindFolio

Montagu Evans

Pilbrow & Partners

Quod

Ramboll

Realworth

Rendall and Rittner

Lead consultant and masterplan architect Hawkins\Brown Studio Egret West

Lead consultant, masterplan architect and landscape architect

1.8 The Planning Applications

Two Hybrid Planning Applications

Whilst the masterplan has been developed for the Site as a whole, the administrative boundaries of the two local authorities bisect the Site. Separate Hybrid Applications are therefore submitted to each borough (in duplicate) and form the planning applications.

The RBKC Hybrid Application is formed of detailed development proposals in respect of plots EC05 and EC06 for which no matters are reserved (“RBKC Detailed Component”), and outline development proposals for the remainder of the RBKC Site, with all matters reserved (“RBKC Outline Component”). The RBKC Detailed Component and RBKC Outline Component together are referred to as the “RBKC Proposed Development”.

The LBHF Hybrid Application is formed of detailed development proposals in respect of plots WB03, WB04 and WB05 for which no matters are reserved (“LBHF Detailed Component”), and outline development proposals for the remainder of the Site, with all matters reserved (“LBHF Outline Component”).

LBHF Detailed Component and LBHF Outline Component together are referred to as the “LBHF Proposed Development”.

The Proposed Development is currently anticipated to be delivered in a number of phases over an estimated programme of approximately 19 years to completion.

No significant delay is anticipated between the phases. However, realising vacant possession of the Lillie Bridge Depot is complex and whilst an indicative programme has been agreed with London Underground Limited (LUL), it is subject to ongoing review, detailed preparation, and additional consents. It may change and could delay vacant possession beyond the timescales currently anticipated.

Due to the above, the Hybrid Planning Applications consider and assess two different scenarios. These are:

1. All Phases: comprising the entirety of the Proposed Development. This is currently anticipated for completion by 2043.

2. Early Phases: Phases 1-4 (the ‘Early Phases’) are completed, but the Depot remains operational and is delivered to a different programme from that currently anticipated in the All Phases scenario.

► For more information on the structure of the planning applications refer to the Planning Statement (EC.PA.04).

► For more information on phasing refer to the Design and Access Statement Volume 1: Outline Component / Phasing and Delivery (EC.PA.08).

Total area of 18 hectares, of which 10 hectares are in LBHF and 8 hectares in RBKC.

Hybrid Application boundary Borough boundary Outline Component

A RBKC Detailed Component (Plots EC05/06)

B LBHF Detailed Component (Plots WB03/04/05) Development Zones

London Borough of Hammersmith and Fulham (LBHF)

Royal Borough of Kensington and Chelsea (RBKC)

1.8 The Planning Applications

Structure of the application

The planning submissions are Hybrid Applications, meaning they contain both a Detailed Component and an Outline Component.

Outline Component

Outline proposals cover the extent of the Earls Court Site, excluding the Detailed Component. The Outline Component sets a robust Strategic Framework for development, but leaves room for flexibility so as not to overly constrain the delivery of future Development Plots. The Outline Component reserves all matters for future planning submissions known as applications for Reserved Matters Approvals (RMAs).

Detailed Component

In contrast, the Detailed Component provides design certainty through detailed drawings that comply with the overarching principles established by the Control Documents. This has the added benefit of showcasing how the principles laid out in the Control Documents can be delivered successfully.

This is a standard approach for a masterplan of this scale—combining a comprehensive framework for development with a significant proportion of the Proposed Developed as a fully detailed application. This approach secures both a sitewide long-term vision and early detailed delivery on-site.

In addition to this masterplan Design and Access Statement (DAS), separate DAS’ have been prepared for the Detailed Component in each borough.

► For more information on how the read the application material refer to the Application User Guide (EC.PA.05).

► For more information on the structure of the planning applications refer to the Planning Statement (EC.PA.04).

approval (the Control Documents)*

1.8 The Planning Applications

The DAS is arranged into the following chapters which cover assessment, process, explanation and description of the proposals as follows:

Chapter 1: Introduction

This Design and Access Statement (DAS) explains the rationale, evolution and masterplan framework for the Earls Court Development, communicating the scale of ambition and the robust design-led approach.

The purpose of this DAS is to communicate the sitewide framework strategies and character specific design responses. It demonstrates how these have evolved based on a detailed understanding of the Site’s character and context in line with planning policy and the design-led approach.

This DAS includes an Illustrative Masterplan as one scenario that complies with the Control Documents. It also illustrates the identity of individual Character Areas and helps to demonstrate the effectiveness of the Design Code. Each design principle is explained, illustrated and cross-referenced to the relevant Control Document (Parameter Plans, Design Code and Development Specification).

Chapter 2: A Vision for Earls Court

Chapter 3: Site Context and Analysis

Chapter 4: Design Evolution & Engagement

Chapter 5: The Strategic Framework

Chapter 6: The Illustrative Masterplan

Chapter 7: Spatial Strategies

Chapter 8: Phasing and Delivery

Chapter 9: Conclusion

The

Explains the context and purpose of the planning application, the role of the DAS, and presents the team behind the application.

Explains the vision for the Earls Court Site, establishing the opportunity, the core priorities and placemaking principles.

Assesses the attributes of the physical, social, economic and site context which have guided the design proposals.

Describes the collaborative process behind the evolution of the proposals. Captures how the ECDC team and the Design Team worked with the community and stakeholders.

Explains the design principles for the masterplan which underpin the Development Control Documents.

Describes and illustrates one possible scenario of development within the parameters to communicate the vision. Informed and tested in-line with the Control Documents, it demonstrates design proposals for each Character Area.

Sets out additional technical supporting material, expanding on themes including landscape, access and infrastructure.

Offers additional information about the delivery of the masterplan, temporary uses and proposed phasing of construction.

Summarises the vision and ambition of the masterplan alongside the opportunity for London.

Planning Policy Framework | N ational

Achieving sustainable development

The National Planning Policy Framework (NPPF) (most recently updated in 2023) establishes the government’s planning policies for England.

• An economic objective – to help build a strong, responsive and competitive economy, by ensuring that sufficient land of the right types is available in the right places and at the right time to support growth, innovation and improved productivity; and by identifying and coordinating the provision of infrastructure.

National Planning Policy Framework - Key sections

Section 2

(Achieving sustainable development)

Section 5

The National Planning Practice Guidance (PPG) is an extensive online resource of detailed policy guidance provided by the Ministry of Housing, Communities and Local Government. Along with the National Planning Policy Framework (NPPF), the PPG sets out how the government envisages the day to day working of the planning system in England to operate.

At the heart of the NPPF is the presumption in favour of sustainable development, achieved through meeting the three ‘overarching aims’ set out in paragraph 8 of the NPPF.

• A social objective – to support strong, vibrant and healthy communities, by ensuring that a sufficient number and range of homes can be provided to meet the needs of present and future generations; and by fostering welldesigned, beautiful and safe places, with accessible services and open spaces that reflect current and future needs and support communities’ health, social and cultural well-being.

• An environmental objective – to protect and enhance our natural, built and historic environment; including making effective use of land, improving biodiversity, using natural resources prudently, minimising waste and pollution, and mitigating and adapting to climate change, including moving to a low carbon economy.

(Delivering a sufficient supply of homes)

Section 6

(Building a strong, competitive economy)

Section 8

(Promoting healthy and safe communities)

Section 9

(Promoting sustainable transport)

At the heart of the Framework is a presumption in favour of sustainable development which means ‘approving development proposals that accord with an up-to-date development plan without delay’.

Sets out the objective of “significantly boosting the supply of homes”, including different sizes, types and tenures for different groups including those requiring affordable housing.

Supports economic growth through the investment, expansion and adaptation of businesses.

Planning policies and decisions should aim to achieve healthy, inclusive and safe places and beautiful buildings.

Sets out that transport issues should be considered from an early stage. Significant developments should be focused on locations which are or can be made sustainable, by limiting the need to travel and offering a genuine choice of transport modes.

Section 11

(Making effective use of land)

Section 12

(Achieving well-designed and beautiful places)

Section 16

(Conserving and enhancing the historic environment)

Requires decisions to promote an effective use of land in meeting the need for homes and other uses, while safeguarding and improving the environment and ensuring safe and healthy living conditions. Paragraph 123 requires as much use as possible of previously-developed or ‘brownfield’ land.

Sets out that the creation of high quality, beautiful and sustainable buildings and places is fundamental to what the planning and development process should achieve.

Where a development proposal will lead to less than substantial harm to the significance of a designated heritage asset, this harm should be weighed against the public benefits of the proposal including, where appropriate, securing its optimum viable use.

1.9 Planning Policy Framework | Regional

Delivering ‘Good Growth’

The London Plan 2021 is the Spatial Development Strategy for Greater London. It sets out a framework for how London will develop over the next 20-25 years and the Mayor’s vision for Good Growth.

The London Plan’s ‘Chapter 1: Planning London’s Future - Good Growth’ objectives are set out in the following policies:

The London Plan defines good growth as ‘growth that is socially and economically inclusive and environmentally sustainable’ which ‘underpins the whole of the London Plan and each policy.’ Furthermore it ‘is the way in which sustainable development in London is to be achieved’.

Key Policies that have informed the proposals are:

Policy GG2 – sets out that to create successful sustainable mixed-use places that make the best use of land, those involved in planning and development must apply a design–led approach to determine the optimum development capacity of sites.

The Site is located within the wider Earl’s Court and West Kensington Opportunity Area. Policy GG2 requires that those involved in planning and development must enable the development of brownfield land, particularly in Opportunity Areas.

Policy GG4 – states that to create a housing market that works better for all Londoners, those involved in planning and development must (Part A) ensure that more homes are delivered.

Policy GG5 – sets out that to conserve and enhance London’s global economic competitiveness and ensure economic success is shared amongst all Londoners, those involved in planning and development must (Part B) seek to ensure that London’s economy diversifies and that the benefits of economic success are shared more equitably across London and (Part C) plan for sufficient employment and industrial space in the right locations to support economic development and regeneration.

1.9 Planning Policy Framework | Regional

Design, characterisation and growth

Chapter 3 (Design) of the London Plan sets out how Good Growth is delivered through good design.

Policy D1 (London’s form, character and capacity for growth) sets out:

• The importance of understanding the characteristics, qualities and value of different places within the plan area to develop an understanding of different areas’ capacity for growth.

Policy D2 (Infrastructure requirements for sustainable densities) sets out that the density of development proposals should:

• Consider, and be linked to, the provision of future planned levels of infrastructure rather than existing levels.

• Be proportionate to the site’s connectivity and accessibility by walking, cycling, and public transport to jobs and services (including both PTAL and access to local services).

Policy D3 (Optimising site capacity through the design-led approach) sets out that:

• Development must make the best use of land by following a design-led approach that optimises the capacity of sites, including sites within Opportunity Areas and subject to site allocations, such as at Earl’s Court.

• Higher density developments should generally be promoted in locations that are well connected to jobs, services, infrastructure and amenities by public transport, walking and cycling.

• Requires consideration of design options to determine the most appropriate form of development that responds to a site’s context and capacity for growth, and existing and planned supporting infrastructure capacity.

Policy D4 (Delivering good design) sets out that:

• Masterplans and Design Codes can be used to help bring forward development and ensure it delivers high quality design and place-making. It requires Design and Access Statements to be submitted with development proposals to demonstrate that the proposal meets the design requirements of the London Plan.

Policy D5 (Inclusive design) sets out that:

• Development proposals should achieve the highest standards of accessible and inclusive design.

The GLA’s Characterisation and Growth Strategy, London Plan Guidance (LPG) was adopted in June 2023. This guidance supports the objectives identified in Policy D1 and sets out the first step to a character-based, design-led approach to planning for development, and managing how a place changes over time.

The LPG sets out requirements for assessing an area’s characteristics and the steps for using this information to establish the capacity for growth to ensure sites are developed to an optimum capacity that is responsive to its context and infrastructure.

Stage one: Character survey and analysis

Stage two: Character evaluation

This involves the collation and analysis of character elements listed in Policy D1, part A, through engagement with local communities. This information and data should be used to identify and define the character types, Character Areas and tall building definitions within the plan area.

This involves the evaluation and appraisal of local character to understand its sensitivity to change.

Stage three: Growth strategy

In consultation with local communities, and through the evaluation of character at stage two, the level of change and capacity for growth should be determined for different areas. Area-wide design visions, policies and codes should be developed, and locations identified where tall buildings may be appropriate.

1.9 Planning Policy Framework | Regional

The ‘Design-led approach’

Good Growth across London requires development to optimise site capacity, rather than maximising density’ (Optimising Site Capacity: a Design-led Approach LPG 2023).

• London Plan Policy D3 sets out that `All development must make the best use of land by following a design-led approach that optimises the capacity of sites, including site allocations’.

• The Optimising Site Capacity: A Design-led Approach LPG was adopted in 2023. This sets out how the design-led approach, set out in Policy D3 of the London Plan, should be used to determine the most appropriate form of development on a site.

• ‘This means responding to the existing character and distinctiveness of the surrounding context and balancing the capacity for growth, need for increased housing supply, and key factors such as access by walking, cycling and public transport, alongside an improved quality of life for Londoners’ (Optimising Site Capacity: A Design-Led Approach LPG).

• Optimising Site Capacity: A Design-Led Approach LPG sets out the five stages that form the design-led approach.

Stage 1: Site analysis

A site’s design must be based on the findings of a thorough site analysis and an area’s characterisation assessment and growth strategy (see the Characterisation and Growth Strategy LPG), This should be used to inform the site design vision.

Stage 2: Design vision

This Design and Access Statement sets out that the Earls Court Development has been informed by the design-led approach ‘Stages of Assessment’ identified by the LPG. Five stages to the design-led approach, outlined in the Optimising Site Capacity: A Design-led Approach London Plan Guidance

Stage 3: Draft site-based design parameters

The design of a site should be based on a clear, site-specific design vision for how the site will be developed. This should be developed in collaboration with local communities, and accord with the areawide vision and design aspirations.

The five stages to the design-led approach

Stage 1: Site analysis

• Chapter 3 provides an analysis of the Site and its surrounding context. It reflects findings from boroughwide characterisation assessments, as well as a more detailed analysis of the Site’s opportunities and constraints.

• Chapter 3 analysis sets out the`Capacity for Growth’ at the Site and has informed the Earls Court Development vision, including the proposed approach to scale and character.

Stage 2: Design vision

• Chapter 2 sets out the ECDC vision, which has been informed by the Site analysis set out in Chapter 3.

Stage 4: Testing site capacity

A draft layout and set of draft parameters should be produced for the site, reflecting the design vision. This should be based on good design principles and analysis completed during stage one.

• Chapter 4 identifies the extensive community and stakeholder engagement, collaboration and design evolution undertaken to refine and ensure the appropriateness of the vision.

Stage 3: Draft site-based design parameters

A site’s indicative site capacity must be based on the draft layout and parameters developed in Stage 3. An indicative site capacity calculator has been included to assist in this process (although alternatives can be used).

Stage 5: Finalise site-based design code

Once a final site layout has been determined, the site-based design parameters should be finalised. When undertaken by the local authority, these should be detailed in the Local Plan documents and become a site’s high-level Design Code, which should be used to assess future planning applications.

• Chapter 4 and 5 set out the design evolution of the proposals, framing principles that both reflect the vision and can provide the framework to bring it to life.

Stage 4: Testing site capacity

• Chapter 4 sets out the rigorous testing of the Site’s capacity, including 3D modelling that has been undertaken based on the draft layout and parameters developed in Stage 3.

Stage 5: Finalise site-based Design Code

• Chapters 5 and 6 sets out the Strategic Framework and Illustrative Masterplan with a potential development scenario that complies with the now finalised sitewide based Control Documents.

1.9 Planning Policy Framework | Local

Meeting local need in LBHF and RBKC

The Development Plans identify the Site’s potential to contribute a strategic quantum of homes and jobs for London.

LBHF Local Plan 2018

The LBHF Local Plan identifies the wider Earl’s Court and West Kensington Opportunity Area (which the Site forms part of) as having the ability to deliver:

• 6,500 homes.

• 8,500 jobs.

* the later 2021 London Plan sets figures as 6,500 indicative homes and 5,000 indicative jobs

• A rich mix of land uses, including housing, employment, hotels, leisure and associated facilities, retail and cultural facilities.

• Social, physical, environmental and transport infrastructure to support the needs of the area as a whole.

• Green corridors and public open spaces, including a centrally located local park of at least two hectares.

The LBHF Local Plan identifies the Site within the Fulham Regeneration Area, a substantial opportunity for regeneration with an indicative capacity for:

• 7,000 homes.

• 9,000 jobs.

RBKC Local Plan 2019

The RBKC Local Plan identifies the opportunity for the Site to deliver (Policy CA4) the following:

• A minimum of 900 (C3) homes

• A minimum of 10,000 sqm of office floor space.

• A range of retail and other non-residential uses as critical to serve the day-to-day needs of the new development.

• A significant cultural facility to retain Earl’s Court’s long-standing brand as a global cultural destination.

• Hospitality and leisure uses, social and community uses.

• On-site waste management facilities, and onsite renewable energy sources.

RBKC New Local Plan Review 2024

The RBKC New Local Plan Review is an emerging policy document that updates the adopted Local Plan. It establishes the aspiration for an optimised residential-led mixed use development on the RBKC portion of the Site(Policy SA2), delivering:

• A minimum of 1,050 (C3) homes within the Borough.

• A minimum of 40,000 sqm non-residential floorspace, of which a minimum 20,000 sqm should be Class E(g) office, research and development or light industrial

• A significant world-class cultural facility

• Retail and other uses within Class E sufficient to serve the day-to-day needs of the new development and supplement existing facilities in the immediate area

• Other non-residential uses required to deliver a sustainable and balanced mixed-use development.

• Social and community uses to meet the needs of new residents and to improve health, social and cultural well-being for all sections of the community.

• A series of interlinked public green spaces to provide a place for people to rest, interact and play along with providing opportunities for potential SuDS and biodiversity benefits.

• A new public park to provide a focal point for the development to meet the needs of those who will visit, work and live in the new development.

• An on-site early-years education facility.

Both the existing and emerging RBKC Local Plan identifies the Site’s potential to contribute a strategic quantum of homes and jobs for the area as part of a residential-led, mixed use development that is integrated with the surrounding neighbourhood and with culture at its heart, to restore the area’s distinctive identity.

RBKC - The Earl’s Court Opportunity Area – Placemaking Framework, adopted in April 2023.

The framework focuses on setting the placemaking criteria (4 priorities) to shape the development of the Site so that it is delivered at the highest quality to meet the priorities of the council, local residents and businesses.

► For more information on local planning policy in relation to the Site refer to the Planning Statement (EC.PA.04).

1.9 Planning Policy Framework | Local

Plan-led approach to tall buildings

As set out in the London Plan (Policy D9), tall buildings can form part of a plan-led approach to facilitating development opportunities and managing future growth, contributing to new homes and economic growth.

Earl’s Court and West Kensington Opportunity Area

Other Opportunity Areas (adopted boundaries)

Emerging Opportunity Area boundaries

Opportunity Area boundary yet to be defined

RBKC and LBHF boroughs

Map of London Opportunity Areas

This particularly includes the following:

• Tall buildings can make optimal use of the capacity of sites that are well-connected by public transport and have good access to services and amenities.

• Tall buildings can help people navigate through the city by providing reference points and emphasising the hierarchy of a place such as its main centres of activity, and important street junctions and transport interchanges.

• Tall buildings that are of exemplary architectural quality, in the right place, can make a positive contribution to London’s cityscape, and many tall buildings have become a valued part of London’s identity.

The London Plan sets out that ‘Tall buildings are generally those that are substantially taller than their surroundings and cause a significant change to the skyline. Boroughs should define what is a ‘tall building’ for specific localities, however this definition should not be less than 6 storeys or 18 metres measured from ground to the floor level of the uppermost storey (The GLA threshold for referral under the Mayor of London Act 2028 is 30 metres). The LBHF Tall Buildings Background Paper (2016) sets out that tall buildings are ‘those that are substantially taller than their neighbours and/or which significantly change the skyline’. The RBKC NLPR confirms that a tall building is defined as 30 metres or more at the subject Site.

London Plan Policy D9 (Part B – Locations) sets out that:

1) Boroughs should determine if there are locations where tall buildings may be an appropriate form of development, subject to meeting the other requirements of the Plan. This process should include engagement with neighbouring boroughs that may be affected by tall building developments in identified locations.

2) Any such locations and appropriate tall building heights should be identified on maps in Development Plans.

3) Tall buildings should only be developed in locations that are identified as suitable in Development Plans.

Both the existing and emerging Development Plans for the Site (LBHF Local Plan Policy DC3 and RBKC NLPR Policies CD7 and SA2) set out that the principle of tall buildings in this location are acceptable.

This Design and Access Statement will demonstrate, in respect of the approach to tall buildings, that the Earls Court Development has adopted the design-led approach as required by London Plan Policy D3, the Optimising Site Capacity LPG (2023) and is informed by the Characterisation and Growth LPG (2023).

Suitable locations for tall buildings identified in the RBKC New Local Plan Review (identifying SA2 Earls Court Exhibition Centre Site allocation as a suitable location)

Fulham Regeneration Area identified in the LBHF Local Plan

2 The Vision for Earls Court

A Global Legacy

For 150 years Earls Court has been known as a global showcase for innovation, entertainment and excitement. A place known for wonder. A source of entertainment, employment and excitement, the Earls Court Exhibition Centres were alive with activity.

It started when a cabbage patch was transformed into the America Fair, a grand exhibition that brought the Wild West to West London. In the following decades the Exhibition Centres welcomed thousands to global exhibitions and fairs, held seminal rock concerts and global events, and twice played host to events for the Olympic Games.

events and activities that were held at the Exhibition Centres

2.2 How the Vision Has Developed

The vision has been informed by the requirements of the Planning Policy Framework, alongside a detailed character assessment and growth strategy for the Site, following the approach set out by the Characterisation and Growth LPG (2023) and as demonstrated in Chapter 3 of this DAS.

Through early engagement, an understanding of what the Earls Court Site and its history meant to people was established. The days of Buffalo Bill and the Great Wheel at the World Fair Exhibitions, and Pink Floyd at the Exhibition Centres have passed but the legacy and memories of those times live on.

Through a series of collaborative workshops with local residents, community organisations and amenity groups, alongside round-tables with arts, cultural and stakeholder groups—hundreds of people have shared their stories, recollections of the past, thoughts of the present and hopes for the future. Masterplanning Workshops – developing a framework

Photographs from masterplan workshops

2.2 How the Vision Has Developed

The overwhelming feedback was clear — that Earls Court had been a place of excitement, spontaneity and diversity. The myriad of shows and concerts at the Exhibition Centres brought a buzz to the area that is greatly missed. As important were the skills and training opportunities and the economic impact which the Exhibition Centres had on the local area.

For younger people, for whom the Exhibition Centres had not been part of their past, the conversations focused on what the Site could become in future.

One word came up again and again – wonder.

Community listening: Wonder emerges Responses gathered during the February and March 2022 masterplan workshops. Words have been scaled to be indicative of the level of importance given at the events.

2.3 The Vision: To Bring the Wonder Back

Reinstating the wonder Earls Court was known for will reflect its rich cultural heritage and the sense of excitement which so many experienced.

The vision to bring the wonder back is based on four priorities which emerged through early public consultation during 2021. These set out the ambition and helped shape the emerging masterplan approach.

2.4 The Four Place Pillars of Earls Court

Nature

based around

Setting the standard for future urban development, Earls Court will re-emerge as London’s place to discover wonder.

During consultation, the question ‘why would you come here’ was repeatedly asked. This led to the evolution of four place pillars which will create the identity for Earls Court. These formed a core part of the consultation material since early 2023 and underpin a unique proposition for the future development.

A cultural ecosystem for the future of talent

An inspiring neighbourhood designed for all stages of life

A celebration of nature and its ability to connect and revive

The vision evolved into a masterplan

four place pillars: A showcase for climate and clean innovation and skills

2.4 The Four Place Pillars of Earls Court

A celebration of nature’s ability to connect and revive

Nature presents untold benefits to the health and wellbeing of ourselves and our planet. Amplifying its presence and fostering better connections with nature is our golden thread - creating diverse and generous spaces to play, meet, relax and for sanctuary, whatever the season.

c. 20 acres of public realm and green space for all to enjoy

Over 1,000 new trees will be planted throughout the Site

Connecting biodiversity east-west and north-south for planting and wildlife

c. 2.75 acres of new play space for all ages

Climate resilient planting for all seasons in landscapes and buildings

Reusing water to irrigate, interact and cool

Accessible landscapes to navigate the 8 metre level change

Includes a c. 4.5 acre urban park at the centre

Improved air quality within and around the Site

View of the Cascades linking the Table Park, Empress Place, Aisgill Gardens and Lillie Sidings

2.4 The Four Place Pillars of Earls Court

A showcase for climate and clean innovation and skills

A new destination offering the scale, location and connectivity to create a home for a green economy, accelerating opportunities in a smart campus environment that supports start ups, scale ups and multi nationals to collaborate and tackle humanity’s challenges.

Co-working space enabling start up and scale up businesses A sustainable development improving air quality and water management on the site

2.4 The Four Place Pillars of Earls Court

A cultural ecosystem for the future of talent

Earls Court is synonymous with the power of culture, creativity and performance with a magnificent heritage of spectacle dating back to the 19th Century. The spirit of delight and discovery is re-emerging as the site once again is proudly stitched back into London’s cultural map.

3 main cultural venues, around which culture and creatives can cluster

2.4 The Four Place Pillars of Earls

Court

An inspiring neighbourhood designed for all stages of life.

The future of city living, creating a new urban fabric, a place where people want to visit but also stay and grow, whether to live or work. Reflecting the brilliance of London, Earls Court will be inclusive and accessible, allowing families, communities, businesses and social connections to take root and thrive.

c. 4,000 new homes

Targeting 35% affordable homes across all tenures

Homes for sale, for rent, for older people, for students and for post-graduates

Up to 2 childcare facilities

Lively streets with local amenities for residents

A new Community Hub and 8,000 sq ft of additional community and healthcare facilities An 850m long active boulevard (the length of Regent Street, from Piccadilly Circus to Oxford Circus)

c. 100 retail, dining and leisure spaces

Zero carbon, low cost energy for all homes

Lillie Sidings Square will form the heart of the neighbourhood to the north of the development

2.5 A Commitment to Design Excellence

Building on the place pillars, ECDC has set out design principles to guide the development of the first buildings and deliver on a commitment to design excellence.

ECDC is focussed on enabling future trends and delivering a positive legacy. The Design Team’s role is to design a solution for the Site which delivers a global exemplar of sustainable development.

The ambition is to create a place with personality which is accessible and welcome to all, a blueprint for future generations. This will be ensured by applying these design principles throughout the evolution of the development.

A New West Side Story

To celebrate the heritage of a place that has always embraced the opportunity to be different and made a strategic contribution to the future of this great city through innovation and entertainment; creating a new destination which puts Earls Court confidently back on the map and changes perceptions of West London.

Be Good Ancestors

Constantly thinking beyond today, working collaboratively to leave a better piece of city for existing and future communities, delivering the ambition to create the heritage of the future through exemplary design and sustainability.

An Earls Court for Everyone

The opportunity, privilege and responsibility of designing this new neighbourhood, one with people at its heart. A neighbourhood that brings people together, where they feel welcome, safe and included, a sense that this is truly for everyone.

2.6 The Sustainable Development Charter

ECDC is committed to delivering an exemplar development at Earls Court, a blueprint for future living, creating a resilient masterplan, considering the future, through sustainability and exceptional design. This means delivering innovative buildings and spaces, enhancing the environment, producing economic benefits for the widest number of people, and creating significant social and economic value for the local area. The development aspires to have a positive sustainable impact not just within the Proposed Development but beyond the boundaries of the Site.

The focus on sustainability has run through and informed all aspects of the development proposals and processes. From dayone to in use, across ECDC’s own internal operations to meanwhile uses, and the way in which the team works with all stakeholders –from suppliers and contractors, to tenants, occupiers, partners and neighbours. These are ECDC’s principles for future living: to be people-centric and planet-conscious.

The Sustainable Development Charter (SDC), ‘Principles for Future Living’ sets out goals and objectives for three focus areas: social value, economic inclusion and environmental wellbeing. The goals underpin the vision and key priorities. Each goal has a clear set of metrics and targets that will allow measurement of performance and support continuous improvement, all with the aim of driving the best sustainable outcomes for all.

The purpose of the Charter is to:

• Show how ECDC intends to build a sustainable Earls Court from meanwhile activities through development and during occupancy.

• Provide the basis for the way ECDC will measure and report on progress.

• As a result, establish the means to improve performance yearon-year for the good of the Earls Court community.

• Provide a mechanism by which those who live, work, and visit Earls Court can assess the extent to which ECDC has delivered.

It is not intended to be a ‘fixed‘ statement, but a Charter that will adapt and develop over time to suit the shifting programme of the development, and to better suit the changing needs of the communities and stakeholders.

PRINCIPLES FOR FUTURE

The Sustainable Development Charter, ‘Principles for Future Living’

A Sustainability Charter for Earls Court

2.6 The Sustainable Development Charter

Social Value

The generation of social value is, and will continue to be, a core driver in everything ECDC does. In the context of Earls Court, social value is defined as ‘the importance that people (and society) place on changes to their lives caused by the actions and activities of ECDC.’ The social value created will be measured and reported on a regular basis. This measurement will be governed by the 11 OECD Dimensions of Wellbeing, and the guidelines set out for Social Return on Investment.

Economic Inclusion

ECDC’s mission is to deliver the very highest standards of economic inclusivity, to involve and benefit the widest number of people and local communities in and around Earls Court who are directly and indirectly affected by the project throughout its lifetime. Economic inclusion will be achieved when the widest range of people benefit from the advantages created by the development. This commitment will apply during design and construction as well as in the longer-term; through postoccupation and operation.

Environmental Wellbeing

ECDC’s aim is clear – to ensure impacts are climate positive, to respect and live within collective environmental limits, now and for tomorrow. One of the goals is to go beyond net zero carbon: simply put, to remove more carbon emissions from the atmosphere over the lifetime of the development than are emitted during the design, construction and operation of the scheme.

To ensure this is verifiable, ECDC will measure progress against independent and internationally recognised environmental assessment methodologies to evidence and validate the outcome. For a first step ECDC has signed up to the UN Race to Zero campaign, aligned with Science Based Targets to guide and validate this ambition.

► For more information on the sustainability strategy refer to Sustainability Strategy (EC.PA.21).

► For more information on sustainability within the Illustrative Masterplan refer to Design and Access Statement Volume 1: Outline Component / Spatial Strategies / Sustainability (EC.PA.08).

► For more information on the socials values of the project refer to Social Value Statement (EC.PA.45).

The goals are as follows:

A safe, inclusive and supportive place for everyone

Involving local people A wonderful place to live, work and visit

Maximise appropriate economic growth in the local area

net zero carbon

Provide access to economic opportunities for all

Create an affordable community

neutral Celebrating and enhancing our natural environment

3 Site Context and Analysis

3.1 The Opportunity

Characterisation and capacity for growth assessment

A decade after the demolition of the Exhibition Centres, the Earls Court Site is a gap in the urban fabric of West London. The infrastructure that shaped it as well as its extraordinary legacy have helped inform the proposals for its future.

A thorough strategic and contextual analysis and technical understanding of the Site has informed the design-led response. This chapter summarises the key considerations that have informed the approach to the framework, following the process outlined in the Characterisation and Growth Strategy LPG (2023). This includes:

• Character survey and analysis of the wider area and the Site itself

• An evaluation and appraisal of local character to understand the Site’s sensitivity to change

• Setting out the level of change and capacity for growth for the Site

Aerial view of the Earls Court Site from the north in September 2023

Brompton Cemetery Chelsea Harbour

Battersea Park

Empress State Building

Lillie Bridge Depot

West Kensington and Gibbs Green Estates

Philbeach Gardens

Earl’s Court station

West Brompton station

West Kensington station

Eardley Crescent

North End Road

West Cromwell Road (A4)

Warwick Road

Stamford Bridge

Kensington Village

Wandsworth Common

Ashfield House

Royal Borough of Kensington and Chelsea (RBKC)

London Borough of Hammersmith and Fulham (LBHF)

A strategic brownfield opportunity for London

The Earls Court brownfield Site occupies a strategic location in London and the magnitude of the development opportunity reflects its role in delivering benefits for Londoners.

Straddling zones 1 and 2, the Site is highly connected with links to citywide hubs of culture, commerce, business and innovation.

Its location on the A4 makes it an important point along the M4 corridor, to Heathrow Airport, and the Thames Valley to the west.

To the east, it interfaces with London’s hub of museums and culture and has direct links with the City.

The Opportunity

The scale of the Earls Court Site overlaid onto other major London site allocations and emerging schemes

c. 18 hectares of developable area in West London

The LBHF and RBKC administrative boundary bisects the Site along a north-west / south-east axis from West Cromwell Road to Lillie Road.

The RBKC Site is bound to the north by West Cromwell Road, to the east by Warwick Road, Philbeach Gardens (including 1 Cluny Mews) and Eardley Crescent, to the south by Lillie Road and Old Brompton Road and to the west by the West London Railway Line (WLL).

The LBHF Site is bound to the west by North End Road, Beaumont Avenue, the former Gibbs Green School, properties fronting Dieppe Close, to the north by West Cromwell Road, to the east by the West London Railway Line (WLL), to the south by Lillie Road and to the south-west by land comprising the Empress State Building and Aisgill Avenue.

The Site area associated with the RBKC Hybrid Planning Application is approximately 8 hectares (78,561sqm) and the Site area associated with the LBHF Hybrid Planning Application is approximately 10 hectares (101,395sqm).

Royal Borough of Kensington and Chelsea (RBKC)

London Borough of Hammersmith and Fulham (LBHF)

3.2 Site History

An exceptional history

The Earls Court Site has always been a unique, complex and fascinating part of London. Throughout history, it has been at the forefront of economic and societal change.

Earls Court has evolved over the centuries as the growth of London expanded to the west.

From rural farmland and horticultural gardens, to the arrival of 19th century railway and underground lines, the Site became a showground for exhibitions, spectacle and innovation.

As the transport network expanded, residential areas developed around the Site. Despite this growth, the Site has been under a single ownership with a unified vision for the last 150 years, which has contributed to the enduring legacy and sense of wonder at Earls Court.

The following pages describe key stages in the evolution of the Site, from the medieval period to the demolition of the Exhibition Centres.

The Chocolate Confectionery Exhibition at Earls Court Exhibition Centre, c.1950 © Architects’ Journal

3.2 Site History

Rural beginnings

From the medieval period through to the early 18th century, the Site was largely used as farmland, run and owned by aristocratic families.

The name ‘Earl’s Court’ derives from the area’s historic association with the Earls of Warwick. The area was primarily used for farming, with scattered hamlets and small villages. It was far removed from the densely populated centre of London. Until 1887, the farmland was attached to Earl’s Court Manor, which consisted of a small cluster of buildings in a field called the Three Little Piglets.

A ‘lost river’, Counter’s Creek, sets the course for changes to come

Counter’s Creek was a natural watercourse running north-south through the Site. In 1828, it was transformed by Lord Kensington into a canal to ferry goods to and from the Thames. As railways gained in popularity, the canal was sold to railway entrepreneurs. In 1859, the West London Railway Line replaced the Kensington Canal and connected to the developing railway system south of the Thames at Clapham Junction.

The river has been culverted below Warwick Road and North End Road, but continues to inspire aspirations to reinstate water on the Site.

Map of London’s lost rivers, Nicholas Barton, The Lost Rivers of London, 1962

Roque Map, 1746, with approximate Site boundary

The Earl’s Court Farm was demolished in 1878 to make way for Earl’s Court Underground station.

Kensington Canal by William Cowen (1791-1864)

3.2 Site History

A place shaped by 19th century transport

Mid-19th century industrialisation transformed the Earls Court Site and defined the extent of development around it. It would remain different from its immediate context thereafter.

The Metropolitan Railways, 1850-1870

By the late 1860s, the Metropolitan and District Railways had extended to Earls Court and the Site became an intricate confluence of tracks that severed it from its context and constrained development.

In 1870, the District Railway established Lillie Bridge Works, now known as Lillie Bridge Depot, and constructed a 400m long Train Shed some time between 1894 and 1912. Its length was later reduced, but it remains in use as a Transport for London (TfL) maintenance facility.

The land became constrained by infrastructure

By the 1890s, the Piccadilly Line connected Earl’s Court and West Kensington stations through the Site. The multiple competing railway companies built their tracks independently from one another, resulting in the remaining land forming an unusable ‘waste ground’ which was unfit for residential development.

A new West London neighbourhood grew around the Site

The opening of Earl’s Court station in 1871 facilitated easier access to central London, making the area more attractive for residential development.

Large estates began to be subdivided and sold, making way for terraced housing and mansion blocks. This transformed the area into a fashionable suburb for the middle and upper classes. Their popularity resulted in the dense fabric that now characterises West London.

OS Map 1871 with the Site boundary

Aerial view, 1928. The Train Shed can be seen extending the length of the Site to Empress Place. © Historic England

3.2 Site History

Emergence as Victorian Exhibition Grounds

A series of visionary owners brought entertainment to the Site through large scale public exhibitions, ushering in a new era of spectacle.

1887-1908 Exhibitions and spectacle

The great exhibitions held at Earls Court were international events that showcased advancements in technology, industry, and culture, attracting visitors from around the world.

A celebration of nature and horticulture

The idea to launch the Earls Court Exhibition Grounds is credited to the entrepreneurial spirit of John Robinson Whitley, whose desire to emulate the great exhibitions of Paris and London led him to a bold new concept, focused on showcasing one nation at a time. He negotiated with railway companies to lease him a vacant 24 acre area of land - then a cabbage patch - to establish his venture.

In 1887, he successfully launched the America Fair and its ‘Wild West Show’. The success of his later exhibitions did not match early levels of enthusiasm but set the scene for the use of the Site in decades to come.

In 1894, Imre Kiralfy took over the Site and rebuilt the Exhibition Grounds in a Mughal Indian Style, to launch his Empire of India Exhibition. Under his ownership, spectacles became increasingly ambitious. The Empress Hall auditorium was constructed, able to seat 6,000 people. The notorious 300-foot Great Wheel was completed in 1895.

By 1905, Kiralfy looked to further expand his reach to new exhibition grounds at White City, prior to the Olympic Games in 1908.

The Earls Court Exhibition of 1887 and the Franco-British Exhibition of 1908 not only celebrated innovation and progress but also served as platforms for cultural exchange, showcasing the arts, sciences, and industries of participating nations.

Earls Court’s legacy of wonder extends to its role in celebrating nature. From the late 19th to the early 20th centuries, Earls Court hosted horticultural exhibitions that provided a platform for gardeners, landscape designers, and horticulturists to showcase their work and share innovations in plant cultivation and garden design.

America Exhibition at the Exhibition Grounds shown from the south Lillie Road entrance, 1887, extending over both LBHF and RBKC.

The Western Gardens and Great Wheel, 1904

The Great Wheel, 1904, from Fenelon Road

Empress Hall, 1937, on land now occupied by the Empress State Building © Historic England

3.2 Site History

A cultural pioneer in the context of Imperial Britain

Temporary structures such as the Great Wheel and a manmade lake were erected to host events and showcase some of the most pioneering inventions and achievements of the time. Arenas, grandstands, pleasure gardens, theatres and warehouses established the Site as a destination for discovery and delight.

Eastern bandstand and facade of the Illinois building at the Chicago Exhibition, c.1893

man-made lake in front of the Illinois building at the Chicago Exhibition, c.1893

3.2 Site History

The Exhibition Centres 1935-2015

The 20th century Exhibition Centres staged unforgettable events at a global scale and cemented the legacy remembered today.

In 1935, following wartime decline, the Earls Court Exhibition Grounds were sold and in 1937, a new state-of-the-art Exhibition Centre was erected, with an ambition to rival the nearby Olympia Exhibition Hall. The architect, Howard C. Crane, maximised the triangular site with the biggest column-free indoor space in Europe. The building provided over 40,000 sqm of space spread across two levels. Shortly after its opening, the Exhibition Centre hosted the Chocolate and Confectionery Exhibition.

Exhibitions showcasing innovation

Earls Court went on to host international exhibitions, showcasing innovations in technology, industry, and the arts. For many years it played host to the British Motor Show, where iconic cars were officially unveiled to the public, as well as the London Boat Show.

Following a period of decline in the early 20th century, Earls Court re-emerged as a cultural destination through the construction of the permanent Exhibition Centres. Its reputation as an entertainment and innovation hub grew, attracting visitors from far and wide.

The Exhibition Centre, known as Earls Court One, soon became known as one of London and the UK’s top exhibition venues. A large internal pool, 60m long and 30m wide, with a hydraulicpowered retractable floor, allowed the space to be used in a myriad ways, from boat exhibitions to performances.

The venue became renowned for displaying new products, machinery and services across various industries, showcasing new ways of living and working to Londoners.

The Earls Court Boat Show, 1973. This ran annually from 1960 until 2003, and again in 2007 and 2008

British International Motor Show, which ran from 1937 to 1976

Earls Court Motor Exhibition, c. 1950s

The Ideal Home Show at Earls Court, 2011. This was held annually at Earls Court between 1978 and 2014, before moving to Olympia in 2015.

Earls Court Boat Show, 1973. © Unknown

3.2 Site History

The

expansion of the Exhibition Centres made the venue suitable for larger events.

In 1985, part of the Lillie Bridge Depot land was sold to P&O who opted to expand the Exhibition Centre to include a large, barrel-roofed hall, connected to Earls Court One, to increase its capacity and make the venue more competitive nationally. The new venue added 17,000 sqm of column-free floorspace. The hall was opened by Diana, Princess of Wales on 17 October 1991.

Earls Court Two used the large Table structure spanning the West London Railway Line to extend into LBHF land. Its form contrasted the existing Art Deco Exhibition Centre, making it a landmark locally in its own right.

An

iconic venue for music and sporting events

The Exhibition Centres hosted world-class concerts, theatrical performances and awards ceremonies - from David Bowie to the Rolling Stones, from the BRIT Awards to Take That.

Sporting competitions and events were also held at Earls Court, ranging from boxing matches to motor racing events. The Exhibition Centre was also used during the London Olympics, in 1948 for boxing, weightlifting, wrestling and gymnastics, and in 2012 for volleyball.

Muhammad Ali at Earls Court in 1966

David Bowie at Earls Court in 1978

Volleyball at the 2012 London Olympics

The Rolling Stones at Earls Court in 1976

3.2 Site History

Remembering the scale and presence of the Exhibition Centres

Whilst the Exhibition Centres were demolished in 2015, the Site has been left with a legacy of innovation, difference and experimentation. Although they are gone, the Exhibition Centres have left a longlasting impression on the Site.

In 2015, the Earls Court Exhibition Centres were demolished as part of the previous 2013 planning consent. The demolition had a large economic impact on the wider area, and was felt as a cultural loss by local residents and businesses alike.

Even though they are no longer there, the grand scale and importance of the Exhibition Centres have not been forgotten. Their recognisable rooflines and tall, wide entrances created a sense of excitement as crowds approached them in anticipation of a concert or an event. Their shape and proximity to residential streets were a careful response to the context and, despite their scale, they were considered anchors to the local community.

Today, all that physically remains on the Site is the existing deck structure spanning the West London Railway Line, known as the Table structure.

View of EC2 from Empress Place ©Google Streetview

View of Warwick Road Entrance ©Google Streetview

Aerial view of the Earls Court Exhibition Centres before demolition

View from West Cromwell Road of the former Exhibition Centres, with approximate heights Above Ordnance Datum (AOD)

3.2 Site History

2013 - Consent is granted for a scheme submitted by Capital and Counties

Planning history

The Site has an extensive planning history, including a previously consented masterplan in 2013 for a larger area.

In 2013, plans to redevelop the Earls Court Site formed part of a consented Outline Planning Application with associated approvals for Reserved Matters Applications (RMAs) by Capital and Counties (Capco). The Site area was c. 69 acres and included the West Kensington and Gibbs Green Estates.

2015 - The Exhibition Centres are demolished

As part of the previous planning consent, the Exhibition Centres were demolished. ©Keltbray

2019 - The Earls Court Development Company (ECDC) is formed to drive the transformation of the Site

ECDC is responsible for the c. 44 acres former Earls Court Exhibition Centre Site on behalf of the Earls Court Partnership Limited – a joint venture between Delancey (on behalf of its client funds) and the Dutch pension fund manager, APG and Transport for London (TfL).

2024 - The new Hybrid Planning Applications are submitted for the Site by ECPL

Current Planning Application Site boundary

3.2 Site History

The Site today

Years after the demolition of the Exhibition Centres, the history and legacy of the Earls Court Development Site continue to influence aspirations for what is to come.

The Site presents a significant opportunity to stitch into the context and legacy of the wellestablished neighbourhoods around it whilst also addressing modern-day challenges to help secure its future. The success of temporary uses, artwork and events in and around the Site have given a hint of what is to come, and how it can complement and add to the character of these communities.

The following pages analyse the local context in which the Site is being re-imagined and the role that the Earls Court Development plays in responding to that context.

Panoramic view of the Site, looking north from the top of the Table structure

Lillie Road frontage

Earls Court Beach at London Wonderground Consultation event held at Warwick Road Apron

Hoardings on Old Brompton Road

West London Railway Line tracks with Underbelly festival in the background

Hoarding along Old Brompton Road

3.3 Local Context

West London context

The Earls Court Development needs to respond to the issues of today, celebrating the wonder of the Site’s history whilst leading the way for future change.

This section assesses the Site in the local context under the following themes:

• Wider London and West London context

• Retail, culture and workspace

• Public transport and cycling

• Parks, open space and play

• Built form and architectural character

• Socio-economic makeup and community infrastructure

• Heritage and townscape

Earl’s Court station

West Brompton station

Kensington station

Brompton Cemetery

Empress State Building

Lillie Bridge Depot

West Kensington and Gibbs Green Estates

Philbeach Gardens

Eardley Crescent

North End Road

West Cromwell Road (A4)

Lillie Square

Seagrave Road

Empress Place

Lillie Road

Holland Park

Hyde Park

White City Olympia Warwick Road

Aerial photo looking north over the Site

Royal Borough of Kensington and Chelsea (RBKC)

London Borough of Hammersmith and Fulham (LBHF)

3.3 Local Context

Evolving density clusters around London

The Earls Court Site is situated within the broader landscape of new development emerging across London’s Opportunity Areas. The Site does not fall within any strategic views defined by the London View Management Framework (LVMF).

Policy GG2 and Policy D3 of the London Plan encourage the optimisation of Site capacity through a design-led approach, and Policy D9 recognises that tall buildings can form part of a plan-led approach to facilitating regeneration opportunities and managing future growth

The Earls Court Development is a key opportunity to deliver on these aspirations while being informed by a number of comparable schemes that have emerged across the city.

The well-established tall building clusters in the City of London and the area around London Bridge are examples of where buildings have shaped London’s identifiable skyline.

New height clusters, such as those in Vauxhall, Nine Elms, and Battersea, have emerged within the context of low-scale buildings, creating a contrast to the surrounding context, except where they scale down to protect the prominence of Battersea Power Station.

These principles can also be found in West London, with the emergence of high-density, tall building developments adjacent to low-rise residential neighbourhoods at White City and Chelsea Waterfront.

Tall buildings mapped over London Opportunity Areas and LVMF view corridors. Heights shown are approximate AODs.

The Earls Court Development can optimise the use of this brownfield

strategic

including

City of London

Nine Elms

The Earls Court Development Site LVMF View Corridors London Opportunity Areas

Site in line with

policies

GG2 and D3 of the London Plan.

Earls Court 147m

Chelsea Waterfront

3.3 Local Context

A strategic location in West London

The Earls Court Development Site plays a key role as one of the emerging schemes along the West London Railway Line corridor.

Old Oak and Park Royal

Olympia Shepherd’s Bush White City

Imperial Wharf

Chelsea Waterfront

Brompton Cemetery

Eel Brook Common

Holland Park

Wormwood Scrubs

Hyde Park

Earls Court Development Site

Local Context

Emerging context

New developments around the Earls Court Development Site demonstrate various approaches to density optimisation in well connected brownfield sites. They establish precedents for the integration of contemporary building typologies within the local area and highlight the range and scale of transformation already under way.

Opportunity Areas and centrally located brownfield sites along the West London Railway Line respond to the GLA’s Good Growth Principles, making best use of available land by delivering sustainable new homes and employment in high-density developments. This forms London’s next wave of growth, introducing contemporary typologies to the local context.

A spine of dense residential development is emerging along the West London Railway Line corridor, characterised by contemporary proposals which each respond to the scale and character of their local context. These developments present an opportunity for the Earls Court Development Site to be a coherent addition to this growth by optimising density with complementary building typologies which are informed by their immediate context.

2. 100 West Cromwell Road © John McAslan + Partners

1. Olympia redevelopment © Pell Frischmann

3. Holland Park Gate © Lodha UK

Local Context

Connecting West London town centres

The Earls Court Site is located at the confluence between two boroughs and six wards within West London. This missing piece of urban fabric has the opportunity to create new connections and stitch into the rich tapestry of the area.

The Site presents an opportunity to create new local connections in all directions, allowing wider access to a variety of open spaces, town centres and high streets. Some of these opportunities are summarised below:

• The Site sits within walking distance of two vibrant local high streets, Earls Court Road to the east, and North End Road to the west.

• Further afield, the district centres of Hammersmith Town Centre, Fulham Broadway, and Kensington High Street provide more established amenity provision for the wider area.

• The Site presents an opportunity to open up new east-west and north-south connections that facilitate access to these local and district centres.

2. North End Road and Fulham Broadway

4. Kensington

Street

3. King Street, Hammersmith Town Centre

1. Earls Court Road

3.3 Local Context

Retail and culture

The Site is located at the centre of an existing ecosystem of retail centres, cultural venues and local amenities. The GLA Opportunity Area recognises the importance of the Site in contributing to this provision.

North End Road, Fulham Broadway and Earls Court Road all provide access to local shops, cafés and restaurants within a short distance. At a wider scale, the Site is also close to Hammersmith Town Centre, Shepherd’s Bush, Chelsea and Kensington High Street.

A number of cultural venues are located on neighbouring high streets of North End Road, Hammersmith and Lillie Road. The Museum Quarter in South Kensington forms a cultural hub to the east.

Smaller venues and supporting service industries such as hotels remain locally despite the closure of the Exhibition Centres. A need to extend and support this existing network has been established in the Retail and Cultural Strategies.

► Refer to Town Centre Impact Assessment (EC.PA.29).

► Refer to Retail Strategy (EC.PA.30).

► Refer to Cultural Strategy (EC.PA.31).

There is an opportunity to complement the local cultural offer in line with the London Plan principles of ‘Good Growth’ and Policy HC5.

2. Design Museum, Kensington

4. Fulham Broadway

3. V&A Museum, part of the Museum Quarter

1. Lyric Square, Hammersmith

3.3 Local Context

Workspace

The Opportunity Area, LBHF’s Industrial Strategy and RBKC’s New Local Plan Review (NLPR) identify Earls Court’s potential to complement the local workspace and innovation network.

While LBHF and RBKC both have a good provision of affordable workspace, flexible workspace, accelerator space and co-working space, there is little of this within a 10-minute walk from the Site. This is likely to be because the area is predominantly residential and retail focused, and because the existing building typologies do not easily lend themselves to open and modern workspace schemes.

There is potential to deliver new commercial floorspace and affordable workspace to assist in delivering new jobs, and creating a vibrant place and inclusive community in line with London Plan Policies GG5, E1 and E3 and the Site Allocations.

3. The Kensington Building © Pilbrow & Partners

2. Charing Cross Hospital, Fulham Palace Road

4.

3.3 Local Context

Public transport

The Site is served by three London Underground stations and a number of bus routes. West Brompton station additionally offers access to Overground and National Rail services, providing a good range of local public transport options.

The majority of the Site has a 6a Public Transport Accessibility Level (PTAL) rating, indicating optimal public transport connectivity.

Parts of the Site have PTAL ratings of 2 and 3 (adjacent to the Lillie Bridge Depot), and 4 and 5 (next to North End Road and around West Kensington). This is due to the distance from the stations and current lack of pedestrian connectivity.

The stations located adjacent to the Site provide a range of public transport services that operate frequently.

► Refer to Transport Assessment (EC.PA.13).

Policy GG2 of the London Plan states: ‘To create successful sustainable mixed-use places that make the best use of land, those involved in planning and development must prioritise sites which are well-connected by existing or planned public transport’

London Underground, Overground and National Rail

• Earl’s Court station operates District Line services and provides access to the Piccadilly Line.

• West Brompton offers access to the District Line and National Rail services and has direct access to the Southern Rail and London Overground network. Southern serves destinations such as Hemel Hempstead, Watford, Clapham Junction, and Croydon.

• West Kensington station offers access to the District Line, albeit with a different level of service compared to Earl’s Court.

Step-free access

• Earl’s Court station has step-free access via lifts to Piccadilly line services and using miniramps to District Line trains.

• There is step-free access at West Brompton station via lifts to eastbound District line services and using additional ramps to board London Overground services.

• West Kensington station is not wheelchair accessible.

Bus network

The Proposed Development will also benefit from the number of bus services operating near the Site with the Route 190 also featuring a terminating bus stop within the Lillie Road Bus Facility.

3.3 Local Context

Cycle network

The Site has the opportunity to enhance and complete the local cycle network by creating links to key routes.

The Site can link into a number of key routes:

• Quietway 15 (Q15) – originating on Kempsford Gardens.

• Cycleway 39 (C39) – originating on Russell Road.

• Sustrans local routes along Warwick Road, Lillie Road and Old Brompton Road.

London’s Cycleways and the national cycle network currently provide established east-west connections within 15 minutes to the south of the Site, using the Cycle superhighway (CS8) and the National Cycle Route 4 (NCR4) along either side of the river.

There are opportunities to improve the cycling experience along the southern boundary of the Site and connect into the surrounding cycle network.

► Refer to Transport Assessment (EC.PA.13).

The Earls Court Development Site

National Cycle Route 4 (NCR4)

Cycle superhighway (CS8)

TfL Cycleways and Quietways

Proposed TfL Cycleways and Quietways

Local routes identified by boroughs and Sustrans

Main roads connecting cycle routes

10 and 15 minute cycling isochromes

The Site has the potential to play an important role in the connectivity of the area assisting in extending, connecting and improving the local pedestrian and cycling networks in line with London Plan Policy T2 (Healthy Streets), LBHF Local Plan Policy T1 and RBKC Local Plan Policy CT1.

3. Cycle crossing at Old Brompton Road connecting to TfL Quietway 15

2. Narrow cycle routes along Lillie Road

1. Junction to Baron’s Court Road, connecting to western cycle routes

4. Brompton Cemetery’s central axis forms a key southern connection

3.3 Local Context

Parks and open space

The local area offers a wide variety of open spaces. However, there is a lack of publicly accessible, usable green space within the Site’s immediate vicinity.

The local area is characterised by a patchwork of semi-private Victorian and Georgian squares and gardens as well as larger parks with varying amenity. Key spaces include:

• Normand Park located 10-15 minutes walk to the west offers a mix of recreational spaces, which are modest in contrast to Holland Park, a 20-minute walk north from the Site.

• Holland Park to the north offers a variety of public outdoor amenities, including sports areas, large wooded spaces, and children’s facilities.

• Brompton Cemetery to the south is a Grade I listed public open space (including Grade II and II* structures), one of London’s Magnificent Seven Victorian cemeteries. It offers a contemplative setting that is popular with walkers and birdwatchers.

• Brompton Park to the south offers open space contrasting the neighbouring cemetery, including some small sports and play facilities.

• Local sites of ecological significance include the embankments of the West London Railway Line, which provide an important north-south biodiversity corridor stretching to the Thames.

There is opportunity to address the shortfall in the diversity of local open space that caters for everyone in line with the aspirations of London Plan Policy G4, LBHF Local Plan Policy OS1, RBKC Local Plan Policy CR5 and NLPR Policy GB16.

Opportunities to connect ecology corridor

2. Brompton Park (10 minute walk)

1. Brompton Cemetery (5 minute walk)

3.3 Local Context

Play provision

Play provision nearest the Site can be found in the West Kensington and Gibbs Green Estates and Normand Park. Play areas are small and cater primarily to younger children.

Whilst there are a variety of play areas within a 15-20 minute walk of the Site, there are few play areas within a 10 minute walk. Play areas closest to the Site are predominantly fixed play facilities contained within housing developments, rather than within parks and open spaces. These are not large enough to accommodate the anticipated increase in residents following development.

Notable play provisions within a 15-20 minute walk include the following:

• Normand Park provides contemporary play facilities for a variety of ages, a bowling green, an outdoor gym and a skate park.

• Eel Brook Common is a newly renovated park containing dedicated play facilities and a football pitch.

• The Clem Attlee playground is modest and has fixed play equipment for small children.

• The Holland Park Adventure Playground is a large, contemporary play area for multiple age groups.

The adjacent diagram identifies these facilities and the opportunity for the Site to positively contribute to the play provision for both existing and emerging communities.

The Site can supplement the local play offer and bring play for all ages closer to nearby communities, in line with the aspirations of London Plan Policy S4.

1. Normand Park Playground (10-15 minute walk)

4. Holland Park Adventure Playground (20 minute walk)

2. Eel Brook Common Football (20 minute walk)

3. Clem Attlee Playground (10-15 minute walk)

6. The triangular MUGA on Aisgill Avenue is compromised by an irregular geometry

5. Play equipment on the Mund Street open space

Earl’s Court station

West Brompton station

West Kensington station

Brompton Cemetery Empress State Building

Lillie Bridge Depot

West Kensington and Gibbs Green Estates

Philbeach Gardens

Eardley Crescent

North End Road

Lillie Square

Seagrave Road

Lillie Road

Holland Park Hyde Park

White City Olympia

Warwick Road

Aerial view looking north over the Site

Hammersmith

Queen’s Club

Earls Court Road

3.3 Local Context

Socio-economic makeup of the local area

Both boroughs have strong, established communities surrounding the Site. Some socioeconomic challenges have been identified that could be addressed by the Earls Court Development.

The factors identified as highly sensitive receptors includes:

Local economy:

• The LBHF part of the Site falls within the 1020% most deprived areas in England.

• The RBKC part of the site sits adjacent to two areas that sit within the 20% most deprived areas in England.

An analysis of the local area around the Site has demonstrated several highly sensitive ‘receptors,’ or factors, relating to current socioeconomic conditions. Whilst both boroughs face challenges, the area around the Site within the LBHF borough is in greater need of employment, new homes and more open space than RBKC, highlighting the economic divide between these two areas.

The Earls Court Development is an opportunity to improve the current challenges of the surrounding communities in both boroughs whilst creating a well-considered, long-term social infrastructure for its new residents that will provide employment, homes and social support for generations.

► Refer to Environmental Statement (EC.PA.12).

• In January 2024, the unemployment rate in the LBHF part of the Site is higher than RBKC and slightly lower than wider London.

Delivery of housing:

• Whilst both LBHF and RBKC have made significant additions to their housing supply, they both have struggled to meet annual targets.

Open Space:

• LBHF’s Parks and Open Space Strategy (2008) identifies a particular need along the boundary with Fulham and a lack of playspace suitable for children 0-12 years old.

• RBKC’s open space audit identifies the Earl’s Court ward as particularly deficient in access to public open space and identifies significant gaps in access to playspace in Abingdon and the Earl’s Court wards.

Map of Indices of Multiple Deprivation 2019

Map of Indices of Multiple Deprivation at borough-wide scale, 2019

3.3 Local Context

Social and community amenities

Existing amenities will be supported alongside new provision to meet the needs of new and existing communities.

Analysis suggests the existing provision of schools is adequate in the local area although secondary schools have the ability to accommodate higher numbers of pupils depending on changes in the local population.

There is an under provision of Early Years Centres in the area. The location of these Centres should be close to the areas of greatest need for childcare.

The Earls Court Development will need to accommodate flexibility for a variety of social and community uses, depending on the changing needs.

► Refer to Social Value Statement (EC.PA.45).

There is an opportunity to complement and enhance the local social infrastructure offer in line with Policy GG1 and S1 of the London Plan, Policy CF1 of the LBHF Local Plan, and policies within Chapter 18 of the RBKC Local Plan and Chapter 7 of the NLPR, meeting the needs of the existing and new communities.

Residential neighbourhoods

The local area is made up of a number of smaller residential communities, each with a distinct character. This is informed by the range of building typologies locally, access to social and community assets and the corresponding different socio-economic makeup of the wards.

There is opportunity for the Proposed Development to demonstrate how the mix, of dwelling types, sizes and tenures meet strategic and local need and are appropriate to the location, in line with the London Plan and Local Plans.

3.3 Local Context

Defining an area’s character is important in understanding its capacity for growth (London Plan Policy D1)

Built form in the local area

The Site is surrounded by a variety of built form characters and streetscape typologies that reflect the rich architectural tapestry of West London.

A fine grain of Victorian housing forms the overarching building typology, with terraces and mews forming a distinct streetscape that varies from traditional homes to elaborate mansion blocks. Other built form characteristics of the adjacent context include:

• Post-war mid-century housing estates offer a contrasting typology that establishes a different street grain, material palette and open space character.

• More recent developments along the West London Railway Line occupy larger footprints and integrate taller elements.

• This diverse mix of styles, periods, and typologies lends a unique quality to the Site’s context and offers many material and built form references to inform the proposals.

► Refer to Design and Access Statement Volume 1: Outline Component / Appendix (EC.PA.08).

Post-war

3. West Kensington and Gibbs Green Estates

2. Queen’s Club Gardens mansion blocks

1. Philbeach Gardens Victorian terraces

4. Lillie Square, one of several new developments along the West London Railway Line

Outline map of indicative and predominant built form typologies around the Earls Court Development Site, assessed via an initial desktop study

3.3 Local Context

Local architectural character

The architectural variety of the surrounding neighbourhoods includes a range of styles and materials reflecting different periods of development.

19th century development

These styles can be broken into three periods:

19th century development

• Mansion blocks feature a distinctive red brick elevation characterised by rhythm, symmetry, and the visual complexity of stone ornamentation and ironwork. The façades are richly detailed with decorative cornices, pilasters, and balconies, lending a sense of grandeur.

• Terraced houses in areas such as Philbeach Gardens showcase a Victorian architectural style using yellow or red brick, often with stucco or stone detailing. Their uniform and rhythmic appearance creates a cohesive streetscape.

20th century development

• In contrast, mid-century housing estates such as Clem Attlee Court, West Kensington and Gibbs Green Estates adopt simpler and more functional forms with little ornamentation. Concrete structural components and balcony railings contrast with the brickwork and emphasise a modernist aesthetic.

• West of the Site, the Empress State Building represents the forward-looking spirit of midcentury modernist architecture. Completed in 1961 and designed by Stone, Toms & Partners it has since undergone various refurbishments and change of uses.

21st century development

• Emerging developments add another layer to the varied architectural context of Earls Court, often with contemporary interpretations of historic typologies.

Bramham Gardens

West Kensington and Gibbs Green Estates

100 West Cromwell Road ©John McAslan + Partners

Barkston Gardens

Ibis Earls Court

Nevern Square

Clem Attlee Court

Lillie Square

Philbeach Gardens

Empress State Building

Royal Warwick Square

20th century development

21st century development

3.3 Local Context

Local heritage context

The Site is adjacent to a number of conservation areas and historic assets that require a considered response.

The following heritage considerations are of particular significance:

• The Philbeach Conservation Area reflects the Victorian architectural and historical characteristics of this neighbourhood.

• Within it, the Grade I listed St Cuthbert’s Church is a notable example of Gothic Revival architecture.

• Grade I listed Brompton Cemetery is one of London’s ‘Magnificent Seven’ cemeteries. It was established in 1840 and designed by Benjamin Baud in a grand neoclassical style. Its history, architecture, and diverse flora and fauna make it a significant cultural, historical, and ecological site.

• Earl’s Court and West Brompton stations both contain Grade II listed buildings opened in 1871 and 1869 respectively. They are emblematic of the Victorian architectural style, and are recognised for their architectural and historic interest.

► Refer to Environmental Statement (EC.PA.12).

The Earls Court Development should enhance and utilise the heritage assets and architectural features that contribute towards the local character, in line with Policy D3 and HC1 of the London Plan.

2. Grade I listed Brompton Cemetery, which includes Grade II* and II listed structures.

1. Grade I listed St Cuthbert’s Church and Grade II listed Clergy House.

3. Grade II listed Earl’s Court and West Brompton stations (1871 and 1869).

West Brompton is one of the first Underground stations in the world and retains its original booking hall. Earl’s Court station was the first to have escalators (from 1911).

Earls Court Development Site

Map of conservation areas and statutory listed buildings around the Earls Court Development Site

Nevern Square

Philbeach

Philbeach

Earl’s Court Square

Courtfield

Earl’s Court Village

The Boltons Brompton Cemetery

Sedlescombe Road

Baron’s Court

Olympia and Avonmore

Lexham

Edwardes Square/ Scarsdale & Abingdon

Turneville/ Chesson

Local Context

The approach to scale and massing at the Site will need to take account of potential impacts upon strategic and local views in accordance with Policies D9, HC3 and HC4. The Site is not subject to strategic views defined by the LVMF.

Townscape views

A wide range of views have been identified at varying distances and locations around the Site to inform the townscape impacts of the Proposed Development.

Key townscape views, identified in local planning documents, have significantly influenced the massing and layout of the Proposed Development. These include views from Brompton Cemetery, Philbeach Gardens, Mornington Avenue, and the Queen’s Club. Detailed descriptions of these views are provided on the following pages.

The Site is not subject to strategic views defined by the London View Management Framework (LVMF). This is also set out on the following pages.

► Refer to Environmental Statement (EC.PA.12).

► Refer to Design and Access Statement Volume 1: Outline Component / Design Evolution & Engagement (EC.PA.08).

St Cuthbert’s Church

Brompton Cemetery

Queens Club Mornington Avenue

3.3 Local Context

Key townscape views

Views 07 to 09 Brompton Cemetery

In this dynamic view along the central axis of Brompton Cemetery, the bell tower with its cupola frames the perspective looking north. Development will need to maintain the prominence of the cupola by locating taller elements closer to the Empress State Building and stepping heights down towards the east. Buildings to the east and west of the cupola will need to appear peripheral to these axial views.

The Grade I listed St Cuthbert’s Church breaks the uniform height of the residential crescent and acts as an important local landmark. The legibility of the picturesque roofline of the church on the skyline should be maintained.

View 25 St Cuthbert’s Church

Cupola of bell tower

Central axis

Empress State Building

St Cuthbert’s Church

State Building

Dynamic view of Brompton Cemetery, looking north towards the cupola

View 25, St Cuthbert’s Church

Local Context

Key heritage views

The view ends at Ashfield House, which contrasts with the smaller, historic buildings of the conservation area in the foreground. This highlights the presence of the A4, a key route into London from the west.

This view consists of a residential datum that rises to the south with a taller apartment building and the Empress State Building beyond. The spire of St Andrews Fulham Fields Church is prominent in this view and the clear legibility of its spire on the skyline should be preserved.

View 41 Mornington Avenue

View 50 Queens Club

Spire of St Andrews Fulham Fields Church is obscured in this image by the temporary tennis structure

Ashfield House West Cromwell Road (A4)

Approximate location of St Andrews Fulham Fields Church spire

Empress State Building

View 41 - Mornington Avenue

View 50 - The Queens Club

3.3 Local Context

In line with London Plan Policy HC4, the Site does not have any strategic viewing corridors crossing it.

Development of this scale on the Earls Court Site would not impact any important views across the capital, which are protected by the London Plan under the London View Management Framework (LVMF).

The Site does not have any strategic viewing corridors crossing it.

The narrow viewing corridor of LVMF View from King Henry’s Mound, Richmond (Assessment Point 9A.1), passes to the south of Earls Court.

At this scale there would be no impact on the skyline of Whitehall Court in the River Prospect from Blackfriars Bridge (Assessment Point 14A.1).

of LVMF viewing corridors across West and Central London

The Earls Court Development Site

LVMF View Corridors

King Henry’s Mound, Richmond

KINGHENRY’SMOUND

Map

Local Context

The panoramic River Prospect view upstream from Blackfriars Bridge has informed maximum building heights

The panoramic River Prospect view upstream from Blackfriars Bridge at Assessment Point 14A.1 has been used to assess the potential impact of tall development within the Earls Court Site.

Blackfriars Bridge runs in a north south orientation. Designed by Joseph cubitt and h. carr it was opened in 1869 and widened on the west side in 1907-10. It is now the widest river bridge in central London. To the west, buildings in Westminster rise beyond Temple Gardens. To the north and east, the view is becoming dominated by the new development of Blackfriars Thameslink Station and the top of the dome of St Paul’s cathedral is only just visible. To the southwest there are views to the South Bank.

The view from this Assessment Point does not include a Protected Vista or a Protected Silhouette that would preclude the visibility of new development in any part of the view. Testing has been undertaken during the design development to establish if the Proposed Development is visible behind Whitehall Court from this view, and be assessed accordingly.

Panorama from assessment Point 14a.1 Blackfriars Bridge: upstream – at the centre of the bridge

Location of Assessment Point on Blackfriars Bridge, looking west towards the Site

Panorama from Assessment Point 14A.1 Blackfriars Bridge: upstream – at the centre of the bridge

3.4 The Site

A complex, threedimensional puzzle

Existing infrastructure and buildings together with sensitive edge conditions inform the potential development of the current Site.

The following pages set out the existing physical attributes, constraints and opportunities of the Earls Court Site, including:

• Historic buildings and structures on the Site.

• Open rail lines, tunnels and apron structures that pose significant constraints to development.

• Site edges that vary in character, and limited access points.

• Air and noise pollution caused by the A4 and West London Railway Line.

• Limited biodiversity and interruptions in the local ecological network.

• Location of the Site in Flood Zone 3.

Brompton Cemetery Empress State Building

Lillie Bridge Depot

West Kensington and Gibbs Green Estates Philbeach Gardens North End Road

Lillie Road

Warwick Road

Aerial view looking south over the Site

Nevern Square

West Cromwell Road (A4)

The Train Shed

The Table structure

Bishops Park

Earl’s Court station

West Brompton station

West Kensington station LBHF RBKC

3.4 The Site

9 Beaumont Avenue

Existing Site features

The historical evolution of the Site has brought with it railway infrastructure, the Lillie Bridge Depot, and remnants of the now demolished Exhibition Centres.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

A 2 storey building located in the far northwestern part of the Site. This is currently activated as a temporary use.

Cromwell Road (A4)

The far northeastern part of the Site comprises a commercial building of 5 storeys, an annex building which comprises 3 storeys of residential flats and associated paved roads with parking. This is currently activated as a temporary use.

Land formerly home to the Earls Court Exhibition Centres

Road

Lillie Bridge Depot (LBD)

Lillie Bridge Depot (LBD) – The western, northern and northwestern part of the Site comprise the LBD. The LBD is currently used as a maintenance facility by London Underground Ltd (LUL) and as a TfL training facility. The LBD uses and on-Site structures comprise office buildings, rail tracks, road to rail vehicle (RRV) delivery and access point, articulated lorry access and delivery area, carpenter/ rail workshops, storage buildings, train stabling box, associated infrastructure and parking.

The western, northern and northwestern part of the Site comprise the LBD. The LBD is currently used as a maintenance facility by London Underground Ltd (LUL) and as a TfL training facility. The LBD uses and on-site structures comprise office buildings, rail tracks, road to rail vehicle (RRV) delivery and access point, articulated lorry access and delivery area, carpenter/rail workshops, storage buildings, train stabling, associated infrastructure and parking.

Empress Place

A steel and concrete decking structure that spans the West London Railway Line and Overground between areas of hardstanding. This allowed the Exhibition Centres to straddle the railway.

To the west of Empress Place is a bus turning and waiting facility accessed from Lillie Road. This area comprises a bus layover area with capacity for up to four buses and a small standalone structure that includes welfare facilities for bus drivers. North End

The southern and southwestern parts of the Site comprise 3-4 storey terrace buildings fronting Empress Place and Lillie Road. These are currently activated with temporary uses.

The eastern and southeastern parts of the Site (roughly triangular shaped to the east of the WLL) and the southwestern part of the Site (to the west of the WLL) comprise extensive areas of open hardstanding. These areas of hardstanding were previously occupied by the Earls Court Exhibition Centres which were demolished between 2015 and 2017. The Table structure

Lillie Road

Royal Borough of Kensington and Chelsea (RBKC)

London Borough of Hammersmith and Fulham (LBHF)

1 Cluny Mews

Aerial photo of the Site

The Site today

The Site is largely vacant but some structures remain. The Table structure is the only significant remnant of the Exhibition Centres and bridges the West London Railway Line.

Some of the concourse structures that led up to Exhibition Centre One remain bordering Eardley Crescent and Philbeach Gardens. Other than this, the majority of the Site is formed of crushed concrete, created and levelled through the demolition process, exposing the tops of three of the four Underground tunnels.

The large structural deck (‘the Table structure’) over the West London Railway Line remains from the demolition of the centres in 2015. It is an encapsulated steel structure supporting a concrete slab and sits roughly 6-8m higher than ground level.

1. View looking east across the Table structure and District Line tunnels beyond

8. Remaining concourse structure adjacent to Eardley Crescent

7. Remaining structures adjacent to District Line tunnel

5. View looking north from the road bridge at Lillie Road

2. View looking north showing the western side of the Table structure

3. View looking east showing the tops of the District Line tunnels

6. Remaining steps of former Exhibition Centres entrance

4. View looking south along the Northern Access Road and West London Railway Line

The Site

Lillie Bridge Depot and the Train Shed

A number of TfL and rail assets currently support the maintenance and operations of the London Underground. The remaining portion of the original Train Shed reflects the industrial character of the Site.

Lillie Bridge Depot is occupied by industrial sheds and Ashfield House, a ten-storey brutalist office building that is visible from the A4 and surrounding streets.

The Train Shed is one of the oldest buildings on the Site, built between 1894 and 1912. It once measured 400m but was cut back in the 1940s to make way for Earls Court Two. Its northern gable and brick façades are still original.

There is an opportunity to celebrate the industrial heritage of the Site, in response to Policy D3’s guidance on Quality and Character.

1. View looking south over the Lillie Bridge Depot

7. Existing TfL operational building

5. Internal view of the Train Shed looking south

3. View of Ashfield House from West Cromwell Road

2. View looking east below the A4 along the Underground train tracks

4. View of the northern gable of the Train Shed

6. View of the western facade of the Train Shed

The Site

Empress Place and the Lillie Road Bus Facility

Formerly an entrance to the Exhibition Grounds and Lillie Bridge Depot, this characterful Victorian street forms the southern access to the Site.

Empress Place features a cohesive collection of late Victorian terraced houses, characterised by ornate detailing, stucco façades and decorative elements typical of the period.

The Project Rooms building was purpose-built in 1907 by the Brompton & Piccadilly Railway Company and is where the Piccadilly Line was designed and engineered.

The Lillie Road Bus Facility includes two bus stops, layover spaces and staff facilities. It provides pedestrian and vehicular access to the Empress State Building. The former Metropolitan Police Heritage Centre has been transformed by ECDC into ‘Conversation Corner’ for public consultation. In the 1890s, this part of the Site was the main entrance to the Exhibition Grounds.

1. View of the eastern terraced houses on Empress Place

3. Empress State Building, with the ‘Project Rooms’ in the foreground

6. View of the western terraced houses on Empress Place

5. The former Metropolitan Police Heritage Centre, currently used as ‘Conversation Corner’

4. The Prince Pub, on the corner of Lillie Road and Empress Place

View to the rear of the Empress Place

3.4 The Site

Warwick Road

To the east, Warwick Road serves as an important historic entrance to the Site.

Warwick Road is a busy access route leading to the A4, with a pedestrian exit from Earl’s Court station forming a key arrival point. Noise and sound pollution along this edge affect existing residents and visitors.

This used to be the primary entrance to the Exhibition Centres. There is potential to capitalise on the previous sense of arrival here, and reinstate the primary entrance to the Site.

As part of the programme of temporary uses, ECDC has pulled back the hoarding line and recreated a public space on Warwick Road. A series of art installations, landscape interventions and public events have allowed it to be active once more.

1. Warwick Road looking south

2. Warwick Road looking north

3. Warwick Road looking south to Penywern Road Key plan of eastern part of the Site

Aerial View of the Warwick Road Apron and pedestrian crossing from Earl’s Court station into the Site.

The Site

The crescents

Philbeach Gardens and Eardley Crescent are Victorian residential streets that form part of the Philbeach Conservation Area to the east of the Site.

Both crescents feature late-Victorian terraced houses and Philbeach Gardens has a communal garden at its centre. The crescent shape of these streets is a distinctive urban form shaped by the railway lines which arrived in the 19th century. Many of the properties retain original architectural features, maintaining the historic character of the neighbourhood.

1. Philbeach Gardens

2. Eardley Crescent

3. St Cuthbert’s Church along Philbeach Gardens

Aerial View, looking north at the boundary condition with houses along Philbeach Gardens.

3.4 The Site

Lillie Road

The southern boundary of the Site is formed by Lillie Road, a street with a variety of building scales and typologies which culminates at West Brompton station.

Lillie Road serves as a vital link for both vehicles and pedestrians, connecting Fulham and South Kensington. The array of building uses and architectural periods has resulted in a diverse streetscape lacking a cohesive height or architectural style, and creating an indistinct edge condition. The vacant Site further exacerbates this and creates a gap in the streetscape.

Pedestrians can currently view the entire extent of the Site from Lillie Bridge and access it via Empress Place. Developing this edge presents an opportunity to reintroduce a defined building line along Lillie Road.

1. Entrance to West Brompton station

3. Retail frontage along Lillie Road and into Empress Place

2. View looking east along Lillie Road

The Site

The West Kensington and Gibbs Green Estates

The boundary with the Gibbs Green and West Kensington Estates consists of a walled edge and provides an opportunity to mediate between different urban scales.

A 3 metre high brick wall separates the Site from the Estates to the west. The wall is interrupted by an entrance gate into the ECDC run Community Hub which welcomes residents from the local area.

Low-rise and medium-rise residential blocks contrast with the Victorian street pattern found further west of North End Road.

The Empress State Building is a prominent feature that introduces a different scale and typology to the area.

1. Aisgill Avenue looking south

2. The boundary wall between West Kensington and Gibbs Green Estates, and the Site

3. The existing triangular MUGA on Aisgill Avenue

Key plan of western part of the Site

Aerial View, looking north-west towards West Kensington and Gibbs Green Estates. The Community Hub in the foreground was opened by ECDC in 2022.

3.4 The Site

North End Road

The North End Road interfaces with the Site at West Kensington station and is accessed via the West Kensington and Gibbs Green Estates to the west.

North End Road is a bustling high street lined with a variety of shops, markets and eateries. It offers a mix of local businesses, including grocery stores, clothing shops and independent boutiques. The road is popular for its street market, which operates six days a week, providing fresh produce, household goods and street food. This shopping destination serves as a hub for the local community.

The Site is accessed along Beaumont Avenue to the north-west, which has a more residential scale.

West Cromwell Road

The West Cromwell Road (A4) is a strategic arterial route that runs along the northern edge of the Site. It forms an important gateway to Earls Court but also creates a hostile divide from the areas to the north.

This major six-lane arterial route connects central London to Hammersmith Town Centre to the west, and beyond to the M4 motorway. Buildings along this edge typically consist of larger footprints, and are pulled back from the street to respond to the noise and air pollution. The Site here is also highly visible, as the level change allows people to see in from their vehicles.

2. St Cuthbert’s Church from West Cromwell Road

3. West Cromwell Road, looking west from 1 Cluny Mews

1. West Cromwell Road looking east

3. North End Road shops

2.

Brompton Cemetery

Empress State Building

Lillie Bridge Depot

West Kensington and Gibbs Green Estates

Philbeach Gardens

Eardley Crescent North End Road

West Cromwell Road (A4) Warwick Road

Ashfield House

Queen’s Club

Hammersmith

Bishop’s Park

Margravine Cemetery

Nevern Square

Earl’s Court Square

Lillie Square

Lillie Road Empress Place

Old Brompton Road

Earl’s Court station West Brompton station West Kensington station

Aerial view looking west over the Site

3.5 Site Analysis

Existing habitats

The Earls Court Site is home to a limited number of habitats with some Sites of Importance for Nature Conservation (SINCs) along the West London Railway Line.

Existing habitats on the Site include:

• Poor semi-improved grassland and introduced scrub form the majority of the Site’s habitats along the railway corridors and Site boundaries.

• Most trees are located along the shared boundaries with Philbeach Gardens and Eardley Crescent.

• The Brompton Cemetery SINC extends into the Site along the West London Railway Line. It is then interrupted and continues again north of the Table structure. There is an opportunity to connect the SINC and create a north-south ecological link through the Site. Sites of Importance for Nature Conservation (SINCs) Poor semi-improved grassland

scrub

Cultured/disturbed land, ephemeral/short perennial

continuous scrub

Unimproved neutral grassland

Existing trees

Existing planting and habitats

Lillie Road

Court station

The Table structure

The Train Shed

End

LillieRoad West Cromwell Road (A4)

3.5 Site Analysis

Below ground constraints

Rail infrastructure bisects the Site and London Underground District and Piccadilly Line tunnels create areas where loading capacity is highly constrained. There are key considerations associated with development above or near railway assets and infrastructure. These include:

• The District and Piccadilly Line tunnels run along the Site’s northern boundary and east of the Table. Building over them is subject to tunnel strengthening and transfer structures.

• Areas where tracks converge as they approach the stations are covered by large spanning bridging structures known as ‘aprons’. Their loading capacity is limited, and the erection of new buildings above them would require extensive works or large transfer structures.

• Construction near rail lines and assets requires offsets that are subject to negotiation and agreement with Network Rail and/or TfL. Utility routes and connections may also require diversions prior to development.

Earl’s Court station

The complexity of the infrastructure at Earls Court drives the layout of the Proposed Development in a fundamental way.

St Cuthbert’s Church

The Table structure

Cromwell Road

3.5 Site Analysis

Site topography

Railway infrastructure creates considerable changes in levels across the Site.

Level changes on the Site are affected by the following:

• Rail infrastructure runs through the Site at different levels. Deep cuts and decking creates significant barriers to movement and bridging.

• The convergence of Underground lines results in apron structures above, close to Earl’s Court and West Brompton stations. These cause the levels to rise to +10m and +8.2m.

• The Table structure, which decks over the West London Railway Line, rises up to 12.3m, forming a notable promontory at the heart of the Site.

3.5 Site Analysis

Site topography

Existing Site sections

Sections 1 and 2 describe the existing Site levels and highlight notable features and aspects of the current condition to consider through design development.

Section 2 - West Cromwell Road (A4) to Empress Place St. Cuthbert’s Church

Site boundary: Lillie Road

Site Analysis

Above ground considerations

The approach to development will need to consider adjacent properties and address the access and security requirements associated with live rail facilities and the Empress State Building.

Above ground considerations relate to edge conditions and the safeguarding of access to key TfL assets. These include:

• Residential properties that are adjacent or in close proximity to the Site boundary require a considered and appropriate response in terms of built form and public realm.

• Development along the shared boundary with the Empress State Building is subject to the security requirements of the Mayor’s Office for Policing and Crime (MOPAC), who occupy the building.

• Several access points to the TfL and Network Rail infrastructure will need to be retained and enabled.

3.5 Site Analysis

Environmental considerations

There are a number of environmental factors, including air quality, noise, sunlight, overshadowing, wind and flood risk, which will impact the design response.

Key factors impacting the Site include:

• The A4 and West London Railway Line are major sources of noise and air pollution. The vacant Site allows the spread of pollution and contributes to dust in the air. There is a significant opportunity to enhance air quality and reduce noise pollution through the orientation of buildings and design of public spaces.

• The Empress State Building overshadows the Site considerably from the afternoon onwards. Wind channelling also occurs around the Empress State Building, resulting in higher winds and down draughts in this location.

• The Site partially falls within Environment Agency Flood Zone 3, creating a risk of localised flooding and surface water discharges into the sewer network. An integrated water management strategy based upon surface infiltration will minimise discharge to the sewer network and reduce the risk of localised flooding.

► Refer to Environmental Statement (EC.PA.12).

The approach to density at Earls Court needs to address environmental impacts established under Policies D9 and D13 of the London Plan.

Environmental considerations

Noise and air pollution from A4/West Cromwell Road and railways through Site

South-westerly prevailing wind

Afternoon overshadowing from ESB

The Earls Court Development Site

Sun path direction

Areas within Environment Agency Flood Zone 3

Predominant sources of noise and air pollution

Air

Prevailing wind direction and channelling

Existing trees

Wind channelling around ESB

The Table structure

The Train Shed

North End Road

West Cromwell Road (A4)

3.5 Site Analysis

Air quality

The Site’s air quality has been assessed as part of the wider analysis of key environmental indicators.

This considers the suitability of the Site for the proposed uses and the likely effects of both demolition, construction and the completed development.

The assessment has been undertaken in line with the relevant national, regional and local policies, guidance and regulations.

Key contextual factors include:

• The Site is located within the Ultra Low Emission Zone (ULEZ) which was launched in April 2019 and extended in August 2023.

• The north-west of the Site is located within a LBHF air quality focus area, and the east of the Site is located within a RBKC air quality focus area, indicating potential for high air pollutant concentrations in these areas.

• Potential emission sources have been identified and assessed in the context of existing air quality and the nature and location of receptors.

► Refer to Environmental Statement / Vol. 1 Chapter 10 (EC.PA.12).

Site Analysis

Noise and vibration

The Site has been assessed for noise and vibration, considering the existing condition and possible impacts throughout construction and at completion.

The Site is subject to existing noise and vibration from the West London Railway Line, the London Underground, Heathrow flight path and surrounding road network, particularly from the A4 to the north. A baseline characterisation study based on transport data analysis and noise surveys (2021 and 2024) was developed to quantify the prevailing ambient and background noise levels during daytime and night-time periods.

The assessment has considered:

• Effects due to changes in operational road traffic noise occurring on the local road network.

• Effects due to sound of an industrial and commercial nature (including noise from building services plant).

• Effects due to noise from commercial activity.

• Effects due to sound of an industrial nature.

Areas closest to the highest noise and vibration sources such as the West London Railway Line will need to consider additional mitigation measures.

► Refer to Design and Access Statement Volume 1: Outline Component / Spatial Strategies (EC. PA.08).

► Refer to Environmental Statement / Vol. 1 Chapter 11 (EC.PA.12).

3.5 Site Analysis

Water Resources

To establish the suitability for development, and to evaluate potential approaches to Water Resources, a comprehensive Flood Risk Assessment (FRA) has been carried out.

The Site sits partially within Flood Zones 2 and 3, largely contained in LBHF land. This has been considered throughout design development, implementing sitewide strategies such as increased planting and Sustainable Drainage Systems (SuDS) to absorb water run-off and reduce localised flooding.

The appraisal process has combined desktop studies and on-site investigations including topographical surveys, utilities and drainage surveys, and geotechnical site investigations.

The assessment has considered:

• The site levels and topography.

• The existing geological and hydro-geological conditions and any existing watercourses and sewers.

• The baseline flood risk to the Site and study area (with reference to GOV.UK’s online Long-Term Flood Maps and ‘Flood Map for Planning’ services).

► Refer to Environmental Statement / Vol. 1 Chapter 14 (EC.PA.12).

► Refer to Environmental Statement / Vol. 3 Appendix 14 (EC.PA.12).

Extract from gov.uk ‘long term flood risk information’ showing extent of flooding (reservoirs)

Risk of flooding from rivers and the sea

3.6 Conclusion

Character Evaluation Summary

An appraisal of the evidence and information collated has been utilised to determine the current quality of the Site and its sensitivity to change based on four key indicators, in line with the design-led approach and the Characterisation and Growth LPG:

Surrounding area: High value

• Close proximity to Grade I and II listed assets, including St Cuthbert’s Church, Earl’s Court and West Brompton Underground stations and Brompton Cemetery.

• Adjacent to Philbeach, Brompton Cemetery and Olympia and Avonmore Conservation Areas and the north western corner of the Site is within the Barons Court Conservation Area.

• Not affecting any protected viewing corridor. Long-range LVMF view from Blackfriars Bridge has informed the height of the tallest building.

• Key townscape views transect the site including from Queens Club, Brompton Cemetery, Philbeach Gardens and Mornington Avenue. This has informed the placement of tall buildings.

• The surrounding area is incredibly varied in terms of architectural period, style, material and detail. The historic urban grain is apparent in the local area, particularly to the east. To the west this is fractured by more modern developments.

Surrounding area: Moderate value

• The local area contains a range of green spaces, parks and gardens, mature street trees and other rich and varied biodiversity. However many of these spaces are small semi-private gardens, lacking public amenity areas and play space. There is also a noticeable difference in character of open spaces between the boroughs.

• Brompton Cemetery is the most significant green open space in the Site’s immediate vicinity, and is a registered park and garden with rich and varied biodiversity.

• A number of smaller local open spaces and pocket parks are within walking distance, however larger district open spaces and areas of Metropolitan Open Land are all 20 to 30 minutes walk away. Public access and play features are also limited within local green spaces, limiting use and variety.

• Heritage value - This relates to the coherence and extent of the historic environment, and can be split into evidential, historical, aesthetic and communal value.

• Environmental value - This relates to the coherence, quality and extent of the local environment, people’s sensory experience of a place, and its natural assets.

• Social value - This relates to the tangible and less tangible cultural and social characteristics and landscape that contribute to a sense of place.

• Economic value - This relates to the scale and diversity of economic activity and businesses in an area.

Assessment in line with the indicators identified in the Characterisation and Growth Strategy LPG – Stage 2 Step 1 and Step 2

The Site: Low value

• The Site contains no statutory or locally listed assets, and has been largely vacant since the demolition of the Earls Court Exhibition Centres in 2015.

• The Train Shed at Lillie Bridge Depot has been identified as having some historic value. It is the oldest building on the Site and retains many of its original features.

• The Site contrasts the existing use, scale and grain of the surrounding area, and has done so since the inception of the Exhibition Grounds in the mid-1800s. It does not form part of the existing urban grain or architectural language of the surrounding context.

• Limited recognisable remnants of the former Exhibition Centres remain on the Site, other than structural components such as the front steps, portions of the concourse and the Table structure which decks over the West London Railway Line.

• An existing ecological corridor connects north to south from the Thames to Brompton Cemetery, forming a significant habitat corridor for plants and wildlife along the former Counter’s Creek.

The Site: Low value

• The Site is of low ecological value, containing limited existing green open space. Trees and planting are contained to gardens along the edges, behind the terraced buildings at Empress Place, within the Community Hub and along verges of the railway lines.

• Some Sites of Importance for Nature Conservation (SINCs) extend along the West London Railway Line into the Site, but are separated by the Table structure. Potential for local improvements through the Site would unlock wider ecological connections.

• The Site is bound by busy roads on all sides. The A4 and West London Railway Line are major sources of noise and air pollution. The vacant Site allows the spread of pollution and contributes to dust in the air locally.

3.6 Conclusion

Character Evaluation Summary

Assessment in line with the indicators identified in the Characterisation and Growth Strategy LPG – Stage 2 Step 1 and Step 2

Social value

Surrounding area: Moderate value

• The local area is well served with a range of small and medium-sized cultural venues, located along neighbouring high streets. The need to extend and support this local network has been established in the Retail and Cultural Strategies. Larger venues are located further afield towards the Museum Quarter, Kensington Olympia and Hammersmith Town Centre.

• Local social infrastructure provision has been assessed in the Social Value Statement. There is a good level of local community assets, with an adequate provision of schools. An underprovision of Early Years Centres has been identified in the local area.

• An underprovision of access to leisure, sport and play facilities within open spaces has been identified, which is noted in Section 3.3 of this chapter.

• The local area has a well developed street network with good pedestrian routes and access to public transport nodes. The Site in its current form however creates severance and limits local connectivity. Opportunities to improve local pedestrian and cycle connections has been identified

• The Site sits between two local high streets, Earls Court Road to the east, and North End Road to the west, providing a range of retail and workspace offers. The need for additional services to complement local employment and economics has been established in the Retail Strategy.

• The Site borders six wards, each with unique socio-economic characteristics. An analysis of the local area has demonstrated several highly sensitive ‘receptors,’ indicating current socio-economic conditions. While both boroughs are displaying these ‘receptors’, the area around the Site within LBHF is in particular need of employment, new homes and open space, highlighting the economic divide between the two boroughs.

• As identified in the London Plan, there is a city-wide need for more homes, which has led to borough-specific targets. Of the last ten years, LBHF has met its target in five of those years and has had targets increased to deliver housing in strategic locations. RBKC has met its target in two of those years.

The Site: Low value

• The unique legacy of the former Exhibition Centres fosters a sense of identity to the Site and the local area.

• The Site is currently largely vacant and closed to neighbouring communities, limiting access across it and opportunities for integration into the surrounding area.

• Spaces including 9 Beaumont Avenue and the Community Hub provide community services locally, as part of a wider programme of temporary uses activating the Site.

Economic value

Surrounding area: Moderate value

• The Site is close to two vibrant high streets, providing a localised economy. North End Road particularly hosts a weekly market and events throughout the year and is supported by Fulham Broadway and Stamford Bridge Football Stadium. Earls Court Road provides a diverse range of shops and supports a night-time economy.

• Further afield, Hammersmith Town Centre and Shepherds Bush host numerous cultural venues to the west and north. The Site is also within walking distance of the Kensington Cultural Quarter and Central Activities Zone to the east, providing access to museums and educational institutions.

• The Site is well-connected to further shopping hubs, along Kensington High Street and Westfield in White City

• The Site is well-connected to strategic locations within London, connecting Strategic Industrial Land at Old Oak and Park Royal to growth sites at Battersea and Clapham Junction, and on to Heathrow.

The Site: Low value

• The Site itself is largely vacant so offers limited economic value to the surrounding area. The TfL Lillie Bridge Depot however provides an employment facility within the local area, hosting workshops and training facilities.

3.6 Conclusion

Initial growth strategy

The Characterisation and Growth Strategy LPG (Para 4.2) requires that findings from the Site character assessment and evaluation are used to identify a strategy for change in which the suitable level of change for the Site is defined.

Based on the evaluation of character and the conclusions of the sensitivity assessment, the Site is considered to represent a Transform area. This is defined in the LPG as areas ‘that have a low quality development of ill-defined character and where an opportunity exists to establish a newly coherent character’ as follows:

The completion of this process and conclusion that the Site represents a Transform area has also allowed for an assessment of the ‘Capacity for Growth’ at the Site (as identified in the Characterisation and Growth Strategy LPG –Paragraph 4.3):

The LPG sets out that the Site can be categorised into one of the three scales of change: conserve, enhance or transform.

• Conserve: areas that have a high-quality, well-established and coherent character that is sensitive to change

• Enhance: areas that have a medium-quality, mixed character that would benefit from sensitive improvement through intervention

• Transform: areas that have a low-quality, poorly defined character and/or where an opportunity exists to establish a new coherent character by enhancing positive elements

• New development should both enhance positive elements, where they exist, and improve the physical character through placemaking to create attractive new places.

• The new character should reflect the areawide vision, which may be significantly different from the existing character. It should not result in car-dependent, sprawl-type development – indeed, there are important opportunities to change such developments that currently exist.

• Transform areas should intensify land use when accommodating change – and it is vital that the approach to higher-density development reflects good urban design principles.

Capacity for growth

• Site benefits from an excellent PTAL and connectivity

• Site is located within an Opportunity Area

• Site is allocated for development within the Development Plan

• Site is currently not optimising its potential with low economic, social and environmental values

• Site has potential to assist in addressing socio-economic challenges in the area

• Environmental constraints have been identified and can be addressed through sensitive development

• Site has a high sensitivity to change (positive potential)

• Site is identified as a Transform area

• Site can support tall buildings in line with the plan-led approach;

Assessment in line with Stage 3 process identified in the Characterisation and Growth Strategy LPG.

• Transform areas will not necessarily be locations where tall buildings may be appropriate. Where an area includes heritage assets, or is within the setting of heritage assets, this does not exclude it as a transform area.

• Site is of a scale where it can both respect surrounding context and create its own in terms of scale and mass

Evaluation: extensive capacity for growth

3.6 Conclusion

Extensive analysis of the Site’s context established a clear understanding of its constraints and opportunities. This process has informed the vision and design proposals for the Earls Court Development.

The Earls Court Development needs to:

As required by London Plan Policies D1, D3 and D4, the Earls Court Development has employed the design-led approach and been informed by the guidance contained within the Characterisation and Growth Strategy LPG and Optimising Site Capacity LPG (2023). The approach adopted involved:

• Undertaking extensive analysis of the Site’s context and character.

• Evaluating and appraising the Site character and sensitivity to change.

• Identifying the Site as a ‘Transform’ area.

• Setting out an initial ‘Growth Strategy’ demonstrating extensive capacity for growth.

• Understanding and responding to sensitivities.

Strategically, deliver on the ambitions of the London Plan and the Development Plans for LBHF and RBKC.

In line with the NPPF, London Plan and both LBHF and RBKC Local plans, the Earls Court Development has the potential to transform the Site to deliver Sustainable Development and Good Growth by adhering to the following design principles:

• Making the best use of land and optimising the use of this brownfield, well connected Site, to provide new homes and jobs (London Plan GG2 and D3).

• Employing the Design-led approach to ensure the capacity of the Site is optimised whilst ensuring development is contextual and embraces local character (London Plan Policy D1 and D3).

• Applying a considered approach to land intensification, using an impact-tested and plan-led strategy for taller buildings (London Plan D4 and D9).

Locally, create a piece of city that opens up this brownfield site for the first time in 150 years, reinstating its legacy of wonder, and delivering significant benefits for the local communities.

In response to the Site Character assessment, the Earls Court Development has the potential, by adopting innovative responses, to positively respond to both the Site’s constraints and opportunities. At a local level, this includes:

• Enhancing connectivity and permeability for the surrounding area.

• Taking a sensitive and considered approach to edge conditions and neighbouring properties informed by daylight/sunlight analysis.

• Being sensitive to existing heritage assets in the surrounding context.

• Not impacting upon any LVMF view.

• Delivering much needed new homes, including affordable homes.

• Delivering new retail and commercial uses and jobs.

• Delivering new cultural and leisure opportunities for the area.

At the Site level, optimise land use by adopting innovative responses to Site constraints, prioritising landscape and nature at the heart of the scheme.

At a Site level, this includes:

• Prioritising landscape and nature at the heart of the development delivering new public spaces and play opportunities.

• Exploring opportunities to retain and transform existing structures where possible.

• Harnessing level changes and areas where loading is limited to deliver a varied public realm.

• Responding to underground constraints in the detailed layout of the development.

• Responding to environmental factors through good design principles.

The Earls Court Development has the potential to deliver on the ambitions of the London Plan and the Development Plans for LBHF and RBKC by transforming the Site to deliver benefits for the local community.

4 Design Evolution & Engagement

4.1 Introduction

Design evolution process

This chapter demonstrates the extensive design iteration process over the last four years as a response to public consultation and stakeholder engagement.

The evolution of the Strategic Framework and Illustrative Masterplan have been informed by principles established during this period, in line with the ‘Design-led approach’ outlined in the Optimising Site Capacity: A Design-led Approach LPG.

There has been an extensive and collaborative process throughout with a variety of statutory bodies, community groups and local stakeholders which has extended beyond traditional engagement.

The design evolution is described in three stages:

• Stage 1: Framing priorities

• Stage 2: Design development

• Stage 3: Refining the masterplan

For each stage, this chapter summarises key engagement events as follows:

• Public engagement

• Local Authority and statutory body engagement

The design response is summarised through four spatial measures that assess the success of key moves:

Nature and open space

How the destination park and green spaces evolved.

Movement and hierarchy

How key routes and the movement strategy were formalised.

Uses and clusters

How the mix of residential, commercial, cultural and workspace uses is distributed.

Built form and townscape

How character, typologies and densities were tested to respond to the context.

Workshop with the PRIP held at Earls Court Project Rooms

Introduction

A collaborative process

The design evolution is the outcome of an iterative journey, informed by a broad range of stakeholders, and shaped by extensive conversations held with community groups.

Local Authorities and statutory bodies

The Hybrid Planning Application spans the jurisdiction of two Local Authorities, LBHF and RBKC.

• LBHF’s Inclusive Design Review Panel (IDRP) x4 meetings

At the point of acquisition in 2019, the West Kensington and Gibbs Green Estates were given back to the London Borough of Hammersmith & Fulham (LBHF). A new team, led by The Earls Court Development Company (ECDC) was established in 2020, adopting a fresh approach to bringing forward proposals for the Earls Court Site.

In 2020, the COVID-19 pandemic brought new priorities to the fore and a deep rethink of what it means to live and work in an urban setting. Additionally, there was a growing frustration in the community at the lack of progress on the Site. These factors compelled ECDC to prioritise honest dialogue, community collaboration and the opening up of the Site.

ECDC implemented an extensive and broad community outreach and engagement programme across both LBHF and RBKC. Through this process, and over a four year period, the vision, priorities and place pillars of the masterplan were developed and refined.

Pre-application meetings were held with RBKC, LBHF, the Greater London Authority (GLA) and Transport for London (TfL) over the past four years, allowing officers to collaboratively engage in shaping the proposals. Meetings with LBHF and RBKC were held monthly or fortnightly, and during intense periods increased to weekly workshops. Other meetings included:

• Joint LBHF and RBKC meetings on technical topics, held in addition when appropriate.

• Borough meetings including the GLA on a monthly basis.

• Monthly transport meetings attended by both boroughs, the GLA and TfL. Meetings covered a range of topics, which are set out in the Planning Statement.

The emerging proposals were presented to the Local Authorities’ Design Review Panels. In addition, as the scale of the Site makes the Planning Application referable to the GLA, a London Review Panel was set up to examine and assess the proposals. The Design Teams presented evolving proposals to the following review panels over the four years:

• GLA’s London Review Panel (LRP) x6 meetings

• RBKC’s Quality Review Panel (QRP) x5 meetings

• LBHF’s Design Review Panel (DRP) x5 meetings

Emerging proposals were also presented to Historic England’s London Advisory Committee in September 2023. Early engagement addressed the vision and aspirations for the Site. As the layout evolved, detailed proposals and the emerging Design Code were also presented.

Engagement with statutory consultees and stakeholders has also informed the design process and has included:

• Royal Parks

• Health and Safety Executive

• Network Rail

• London Underground Limited

• Secured by Design

• Thames Water

• National Air Traffic Services

• Mayor’s Office for Policing and Crime (MOPAC)

► Refer to the Planning Statement (EC.PA.04).

Public consultation and engagement

ECDC and the Design Team involved the local community in the masterplanning process from the outset. Open dialogue, engagement and consultation through a variety of forms and methods has continued throughout, ensuring that the masterplan responds to local feedback and aspirations.

The engagement strategy sought to reach all segments of the community, including those typically under-represented in the planning process. This inclusive approach has informed a considered response in the development of the proposal. A range of activities has been undertaken, including:

• Community masterplan and themed workshops

• Specific area focused resident workshops

• Consultation exhibitions

• Surveys (written and online)

• Public Webinars (online)

• Drop in events

• Regular tours of the Site for the public and local amenity groups

• Engagement with local primary and secondary schools and youth clubs

► Refer to the Statement of Community Involvement (EC.PA.33).

4.1 Introduction

Beyond traditional engagement

As part of ECDC’s priority to invite meaningful feedback, a wide variety of bespoke platforms and accessible strategies were developed to engage with the community.

Over 100 online, in-person, and hybrid consultation events, activities and exhibitions were held across the local area and on the Site throughout development of the proposals. ECDC has been keen to reach seldom-heard voices. Involving young people, older people, people with disabilities and those from diverse backgrounds in the process has ensured broad representation and a genuine listening process.

Conversation Corner

Between 2020 and 2021, the community’s input informed the vision and masterplan guiding principles. A dedicated consultation hub, Conversation Corner, was opened in 2022 to serve as a permanent space to display emerging designs and prompt community feedback.

Following its success in 2022, Conversation Corner moved to a larger venue in 2023 and continued to showcase the emerging proposals through exhibition boards, models, animations,

visual aids and brochures. Staffed by members of the ECDC and the wider Project Team, it proved instrumental in encouraging thousands of local residents to drop in and engage with the proposals.

Community Hub

In 2022, ECDC opened a new Community Hub adjacent to the Site on Aisgill Avenue. Beyond its community functions, the Hub hosts pop-up events both during and outside consultation periods to gather local feedback and direct people to Conversation Corner for more detailed conversations.

4.1 Introduction

In order to engage meaningfully with the local community, ECDC created a host of consultation opportunities for people to input and shape the emerging proposals. These are outlined below:

Public Realm Inclusivity Panel (PRIP)

Formed out of an initial series of workshops with dozens of young people, older people and those with disabilities, since July 2022 the PRIP has met monthly with the Design Team to shape proposals for public space across the Site.

Members of ECDC and the Design Team have to date spent almost 200 hours working directly with the PRIP and safety panel members, in workshops and Site visits.

Community masterplan workshops

From March 2022 onwards, 18 collaborative workshops were held, focusing on eight different topics such as:

• What was the wonder?

• The emerging masterplan framework

• Future living, working and playing

• Culture

• Architectural design and context

• Beauty

• Being inclusive

Due to high demand, each workshop in the initial series was run twice, followed by additional workshops on the Phase 1 designs as well as transport and movement. These workshops were open to everyone and attended by a diverse range of voices and representatives from across the local area.

Focused resident workshops

These workshops included local residents and provided a focus on specific aspects of each of the Site’s western, southern, and eastern edges. Each session, run separately, allowed residents to engage in more detailed discussions with the Design Team about how the emerging proposals could meet specific local needs and requests.

Earls Court Future Programme

This allowed 81 young people, aged 16 to 21, to take part in fun, engaging, activity-based development and employability workshops to improve confidence, communication and skills. They were also invited to give feedback on plans and took part in a design challenge, pitching innovative ideas such as ‘The Night Garden’ directly to the ECDC team. A number of the programme participants became ECDC Ambassadors, supporting the running of consultation events with the wider team.

Community masterplan workshop

4.1 Introduction

Young City Makers

In partnership with Open City and as part of the Young City Makers challenge, Design Team members led workshops and site visits during 2023 and 2024.

Several of the consultant practices volunteered to work with 11 primary schools across LBHF and RBKC. The objective was to encourage the students to think creatively and explore ideas for the future of Earls Court.

Over 600 students participated, culminating in an open exhibition each year showcasing models and drawings. Prizes were awarded to teams that demonstrated exceptional skills and innovative ideas.

First Place for ModelmakingLarmenier & Sacred Heart Primary School working with ACME, 2023

4.1 Introduction

Overview of design evolution stages

The design evolution of the masterplan can be summarised in three stages. This timeline captures the sequence of design milestones and engagement events that have shaped the evolving proposals.

Stage 1: Framing priorities

Stage 1 was focused on the Site and context analysis, investigating retention, options testing, and the development of the brief. Principles that underpin the project were developed iteratively through engagement events and community masterplanning workshops, as well as through pre-application meetings with the Local Authorities and statutory bodies. These led to the formulation of the vision, masterplan guiding principles, and key priorities for the Site.

Stage 2: Design development

Stage 2 formalised the principles of the masterplan into a concept layout that was shared with the public for the first time in Summer 2022. Engagement continued to feed into the emerging design. The Public Realm Inclusivity Panel was launched, and Conversation Corner opened to help shape the emerging designs. Plot architects were appointed for the Phase 1 detail designs and a more evolved masterplan, including proposed Character Areas, was presented to the public in February 2023.

Stage 3: Finalising the masterplan

In Stage 3, the Character Areas were refined and plot designs were integrated into the wider Illustrative Masterplan. These were shown again to the public in November 2023, and March 2024. More detailed pre-application meetings and regular Design Review Panels took place during this time.

4.2 Stage 1: Framing Priorities

Public engagement

Early listening and extensive conversations helped define the vision and key priorities to bring back the wonder to Earls Court, open up the Site, create a showground of ingenuity, and a better piece of city.

Initial listening exercise

March 2020 - July 2020

A number of initiatives were undertaken at this stage to better understand local sentiment. Global placemaking consultancy Wordsearch Place conducted a series of interviews with various stakeholders and community representatives. Communication agency Comres undertook opinion polling among local residents. ECDC held introductory stakeholder meetings, a community open morning, and workshops. Feedback during this stage revealed top local priorities to be open green space and planting, followed by cultural facilities, places to eat and drink, and improved walking and cycling routes.

Summer fun days

August 2021

Three family-oriented outdoor events were held at Warwick Road Apron and Mund Street Green to collect community feedback in a fun and relaxed setting. These included outdoor games, live music and children-oriented events.

These events were an opportunity to showcase emerging masterplan guiding principles for the Site. An online survey helped ECDC and the

Design Team understand local priorities and inform the community about the Site’s potential. Open green space continued to feature as a key priority, along with housing, leisure, and retail. Connectivity was also highlighted as a crucial local issue.

Stakeholder tours

September 2021 - May 2022

Given that many had not seen the Site since the Exhibition Centres were demolished, various local community and amenity groups were invited to visit the ‘Table structure’ (the deck covering the West London Railway Line). This allowed people to experience panoramic views of the Site, understand the complex level changes, and see the benefits of improved local connections. The groups were then asked to comment on the eight masterplan guiding principles, which were established through collected local feedback.

Developing the vision, online and in-person activities

November 2021 - May 2022

During this period, ECDC worked with placemaking consultant MindFolio to help establish a vision for the Site in line with stakeholder and community feedback. Four inperson events, a webinar, and an online survey introduced ECDC’s vision and four key priorities, refined from the initial eight masterplan guiding principles. Feedback showed strong support for the vision “To bring the wonder back,” emphasising the desire for new open green spaces, improved east-west connections, and the inclusion of cultural activities such as creative art, food, music, and theatre.

Summer fun day at Warwick Road Apron

4.2 Stage 1: Framing Priorities

Community masterplan workshops

February 2022 - May 2022

From February 2022, a series of monthly community masterplan workshops were held to gather aspirations for the Site. An average of 30 people attended each session, including local residents and business owners.

Focused group sessions

January 2022 - June 2022

Led by Kanda/Iceni as a facilitator and attended by ECDC and the Design Team, the workshops focused on different themes such as the future of living, working, culture and public space. Guest speakers were invited to provoke the discussion and break out groups carried out focused tasks

Workshops – developing a framework

Within this phase of engagement, ZCD Architects was appointed by ECDC to facilitate and lead workshops with older people, young people, those with a range of access needs and parents of children with severe disabilities. The sessions focused on understanding people’s lived experiences of the local area through mapping exercises which helped shape the emerging public realm and landscape brief. The groups discussed and defined a range of activities and uses that could be hosted within the park, places and open spaces.

This process led directly to the establishment of the Public Realm Inclusivity Panel, with a number of the PRIP members coming directly from the groups that were engaged.

Masterplan workshop participation, March 2022

4.2 Stage 1: Framing Priorities

Local Authority and stakeholder engagement

Initial meetings held between 2020 and the summer of 2022 invited feedback and early thoughts from the Local Authorities and key stakeholders.

Early pre-application engagement with RBKC and LBHF

September 2020 - June 2022

Initial pre-application meetings with RBKC and LBHF introduced ECDC and the Design Team, provided an overview of the early aspirations for the Site and encouraged the officers to share their views for future development.

Separate pre-application meetings were held with RBKC and LBHF. These were focused on the evolving vision alongside the massing principles, heritage considerations, open space delivery, the land use mix, and cultural offer.

Engagement

with the GLA

October 2020 - June 2022

Initial pre-application meetings with the GLA focused on strategic matters and the key design principles. These meetings expanded into joint meetings with the two boroughs in attendance. Discussions focused on the evolving land use mix, the building heights strategy and the open space quantum.

Transport for London (TfL)

November 2021 - June 2022

Engagement with TfL established early principles for movement through the Site, maintenance of rail lines, and options for improving the setting of the Lillie Road Bus Facility as well as the approach to stations. Engagement also confirmed the requirements for access to TfL assets throughout earlier construction phases to maintain operations.

London Review Panel (LRP) meetings

15 December 2021 / 25 May 2022

In 2021 and 2022, the GLA’s London Review Panel (LRP), consisting of Mayoral Design Advocates (MDA’s), convened to review progress on the emerging ‘masterplan guiding principles’. The LRP expressed broad support for the emerging principles and encouraged a unified approach to the Site that reflected a boroughblind design response. The design-led approach and the aspiration to provide a wide variety of uses, extensive green open space and a variety of cultural venues across the Site, were supported.

Mayor’s Office for Policing and Crime (MOPAC)

October 2020 - November 2021

Engagement with the Mayor’s Office for Policing and Crime (MOPAC), the occupiers of the Empress State Building, helped establish security constraints associated with any proposals alongside the south-western boundary of the Site. Their feedback informed a considered approach to access from the Lillie Road Bus Facility.

Four priorities emerged, centred around a vision ‘to bring the wonder back to Earls Court’.

1. Open up the former Exhibition Centres Site for the first time in 150 years - giving back to local communities.

2. A showground of world-class ingenuitycelebrating its legacy and history.

3. Create a better piece of city - a blueprint for future generations.

4. Addressing the climate emergency - an ambition to go beyond net zero.

4.2 Stage 1: Framing Priorities

Eight emerging ‘masterplan guiding principles’ started to shape the layout of the masterplan.

Over the course of Stage 1, The Earls Court Development Company (ECDC) and the Design Team formulated a set of eight masterplan guiding principles. These principles helped to underpin the masterplan design process and formed the basis of emerging proposals. The principles were discussed and developed alongside conversations with the Local Authorities and the GLA.

1. Create an exceptional place that maximises benefits for all

5. The most connected place, open and accessible, helping to make city life more equitable

2. Amplify nature, our emotional hero, our golden thread

6. A continued heritage of world-class ingenuity for Earls Court, London and the UK

3. A blended use environment, spaces working hard to deliver economic, social and environmental responsibility

7. Welcome and surprise, bringing back the Earls Court wonder

4. A resilient Strategic Framework that can adapt to future needs and deliver principles of a circular economy

8. Creating a sense of place from day one, living our values

4.2 Stage 1: Framing Priorities

Nature and open space

During this period of design evolution, the ambition for a landscape-led approach was established. A network of public open green space were embedded along key routes.

Early engagement highlighted the significance of public open space, and initial design studies began to identify the components of the early public realm strategy, as follows:

• Threshold squares emerged as important gateway moments that open up the Site and address air quality and microclimate at key entrances.

• The proposal for green space above the reused Table structure evolved from a linear park into a focal green space at the heart of the scheme, known as the ‘Table Park’.

• Early aspirations to retain and reuse structures where possible were well received by the local community. The proposed transformation of the Train Shed at Lillie Bridge Depot inspired the proposal to create Lillie Sidings Square.

• The importance of creating an inviting interface with the West Kensington and Gibbs Green Estates influenced the creation of a community-focused green at Aisgill Gardens.

Lillie Sidings Square next to the retained Train Shed.

Kensington and Gibbs Green Estates

Gardens became

Public feedback identified two key routes, and the desire for a central green open space.

Lillie Sidings

Sketch exploration of the public realm framework and ways to harness landscape to navigate the Site’s levels

4.2 Stage 1: Framing Priorities

buildings within the site refer to this space as Sidings. It not only has the become a post industrial references the rail terminated here, learning from the success spaces across London

Movement and hierarchy

Engagement feedback highlighted the desire for an east-west and north-south public route to be provided through the Site.

Early engagement helped establish the importance of weaving the Site into its context. Hundreds of conversations were held with local residents around all edges of the Site and beyond, and key priorities emerged, including:

Granary Square at Kings these key public spaces, opportunity to establish memorable threshold interfacing with the three Cuthbert’s Church. Square, Earls Square, Square and North Square can all play a role public into the site and contributing to the existing and neighbourhoods.

• The creation of a clear east-west connection between Earl’s Court station and the West Kensington and Gibbs Green Estates.

• Connectivity along a north-south axis from West Kensington station, through Empress Place to Lillie Road and West Brompton station.

• Enabling movement across different levels and over the Table, which became a core feature of the Proposed Development in later stages.

Empress Place could extend from the existing terrace to South and connect Lillie Road With Empress Sidings. Further North, the sweeping route to North Kensington Square forms Empress Crescent, with opportunities to connect below the A4 and across the tracks to St Cuthbert’s. From Earls Square, two crescents branch out into the development site, working with the geometry of the adjacent Philbeach Gardens and Eardley Crescent. The first we have named Earls Crescent, which forms a route between Earls Square and Brompton Square, connecting the two stations with a potentially highfootfall environment. The second crescent we have called Countess Crescent. This slightly quieter route connects Earls Square to St Cuthbert’s Square, from which

Sidings

4.2 Stage 1: Framing Priorities

Uses and clusters

In tandem with public engagement, early design studies explored the location and size of cultural venues, and the nature of the workspace offer.

The community’s interest in seeing culture revived at Earls Court was backed by planning officers and led to an audit by the Design Team of the existing cultural provision in West London. Collaborating with the cultural consultant, Sound Diplomacy, discussions were held with local cultural groups and stakeholders, resulting in the exploration of different cultural venue locations and sizes.

The following design evolution took place:

• An indoor / outdoor venue associated with the Table structure, featuring a sunken amphitheatre.

• The repurposing of the Train Shed at Lillie Bridge Depot and its transformation into a hub for culture, leisure and food.

• Early exploration on establishing a variety of residential typologies and tenures for the Site.

• Commercial clusters emerging near the stations to maximise access to public transport.

Illustrative

4.2 Stage 1: Framing Priorities

Built form and townscape

Following extensive contextual analysis of the Site and its surroundings, a stepped approach to built form emerged.

The approach to height evolved as a response to engagement with the community and Local Authorities, as follows:

• Different massing arrangements were tested on the Site to meet the brief.

• The principle of stepping up heights incrementally from sensitive edges was tested through extensive technical analysis.

• Townscape and heritage consultants identified principle-defining views and heritage assets. The Design Team used these insights to test the impacts of massing options.

Two locations were identified as being most appropriate for taller buildings.

• A primary cluster for height was established east of the Empress State Building (ESB), the height of which was used as a benchmark.

• A second cluster emerged along the A4 where the opportunity as a gateway into London enabled a bolder response to height.

Concept sketch of two tall building clusters and tapering heights, comparing the extant consent height diagram with the emerging approach resulting from new Site extents

The approach to density evolved in response to new Site extent and the sensitive edge conditions. In comparison to the existing consent, the reduced Site boundary, now excluding the West Kensington and Gibbs Green Estates, shifted mass westward and into the heart of the Site.

The principle of stepping heights was formalised

Heights shifted towards the Empress State Building

Two height clusters emerged, near the Empress State Building, and along the A4 corridor

4.2 Stage 1: Framing Priorities

Built form and townscape

Key townscape views were defined to inform massing principles.

During Stage 1, the Design Team identified a series of key principle-defining views that were used throughout the course of the project to assess townscape impacts of emerging proposals. This page presents early principles associated with the Brompton Cemetery, Philbeach Gardens, Queens Club and Mornington Crescent views.

Proposed Development should break up the massing terminating the view and respond the shoulder heights of the existing foreground

Taller development in LBHF clustered with the existing ESB

Potential for greater height subject to testing and careful consideration with reference to the historic cupola

100 West Cromwell Road will be visible behind and to the left of the cupola; it will therefore not be wholly appreciable against open sky in the future

former Exhibition Centres were visible above the treeline

Rear elevation of houses on Gledstanes Avenue

Proposed Development to be clustered with the existing Empress State Building (ESB) to minimise impact on houses on Gledstanes Road.

Spire to remain legible in the view (when the temporary winter dome in the foreground is removed)

Potential for greater height subject to sensitivity testing and careful consideration with reference particularly to the historic Church’s distinctive roofline.

Ensuring that massing does not compete with the skyline of St Cuthbert’s Church

View from Brompton Cemetery - principles

Map of townscape views across LBHF and RBKC

View of St Cuthbert’s Church - principles

View from Mornington Crescent - principles

View from Queen’s Club - principles

Ashfield House

The

West Cromwell Road (A4)

4.2 Stage 1: Framing Priorities

Built form and townscape

A design-led approach to built form distribution emerged from the Design Team’s contextual analysis and was informed by policy and stakeholder engagement.

Respond to primary heritage receptors

Respond to sensitive edge conditions

Influenced by the townscape impact, local context, policy, and stakeholder engagement, the Stage 1 process included a thorough and focused evaluation of scale and massing across the Site. This process led to the six principles illustrated on this page. These guided the evolution during the next stages of design.

Frame the northern

Create a central cluster

Mark important destinations

A stepped approach

4.2 Stage 1: Framing Priorities

Built form and townscape

The testing of building typologies resulted in the following architectural approach to the Site:

EXTEND: new buildings that respond to the height and context of existing neighbouring buildings.

TRANSITION: buildings of differing heights that provide a stepped transition between the lowerrise and taller buildings on the Site.

REINVENT: re-purpose existing structures on the Site and introduce taller buildings with a distinct architectural language into the heart of the Site.

EMPRESS STATE AREA: a group of taller buildings near the Empress State Building.

A4 AREA: a group of taller buildings near the West Cromwell Road.

Diagram outlining the approach to stepped heights across the Site

4.2 Stage 1: Framing Priorities

Built form and townscape

Learning from local architecture in LBHF and RBKC informed the approach to contextual typologies.

The following sketches demonstrate some of the extensive analysis carried out of existing building typologies and architectural character, to inform the approach across different parts of the Site.

Illustrative sketch of the plots adjacent to Eardley Crescent

Illustrative sketch of the plots framing the central open space

Examples of process sketches capturing key features of local building typologies, such as the mansion block and terrace houses.

4.2 Stage 1: Framing Priorities

Summary of design evolution

The masterplan guiding principles and priorities were established collaboratively, in response to early engagement feedback, resulting in key moves summarised below.

Early public consultations and meetings with planning officers and the GLA highlighted the need for well-considered public open space, with landscape arranged to encourage community gathering and flexible uses. This resulted in the following:

• A Table Park that uses the retained Table structure to create a publicly accessible level change.

• The repurposed Train Shed and the creation of Lillie Sidings Square to create anchors north of the Table.

• Threshold squares to mark the entrances into the Site, creating a key role in inviting people in and improving air quality.

• Aisgill Gardens as a vital interface with the West Kensington and Gibbs Green Estates.

There was a clear interest from local residents and planning officers to create a north-south and east-west connection that would stitch into neighbouring communities and link to transport hubs. This resulted in the following:

• A primary north-south connection between Empress Place and West Kensington station.

• An east-west connection that navigated the levels and linked Earl’s Court station to Aisgill Avenue.

• The retention of the Table structure to enable movement across the Site and over the West London Railway Line.

• A pedestrian-focused public realm.

• A peripheral street network for vehicular movement and servicing that enables a car-free public realm within key open spaces of the Site.

The vision to bring back the wonder, alongside policy support for a provision of culture and commercial uses on the Site, led to the following:

• Two cultural venues located adjacent to the Table and Lillie Sidings Square.

• Three workplace clusters established key gateways next to the stations.

• Early development of the location and type of housing mix.

• Exploring variation of housing typologies across the Site.

Contextual and technical analysis influenced the emerging approach to the distribution of different building typologies across the Site as follows:

• A stepped approach from the sensitive neighbouring context informing the distribution of built form.

• A variety of building typologies based on local and technical analysis.

• Two clusters of taller buildings emerged, framing the Table and along West Cromwell Road.

• Alternative massing and height distribution studies, balancing density and open space, in response to microclimate testing and townscape views.

Uses & clusters Built form & townscape Movement & hierarchy

Nature & open space

May 2020 - June 2022

4.2 Stage 1: Framing Priorities

Stage 1 Summary

This stage culminated in the production of the Strategic Framework layout that marked the start of Stage 2, and formed the basis of public engagement in the summer of 2022.

June 2022 framework diagram capturing the landscape-led approach

Illustrative sketch of the emerging proposals, showing an ecological link across the Site

We are exploring how to enhance the setting of St Cuthbert’s Church and connections into the site.

The Lillie Bridge Depot building will be retained and given a new lease of life

The character of Empress Place will be retained with new buildings built behind

The steps of the former Exhibition Centres (opposite Earl’s Court station) will be incorporated within a new open entrance space

The concrete deck over the West London Line (which we call ‘The Table’) will form the centrepiece of a new public space

4.3 Stage 2: Design Development

Public engagement

The primary focus during this period was consulting on the initial Strategic Framework for the Site. This was the first time the emerging proposals were shared with the public, and feedback informed development going forward.

Consultation on initial Framework layout

June 2022 - October 2022

The first public consultation exhibition of the Strategic Framework took place in Conversation Corner, initially located in a retail unit on Lillie Road and staffed by ECDC and the Design Team. The exhibition invited the public to see the emerging conceptual layout for the Site and ensure that the priorities identified in the first period of engagement had been addressed.

ECDC also ran pop-up events, activities and a mobile exhibition to reach the community. 31 events were undertaken in June and July 2022 at various locations such as North End Road market and local stations, culminating in 754 conversations and 1,500 copies of exhibition materials given to members of the public.

One of the exhibition boards presented within Conversation Corner, June 2022

4.3 Stage 2: Design Development

Community masterplan workshops

June 2022 - December 2022

The ongoing workshops, facilitated by Kanda, focused on specific themes with guest speakers to provoke more in-depth conversations and continued to feed into emerging designs. Key outcomes included:

• Discussion on how the history of the Site could influence a new culture offering and included proposals by cultural consultant, Sound Diplomacy.

• Desire for a refined cultural strategy that evoked wonder and brought a range of cultural uses into buildings and the landscape.

• A discussion on green space.

• Approach to height clusters.

• Excitement at the prospect of something happening on the Site.

Meetings with groups and societies

Ongoing throughout all stages

Throughout this period, ECDC and the Design Team regularly met groups representing local residents such as The Earl’s Court Society, The Friends of Brompton Cemetery, The Fulham Society, The Earl’s Court Area Action Group, The Hammersmith Society and The Kensington Society.

The team also met with local business groups such as The Earls Court Business Forum, Kensington, Chelsea & Westminster Chambers of Commerce, West London Chambers, Fulham BID and others to share the latest proposals,

gather feedback directly and answer questions. Members of the team also attended group committee meetings and organised multiple visits to the Site.

Public Realm Inclusivity Panel (PRIP)

July 2022 onwards

ECDC wanted to create a welcoming and inclusive forum where diverse and seldom-heard voices could participate in the design process. ECDC decided to bring these voices, needs and wishes together to inform the design of the public spaces.

In July 2022, an open invitation was made for applicants to join a new community-led panel which would help to shape the public open spaces on the Site. The Public Realm Inclusivity Panel (PRIP) is formed from a diverse group of local people with a wide range of lived experiences, requirements and support needs.

The PRIP serves as a community review panel working closely with the Design Team to help develop the built form and public realm proposals. The group met on a monthly basis and helped to created the brief for the public realm through collaborative discussion, modelmaking and design exercises. PRIP panel members have expressed the need for a public realm that is:

• An everyday place and an exciting destination.

• Inclusive, fully accessible and works well for people with disabilities, young people, older people and carers.

• Welcoming and embraces difference.

What makes a good park or open space?

a multi-use open space for people to sit or enjoy concerts and plays.

It is not easy to include everyone. Nature sometimes might not work with disability. So I created a series of separate spaces:

Lucy’s Nadine’s and Natasha’s collage poster

A space for cyclists, skateboarders, and younger people to climb.

13

The Table [on site] would be used as a multi-use open space for people to sit or enjoy concerts and plays.

A space for cyclists, skateboarders, and younger people to climb.

A communal garden for people to share fruit and vegetables, with accessible routes for people with disabilities.

A communal garden for people to share fruit and vegetables, with accessible routes for people with disabilities.

Quiet spaces for people prone to sensory overload.

Quiet spaces for people prone to sensory overload.

Nadine

Nadine

Isaac’s & Natasha’s collage

4.3 Stage 2: Design Development

Local Authority and Statutory Body engagement

As the Design Team engaged with the Local Authorities and the GLA, key aspirations for both placemaking and the ‘look and feel’ of buildings and open spaces emerged, taking cues from local and London context, as well as more global examples of great places.

RBKC Draft Placemaking Framework Workshops

From May to August 2022, ECDC was invited to input into RBKC’s emerging Placemaking Framework. This was an opportunity to align priorities for the Earls Court Site, focusing on public open space principles and spatial hierarchy.

Workshops were held to discuss themes that stemmed from community conversations: ‘landscape-led’, ‘culture and character’, as well as ‘sustainability and use’.

Four placemaking priorities emerged for RBKC as identified in the Placemaking Framework, including aspirations to be: ‘Public realm first’, an ‘Exemplar of environmental sustainability’, a ‘Part of the city’, and contain a ‘Varied and rich urban life’.

RBKC Pre-application meetings

Key topics explored with case officers included:

Public realm network

• Refining the definition of a landscape-led approach to the Site and the scheme.

• Establishing a clear public realm strategy that creates places and connects into and across the Site.

Neighbourhood structure

• Developing a strategy for the network of streets and spaces within RBKC.

• Establishing busy vs. quiet zones within the neighbourhood, informing the roles and hierarchy of spaces.

• Identifying familiar street typologies in scale and type locally and city-wide.

Landscape character

• Reframing key concepts of the landscapecreating a mosaic of interconnected open spaces and journeys across the Site.

• Learning from London squares to develop initial concepts for Warwick and West Brompton squares.

Environmental sustainability

• Discussing exemplar ways to go above and beyond policy targets, and setting them out in a ‘sustainability charter’.

• Exploring how an energy strategy could be developed for the Site; considering how energy could be harnessed, shared and potentially connected beyond the Site.

RBKC’s

RBKC’s Placemaking Framework for the Earl’s Court Opportunity Area.

4.3 Stage 2: Design Development

LBHF Pre-application meetings

Key topics explored with case officers included:

Character of key public spaces

• Establishing the ‘creative boulevard’, which links commercial innovation clusters at Empress Place and West Kensington with a legible route and continuous active Ground Floor uses.

• Ongoing development of the Table Park edge area, incorporating level changes and activating the route using pavilions along it.

• Exploring connections to Mund Street and Aisgill Avenue, and developing Aisgill Gardens as destination play space.

Uses and the commercial strategy

• Developing the commercial strategy, exploring industry partnerships as well as research and innovation clusters within concept plans.

• Articulating the housing mix and early ideas to create variety of typologies and tenures.

Massing and articulation of buildings

• Exploring the distribution of heights and open spaces alongside aspiration for world-class culture and innovation.

• Testing the approach to tall buildings against the principles set out in Stage 1.

• Testing the approach to massing and height distribution - balancing density, open space, microclimate and townscape.

• Considering and testing London and European placemaking examples.

GLA Pre-application meetings

Key topics explored with case officers included:

A Landscape-led approach

• Creating a connected network of spaces.

• Developing an approach to ecological corridors and considering the provision of less programmed spaces.

• Integrating play within the landscape.

Character of key public spaces

• Developing clearer hierarchy of routes and spaces.

• Establishing a varied landscape character and mix of uses activating the public realm.

• Using pavilions to activate the Table Park edge.

• Framing the ‘creative boulevard’ as a street.

Height and massing strategy

• Establishing and refining the approach to two height clusters.

• Exploring feedback for more variation and bolder forms for taller buildings.

• Continuing discussion and refinement of taller buildings in relation to townscape views.

• Ongoing discussion and development of overall height strategy; legibility around open spaces and approach to edge conditions.

Sustainability strategy

• Developing the sustainability approach, including a 5th generation energy sharing network (a low-temperature ambient loop).

the

Exploring activation of edge conditions and key routes

Evolution of height and massing

Visioning for the activation of the Table Edge

Exploring mix of uses and public realm

Plan optioneering on the ‘Creative Boulevard’

LBHF Innovation and economic growth vision

Stitching in

landscape-led approach

4.3 Stage 2: Design Development

Optimising Site Capacity

LBHF and GLA Pre-application meeting on Site Optimisation July 2022

The emerging masterplan was presented in the context of Good Growth aspirations for site optimisation set out in the London Plan 2021, with an emphasis on policies D3 and D9 (an overview is included within Chapter 1 of this document).

Key topics explored with officers included:

• Establishing the policy context for density and tall buildings.

• Setting the Site within the emerging context for density clusters in London.

• Outlining the townscape assessment process employed at Earls Court, and highlighting the absence of strategic view corridors impacting heights on the Site.

• Establishing key height principles and articulating the rationale for tall building clusters.

• Presenting the iterative process of density testing, typology testing, and design development involved in achieving optimum capacity at Earls Court. This process is outlined on the following pages of this section.

RBKC Quality Review Panels

17 November 2022 / 2 February 2023

Two RBKC Quality Review Panel meetings were held to review the emerging masterplan layout. Panel members commended the aspiration to bring the wonder back to Earls Court and to go beyond net zero, deliver a destination green space, and embrace a landscape-led approach. The panel encouraged the team to increase the scale of the central park in conjunction with a rich mix of landscape areas to support a range of activities.

Leadership meetings

With both boroughs

The LBHF leadership team reviewed emerging proposals including a blend of London and European-inspired streetscapes, inclusive spaces and exemplary sustainable high rise buildings. The leadership encouraged uses that complement existing innovation clusters in the borough and alignment with LBHF’s Industrial Strategy.

Discussions with the RBKC leadership team focused on the priorities from the borough for open space, culture and housing within the Site.

A diverse housing mix and balanced distribution of open space were discussed with both boroughs.

London Review Panel

18th January 2023

Key topics explored with panel members included:

• Explaining the process of community engagement.

• Establishing the sustainability ambitions of the masterplan

• The development of a connected network of spaces and routes, including the strengthening of the ecological corridor.

• Distributing community amenities and recreational facilities throughout the landscape and into the park.

• Activating the Table Edge with further development of pavilions

• Presenting the approach to heights and height clusters.

The panel was supportive of the approach to community engagement and sustainability. Panel members encouraged further characterisation of routes and spaces, and clarity on groundfloor activation. The approach to heights was supported, and variations in massing encouraged, underpinned by microclimatic evaluation.

4.3 Stage 2: Design Development

An appropriate Site for tall buildings

As set out in the London Plan (Policy D9), tall buildings can form part of a plan-led approach to facilitating regeneration opportunities and managing future growth, contributing to new homes and economic growth.

Both the existing and emerging Development Plans for the Site (LBHF Local Plan Policy DC3 and RBKC emerging Local Plan Review Policy CD7) set out that the principle of tall buildings in this location are acceptable.

• Earl’s Court and West Kensington Opportunity Area designation

• Tall buildings can optimise the capacity of the Site

• Ability to deliver tall buildings that have no impact upon LVMF views

• Site character analysis identified the Site is not optimising its potential in its current form

• Earl’s Court Site allocations for RBKC and LBHF support the principle of tall buildings

• Identified as Site for a significant mixed-use development and tall buildings can optimise the capacity of the Site

• Can assist with placemaking including legibility and wayfinding

The London Plan identifies the potential contribution of tall buildings, particularly:

• Tall buildings can make optimal use of the capacity of sites which are well connected by public transport and have good access to services and amenities.

• Tall buildings can help people navigate through the city by providing reference points and emphasising the hierarchy of a place such as its main centres of activity, and important street junctions and transport interchanges.

• Tall buildings that are of exemplary architectural quality, in the right place, can make a positive contribution to London’s cityscape, and many tall buildings have become a valued part of London’s identity.

This Site has consequently been identified as a site that is suitable in principle for tall buildings. During the pre-application process, emerging proposals for tall buildings have been rigorously tested using the Policy D9 alongside the more recent London Planning Guidance (LPGs) as a guide to inform wider site optimisation and decision making in order to develop a design-led analysis and response.

The principle of tall buildings being included in the Proposed Development has been supported by RBKC, LBHF and GLA officers throughout pre-application discussions, which have then focussed on the potential number, height and location of tall buildings across the Site.

The adjacent summary identifies the context that makes Earls Court particularly appropriate in principle for tall buildings.

Extant consent

Existing height

• Public transport connections and strategic connection hub

• PTAL 6 - Excellent

• Established density and residential quantum of existing consent

• Taller cluster and dense mid-rise principles established

• Former Exhibition Centres and Empress State Building height and scale

4.3 Stage 2: Design Development

The typology-testing process

Building typologies

Reflecting the approach as set out in Optimising Site Capacity: A DesignLed Approach LPG, the emerging building typologies are the result of a rigorous design-led process.

This process explored the residential quality, density and environmental performance of a range of building typologies.

This informed the adoption of a hybrid approach across the Site. Building scale and typology were adjusted to respond to the context and create streets and open spaces that complement the existing and emerging built form.

As described in both the London Plan and the LPG, it is helpful to consider different building typologies in terms of plot ratio, plot coverage and Dwellings per Hectare (dph). This gives a rounded impression of the balance of floorspace and public realm.

4.3 Stage 2: Design Development

Capacity for growth

A series of design-led massing studies explored how building typologies could respond to the principles set out in the London Plan Policy D1, D3 and D4, including their impact on the surrounding community.

Key findings of this process were as follows:

• A low/mid-rise residential typology across the Site would not optimise the residential opportunity, would provide a limited spatial variety of buildings and would limit the opportunity to deliver generous open space and a mixture of uses that would create a successful place.

• A consistent tall building typology that simply distributed high-rise development across the Site would similarly limit spatial variety but also introduce potential townscape impacts and microclimate issues.

• A denser mid-rise development might increase floorspace, but would still limit open space opportunity and potentially create sunlight/ daylight issues, privacy concerns, amenity constraints.

After much rigorous testing and consultation, the most successful approach was one which created a stepped approach to the massing — stepping up from the lower edges towards the middle of the Site, and up to a cluster of taller buildings.

Not optimising Site opportunity

• Familiar scale to neighbouring existing context

• Responding to sensitive edges

• Not maximising use of Site and range of possible uses

• Limited generosity of public realm

• Moderate scale of buildings in relation to neighbouring context

• Not maximising use of Site / range of possible uses and limited generosity of public realm

• Potential for adjacency / amenity / sunlight / daylight issues with denser courtyards

Design testing

• Moderate scale of buildings in relation to neighbouring context - increasing density but still respecting local sensitivities

• Not maximising use of Site / range of possible uses and limited generosity of public realm

• Potential for adjacency / amenity / sunlight / daylight issues with denser courtyards

2-6 floor courtyard typology in low/mid-rise courtyard configuration

2-10 floor courtyard typology in taller low/midrise courtyard configuration (deeper plan)

2-12 floor courtyard typology in taller low/midrise courtyard configuration (increased height)

Denser courtyards

Stepped massing

4.3 Stage 2: Design Development

Enlarged park

• Moderate scale of buildings

• Increasing scale but still respecting local sensitivities and enlarging public realm

• Not maximising use of Site and range of possible uses

• Potential for adjacency / amenity / sunlight / daylight issues with denser courtyards

2-20 floor varied typology in low/mid-rise courtyard configuration (with taller buildings)

2-10/20/30/40 floor varied building configurations (clustered taller buildings)

2-10/20/30/40 floor varied building configurations (tall buildings and landmark)

• Varied building typologies - enhancing spatial diversity and residential mix / range of uses

• Increasing scale but still respecting local sensitivities at edges and enlarging public realm

• Townscape impact of uniform distribution of taller building height across Site

• Varied building typologies - enhancing spatial diversity and residential mix / range of uses

• Refining scale distribution and still respecting local sensitivities and generous public realm

• Clustering tall buildings adjacent to existing height

• Detailed townscape considerations required

• Varied building typologies - enhancing spatial diversity and residential mix / range of uses

• Refining scale distribution and still respecting local sensitivities and generous public realm

• Clustering tall buildings adjacent to existing height and creating landmark focus

• Responding to townscape considerations

2-15 floor courtyard typology in taller low/midrise courtyard configuration (increased park)

4.3 Stage 2: Design Development

Optimising the Site

In summary, the Site is optimised for capacity and quality by creating a clear cluster of tall buildings, complemented by a variety of typologies.

This enhances both the spatial diversity and residential mix of the Site, whilst respecting local sensitivities, townscape considerations and creating a generous public open space.

4.3 Stage 2: Design Development

Testing emerging proposals:

microclimate

The approach to scale and massing evolved through the testing of key environmental criteria to assess the optimum balance of height distribution, public realm provision, pedestrian comfort and residential quality, including:

Scenario 02

Scenario 03a

Proportion of open space

With a landscape-led focus, the optimisation of the public realm and open space was tested and balanced against the location of built form and height.

Sunlight within the public realm

The built form was tested and shaped to achieve the best configurations of buildings to enhance the sunlight to public open spaces.

Daylight potential on façades

The arrangement and proximity of buildings was tested and refined to enhance daylight potential on façades.

Wind comfort within the public realm

Options testing considered pedestrian comfort factors including wind intensity.

► Refer to the Environmental Statement (EC. PA.12).

Benchmark - MP02 framework

4.3 Stage 2: Design Development

Testing emerging proposals: sunlight and wind

Further evaluation of massing options tested during this period resulted in a preferred option at the end of Stage 2. Key environmental considerations such as sunlight and wind comfort were refined to achieve:

• The optimal proportion and distribution of public open space across the Site.

• The best possible sunlight exposure and overshadowing results of key public open space through the year (Spring and Autumn equinox in line with BRE guidelines).

• Good microclimate conditions with comfort levels predominantly meeting sitting or strolling conditions throughout the year.

The impact of soft landscape did not form part of the testing at this stage as landscape integration typically improves pedestrian comfort level which is retested during later design stages.

Illustrative Masterplan: Sunlight hours on ground

Illustrative Masterplan: Wind testing

February 2023: Pedestrian comfort wind testing - Summer

February 2023: Pedestrian comfort wind testing - Spring

Stage 2: Design Development

*The consented 100 West Cromwell development has been implemented and is part of the cumulative assessment.

Brompton Cemetery - Summer 2022 illustrative massing

Philbeach Gardens - Summer 2022 illustrative massing

Brompton Cemetery - February 2023 illustrative massing

Philbeach Gardens - February 2023 illustrative massing

4.3 Stage 2: Design Development

Testing emerging proposals: townscape

Key mitigation measures undertaken during the design development period are illustrated here using two of the key LBHF views. They included the following considerations:

Queen’s Club (LBHF)

The height and massing of the proposal were refined in response to stakeholder feedback. This involved:

• Modifying the emphasis of visible clusters to one primary cluster around the existing Empress State Building, with the second cluster to the north clearly subservient.

• Exploring overall height reduction.

• Exploring a flatter, more gradual stepping in the height profile of the taller building cluster.

• Emphasising the slender profile of some of the taller buildings.

Mornington Avenue (LBHF)

• Reducing the height of the commercial building cluster at West Kensington.

• Reducing overall height while creating larger more flexible commercial floorplates, which terminate the view along Mornington Avenue, ensuring a meaningful break between plots WK03 and WK04.

4.3 Stage 2: Design Development

Design response

The Strategic Framework evolved through various iterations, influenced by continuous stakeholder engagement and an ongoing process of technical testing.

A network of contiguous and connected open spaces continued to define the public realm strategy through:

• The ongoing development of an inclusive public realm network including the Table Park, the level changes between the Table Park and Aisgill Gardens, and the Table Edge activating Empress Place Boulevard.

• The development of Aisgill Gardens as a focal community space and key connector to the Estates. The PRIP played a key role in defining the brief for this space.

• Greater refinement of inclusive and diverse open spaces, as well as the ecology and biodiversity strategy.

the north-south

Culture and workplace principles established in the previous stage were further developed as follows:

Ongoing discussions with the public and input from the Local Authorities and the GLA led to a thorough density optimisation exercise. Key activities included:

• The north-south boulevard became a key route enlivened by the Table Edge and Lillie Sidings Square.

• The east-west route took shape as the Design Team iterated approaches to the level change.

• The street hierarchy was refined to support a carfree inner network with vehicular movement limited to peripheral routes.

• Cultural venues were located at the base of buildings visible along key routes, as well as within the Train Shed.

• Discussions with the boroughs and input from the commercial consultants informed the scale and nature of the three commercial clusters.

• Detail plot architects brought more specificity to the design of tall buildings and Ground Floor uses along key public spaces. The key routes that bisect the Site were supported and their function and character were refined as follows:

• Balancing height distribution across both boroughs.

• Creating a triangular ‘Pivot’ building, forming a tall building landmark.

• Conducting massing and height distribution studies, balancing density and open space, in response to townscape and heritage analysis and views testing.

West Kensington

Earls Court

Empress Place

June 2022 - February 2023

4.3 Stage 2: Design Development

Stage 2 Summary

This stage culminated in the production of an emerging Illustrative Masterplan layout that formed the basis of public engagement from February 2023.

February 2023 Illustrative Masterplan Drawing

February 2023 Illustrative Masterplan Model

February 2023 - June 2024

4.4 Stage 3: Finalising the Masterplan

Public engagement

The Illustrative Masterplan and designs for the first Detail Plots were presented in greater detail during consultation periods. Feedback validated the key decisions and informed the specifics of the Strategic Framework and Control Documents.

• Many prioritised provision of open green spaces and acknowledged the local area lacks publicly accessible green space.

• Support for accessible London streets prioritising pedestrians and cyclists - most supported reduced car use and requested more information on routes and connections.

• Desire for high quality design with general support for emerging proposals.

• Building heights were often a concern, but many respondents supported the proposed balance of heights, affordable housing and green space.

Consultation and engagement feedback informed a series of moves undertaken to reduce density, improve daylight, and mitigate townscape impact. Focus shifted to developing the character of subareas, leading to seven distinct Character Areas which transition and blend seamlessly to form one cohesive neighbourhood.

Consultation on draft Illustrative Masterplan and Strategic Framework February 2023 - May 2023

The emerging Illustrative Masterplan was shown in more detail within a larger Conversation Corner exhibition space created at the former Metropolitan Police Heritage Centre on Lillie Road. In summary:

• 70% of people expressed satisfaction with the vision and its four priorities.

• Many were glad to see progress on the Site.

Over the course of this exhibition, 374 survey responses were collected, in addition to further community masterplan workshops and ongoing PRIP meetings.

Community masterplan workshops April 2023 - May 2023

Workshops continued to interrogate key drivers of the masterplan design. The first workshop on ‘Beauty’ asked participants to define what makes beautiful architecture, including the importance of well designed tall buildings.

The second workshop on ‘Belonging’ was an opportunity for the PRIP to present their priorities and workshop urban design strategies that could enhance a sense of inclusion in the masterplan. Participants identified themes such as creating a familiar and social environment, encouraging a genuine and affordable mix of uses, providing effective management and a sense of security, and creating a ground-level human experience.

4.4 Stage 3: Finalising the Masterplan

Public engagement (continued)

November 2023 Consultation on the updated Illustrative Masterplan

The updated consultation exhibition showed the amended Illustrative Masterplan, presenting five key design moves (the ‘big moves’) developed in response to previous public and Local Authority feedback. ECDC shared four place pillars which create an identity and purpose for the Earls Court Development. Information was also shown on the Character Areas, emerging Design Code and initial designs for the Phase 1 part of the masterplan.

Over 600 individuals shared their views, assessing the ‘big moves’ and offering feedback on the proposed Character Areas. The majority of responses were positive with 76% of respondents stating they were ‘happy’ or ‘satisfied’ with the principles of the masterplan. Specific feedback was gathered on preferred uses within the public realm and for the buildings.

March 2024 Consultation on Phase 1 and Detailed Plots

Responding to requests for more detail on Phase 1 designs, as well as additional detail on how the Design Code reflects the Illustrative Masterplan, the exhibition was revised and reopened in March 2024. A series of neighbouring area based workshops were held, with local residents invited by post to attend. Questions and concerns expressed were addressed directly by the Design Teams, with input resulting in design changes including the approach to the Cluny Mews Plot.

► Refer to Statement of Community Involvement / Design Code (EC.PA.33).

4.4 Stage 3: Finalising the Masterplan

Local Authority and Statutory Body engagement

During this stage, stakeholder engagement intensified and informed the refinement of proposals with a focus on landscape, massing, sustainability and character.

Pre-application meetings

The focus shifted to Parameter Plans, the Design Code and the Illustrative Masterplan design for the Outline Components. Designs for the Detail Components evolved following the appointment of Plot architects. Key topics included:

Character Areas

• Meetings held with each borough on Character Areas invited officers to examine emerging proposals and agree the place-shaping principles.

Design Code and Parameter Plans

• Regular pre-application meetings allowed planning officers early input into the Control Documents.

• Intensive Design Code workshops we held to cover each Character Area and related code.

Phase 1 Detailed Components

• Detailed Components were discussed in parallel with the development of the Design Code and Parameter Plans.

Outline Components

• Iterative testing informed the development of the Design Code.

• Helped evidence that the Design Code is achieving the aspirations set out in the vision and Illustrative Masterplan.

RBKC Pre-application meetings

Key topics explored with case officers included:

The character of key public open spaces

• Warwick Square - establishing the Exhibition Centres steps as an inclusive and welcoming entrance.

• West Brompton Square - creating a local and multifunctional square that reinforces wider ecological connections.

The refinement of the Table Character Area

• Rationalising the programming of the Table Park to allow for fewer routes, more flexible open spaces and wider vistas.

• Establishing the principles of sitewide ecological corridors and exploring the integration of the Bioline.

• Developing and agreeing guiding principles for built form character onto the Table through key views and illustrations.

The massing and articulation of buildings

• Ongoing microclimate testing of the refined massing against key assessment criteria.

• Translating agreed built form and public realm principles into the Design Code to capture the extensive testing and design process.

The potential connection to Cluny Mews

• Enabling an accessible pedestrian link from St Cuthbert’s Lane into Cluny Mews, to be provided through land outside of the Site.

• Establishing an approach to the landscape and built form that enhances the setting of St Cuthbert’s Church.

4.4 Stage 3: Finalising the Masterplan

Local Authority and Statutory Body engagement

LBHF Pre-application meetings

Key topics explored with case officers included:

Character Areas and the public realm

• Ongoing refinement of Ground Floor uses and public realm along the boulevard and wider open space network.

• Agreeing an approach to the edge of the Table Park that frames Empress Place Boulevard with active frontages below the Table Park.

• Extending Empress Place to create a carefullydefined and familiar street character.

• Agreeing uses along primary routes that complement the existing high street offer on North End Road.

• Developing street sections to establish a clear hierarchy of street characters.

• Agreeing and incorporating principles established by the PRIP to foster inclusivity and access for all.

Level Changes Across the Site

• Extensive iteration and design reviews established the Cascades as a destination public realm celebrating water management and sustainability, while navigating the complex level change.

Massing and articulation of buildings

• Altering the skyline composition of the central tall building cluster to increase the height of WB04 and lower the remaining tall buildings in the cluster to be similar in height to the Empress State Building.

Existing buildings and retention

• Options for the retention of existing building fabric were explored extensively.

• A key focus for the illustrative Plot testing along Empress Place was integrating the existing façades with new built form.

• The studies revealed that many options could be explored as part of a future RMA, which informed the Design Code. The principles established safeguarding flexibility on the level of future retention while protecting the integrity of any retained façade character.

Edges and connections to and from the Estates

• Exploring ways to address the boundary with Aisgill Avenue, from the retention of the existing wall to its replacement with a linear landscape. Positive feedback was received on establishing an open public realm approach that connects and stitches in with the adjacent Estates.

• Exploring the opportunity to reconfigure the existing MUGA to provide a more rational and usable space for all.

Building height and density

• Creating an opportunity to stitch West Kensington Boulevard into Gibbs Green Estate through a potential pedestrian link. Built form and public realm were reconfigured to enable this potential future connection, which is contingent on LBHF land outside of the Site.

Developing the principles of the Cascades to navigate the level change

4.4 Stage 3: Finalising the Masterplan

Design Review Panels

During this stage, engagement with the Design Review Panels continued with increasing focus on refinement of the proposals.

The process culminated in final design reviews held in late spring 2024, which included comprehensive material on the Design Codes and Illustrative Masterplan together with the designs of Detailed Components.

RBKC Quality Review Panels (QRP)

The design reviews held during this stage informed the ongoing refinement of proposals in RBKC. The QRP supported the general direction of the emerging scheme on landscape, cultural strategy, sustainability, the evolving plot designs as well as the height and massing strategy. Feedback included to:

• Reduce the intensity of programming of the Table Park as a destination space.

• Reduce density through exploration of the microclimatic impacts of the buildings.

• Continue exploring the integration of the Bioline to extend the ecological corridor and enhance connectivity.

• Continue testing microclimate across the scheme. It was accepted that final detail will from part of the submission.

• Create a robust Design Code to embed principles of distinct Character Areas.

LBHF Design Review Panels (DRP)

The design reviews held during this stage informed the ongoing refinement of emerging proposals in LBHF. The DRP supported the general direction of the scheme on landscape, cultural strategy, sustainability, the evolving plot designs as well as the height and massing strategy. Feedback included:

• Reinforcing the importance of the Table Park as a key central space and agreed with rationalising the programming of the space.

• Encouraged the character development of key routes and spaces as part of the Exhibition Garden approach.

• Welcomed the design evolution, reduction in height and massing, and the potential to deck over the West London Railway Line.

• Supported the framing of Empress Place Boulevard with a clearly defined edge along the Table Park.

• Commended the approach to resolving the level change with the Cascades and its integration within the public realm.

LBHF Inclusive Design Review Panels (IDRP)

The IDRP praised the team’s efforts to integrate inclusivity into the design and requested more information on public realm detail and building interfaces. Feedback included:

• Further detailed design of ramps and lifts to resolve the level changes around the Site.

• Review of Detailed Plot proposals and response to access within the buildings

• Encouragement for the provision of more resting places throughout the proposals and agreeing that more information will come forward in the detailed design proposals.

GLA London Review Panel (LRP)

The updated masterplan was presented three times to the LRP and covered the ‘big moves’, refinements to the Character Areas and Phase 1 designs. The panel supported the scheme and commended the thoroughness of the proposals and evolution of the Design Code. Feedback included:

• Positive response to a vibrant, mixed-use neighbourhood with an ambitious public realm and movement network.

• Commended overall approach to landscape design including the approach to the Cascades level change.

• Commended the reduction in density addressed before the November 2023 consultation.

• Supported the revised approach to massing and height distribution, with a single landmark building.

• Supported the development of three cultural anchors and three innovation clusters.

Historic England’s London Advisory Committee (LAC)

Three meetings with Historic England took place during this stage, including a presentation to the LAC in September 2023. Feedback included:

• A welcomed quantum reduction and clearer legibility of the skyline with a single landmark building.

• A request for further exploration of massing reduction and concerns about levels of impact.

• A suggestion that some buildings coalesced in key townscape views, prompting a need to further refine the massing. This led to key principles being added to the Design Code, that specifically addressed the legibility of buildings in key townscape views.

Strategic Authority

Pre-applications with the GLA

Monthly pre-application meetings allowed the GLA to review the progress of the masterplan, Detailed Plot designs, as well as the Design Code. Key feedback included:

• Supported the reduction in density and increased size of the Table Park and possible introduction of the Bioline.

• Welcomed the refinement to the height strategy and articulation of a single, clearly legible landmark building for the Site.

• Supported the Exhibition Gardens approach and characterisation across the masterplan.

• Welcomed the hybrid approach to the masterplan, which provided detail on the tallest buildings demonstrating how exceptional design could be delivered.

• Expressed strong support for the cultural strategy, and encouraged ECDC to carefully consider flexibility and engage with potential operators early to understand demand.

• Expressed support for the approach to the Design Code.

4.4 Stage 3: Finalising the Masterplan

Five big moves

Changes to the Illustrative Masterplan between February and November 2023 can be summarised through ‘five big moves’: increasing open space, reducing density, infrastructure commitments, and enhancing both the sense of place and the character of public spaces.

The moves were informed by engagement with the boroughs and the public and were shown in the consultation exhibition, preapplication meetings and design review panels.

20%

1. 20% more open space

Open space was the most important element raised by people during consultation. The Design Team worked to increase this by over 20% in the revised masterplan by:

• Moving buildings back on the Table Park, the Cascades and at Lillie Sidings Square.

• Proposing a new pedestrian and ecological link from West Brompton station to the Table Park (subject to Network Rail agreement).

Increase in park area

>2,190 sqm

Increasing the main public spaces and the potential to deck over the West London Railway Line + 15%

Consultation model reflecting the five big moves

4.4 Stage 3: Finalising the Masterplan

2. Reducing density

In response to engagement feedback, the total amount of development was reduced by 10%. This included the removal of one of the taller buildings as well as reducing three others to be of similar height to the Empress State Building. One strategically located building was increased in height to clearly define a landmark for the Site.

10% less development

Emerging scheme in figures

4.4 Stage 3: Finalising the Masterplan

3. Infrastructure for long-term sustainability

4. Maturing a sense of place

5. Creating London streets

ECDC committed to a strategy to distribute energy around the development using a low temperature, ambient loop network that will deliver zero operational carbon from the outset. Starting with air and ground source heat pumps and solar panels, the system is designed to allow for the addition of new technologies and low or zero carbon energy sources as they become available. By planning for future innovation within the present framework, the strategy safeguards low carbon aspirations of the development, whilst delivering energy security.

Homes will be designed to Passivhaus principles – the most sustainable housing standard – using high levels of insulation, air tightness and energy saving technology.

The evolution of the place pillars helped to layer in a mix of uses and spaces which bring the masterplan to life. Throughout this process ECDC defined a strategy to attract creativity and innovation to Earls Court through a variety of cultural spaces, as well as three innovation clusters targeted at clean and climate technology industries, attracting new jobs and opportunities. This layering of the public realm and uses influenced the development of distinct Character Areas within the masterplan which provide a deeper sense of purpose and place to the emerging masterplan proposals and Strategic Framework.

The character of the local context was analysed to determine what makes streets in RBKC and LBHF feel familiar, which informed the approach to street typologies and character within the masterplan. Through testing and refining, the Illustrative Masterplan responded to this analysis and identified the key aspects of contemporary streets, lanes, crescents and larger public open spaces that feel local and recognisable. This included considerations for the carfree public realm and landscape-led spaces within the masterplan.

Layering of existing and new buildings on Empress Place

through Empress Place and West Brompton Crescent

Empress Place

Brompton Crescent

4.4 Stage 3: Finalising the Masterplan

Refining emerging proposals: microclimate

The refinement of the scheme from February onwards, including reducing density, opening up gaps between buildings and increasing open space, resulted in improved impacts on the microclimatic testing and a preferred scheme at the end of Stage 3.

Illustrative Masterplan: Overshadowing assessment

This testing process helped identify the optimum balance between the public realm provision, pedestrian comfort, residential quality as well as massing and height distribution. Key adjustments compared to the February 2023 scheme included:

• A significant reduction in overall quantum, re-distribution of massing, and the removal of one of the taller buildings improving sunlight exposure in all of the key public open spaces.

• Reduction in building height along existing residential edges as well as increased distances between taller buildings improving the daylight/sunlight to neighbouring properties.

• Creating wider gaps between taller buildings around the Cascades improving pedestrian comfort conditions further.

► Refer to the Environmental Statement (EC. PA.12).

Baseline Scheme - MOPAC

February 2023 - June 2024

Daylight on Façades (VSC) Risk

4.4 Stage 3: Finalising the Masterplan

vertical sky on façades enables whether adequate daylighting levels will achievable, based on BRE and for which LBHF will expect a high of homes to pass, within affordable

Baseline/Consultation MOPAC Cluster

Refining emerging proposals: microclimate

Façades receiving inadequate direct daylight. Issues identified pertaining to orientation and proximity of tall buildings. Problems with tenure strategy with failing units.

Ongoing daylight potential assessments on façades of residential typologies were undertaken and informed a number of key adjustments at this stage.

Baseline/Consultation MOPAC Cluster inadequate direct daylight. pertaining to orientation buildings. Problems with failing units.

This testing process helped to improve the amount of daylight on façades within the masterplan, refining the placement and geometries of residential buildings. Key adjustments compared to the February 2023 scheme included:

16: VSC Diagram

Ifthis is not possible, no living rooms oughttobepositionedinthese areas and onlybedrooms with maximised glass

VSC FAÇADE ASSESSMENT

Fig. 16: VSC Diagram

Illustrative Masterplan: Daylight on façades assessment

Option 2A - MOPAC Cluster

Design with care in orderto achieve good levels of daylight. Balconies will need to be situated so as not to furtherreduce the levels ofdaylight seen bythe windows below. Windows will need to be generallylargerthan normal and room depths ought to be minimised where possible. Behind recessed balconies and below pop-out balconies, onlybedrooms with maximised windows are likelyto achieve the recommended levels of daylight. We would generallydiscourage the use of recessed balconies in these areas. In particular, care ought to be taken when designing recessed balconies. A deepliving/kitchen/diningroombehind a recessed balconyis unlikelyto workin any situation. Bolt-on balconies in these areas can normallyallowthe windowsbelowto receive adequate daylight but matters can be improved through staggering the balconies up the building. GIA

Cluster improved direct daylight. increased separation buildings. Cluster improved direct daylight. increased separation buildings. Further iterative

Option 3A - MOPAC Cluster Façades receiving improved Orientation and increased between tall buildings. Further review could make 3A (with option moving forward

• Reducing the number of tall buildings in the building cluster adjacent to the Empress State Building and Table Park, increasing daylight potential onto façades.

Oranges (levels ofVSC at 15%-27%)

Façades receiving improved direct daylight. Orientation and increased separation between tall buildings.

• Widening gaps between buildings and establishing slimmer building profiles, creating better internal building layouts with more potential for daylight.

• Re-orienting buildings to increase the amount of sun penetrating through building clusters, increasing the amount of daylight and sunlight casting onto the Table Park.

Fig. 45: VSC Diagram

Fig. 17: VSC Diagram

Fig. 51: VSC Diagram

Option 3A - MOPAC Cluster

► Refer to the Environmental Statement (EC. PA.12).

receive adequate daylight. No rooms behind recessed balconies orbelowpop-out balconies will see any

daylight. Reds (levels ofVSC at 5%-15%) It is verydifficult to get good levels ofdaylight within these areas ofthe scheme. It is possible but requiresverylargewindows and no furtherobstruction ofthe sky(such as that caused bybalconies). Room depths also need to be minimised. No rooms behind recessed balconies orbelow pop-out balconies are likelyto see good levels of daylight.

VSCFAÇADEASSESSMENT ZOnE WB Fig. 46: VSC Diagram

Façades receiving improved direct daylight. Orientation and increased separation between tall buildings. Further iterative review could make 3A (with tweaks) a viable option moving forward

Fig. 52: VSC Diagram

February 2023: Daylight potential assessment across the masterplan

17: VSC Diagram

51: VSC Diagram

Fig. 52: VSC Diagram

Fig. 53: VSC Diagram

September 2023: Daylight potential assessment across the masterplan

Fig. 45: VSC Diagram

Fig. 46: VSC Diagram

Fig. 47: VSC Diagram

Fig.

February 2023: Daylight on façades assessment on the cluster of tall buildings adjacent to the Table Park

September 2023: Daylight on façades assessment on the cluster of tall buildings adjacent to the Table Park

Daylighting Vertical Sky Component (VSC) Guidance

4.4 Stage 3: Finalising the Masterplan

Philbeach Gardens

Brompton

Philbeach Gardens

Stage 3: Finalising the Masterplan

Stage 3: Finalising the Masterplan

4.4 Stage 3: Finalising the Masterplan

Design response summary

The Illustrative Masterplan was refined through a deepening level of engagement, and in line with the aspirations set out by the place pillars.

The public realm strategy became more ambitious in response to engagement and microclimate testing. Key moves included:

• 20% increase in green space. Buildings were pulled back from the Table Park and the Cascades

• Designing the Cascades to create a picturesque transition between Aisgill Gardens and the Table Park.

• Exploring the possibility of decking over the West London Railway Line as a potential pedestrian and ecological link (subject to third party agreements).

• Extending the footprint of Lillie Sidings Square.

• Straightening the edges to Empress Place Boulevard to create a clearly defined north/south street.

Street character was enhanced and influenced by a fast-paced frequency of meetings with the local authorities. Key moves included:

• Creating streetscapes that referenced local and London-wide streets.

• Refining the character of the crescents and lanes to distinguish the seven Character Areas.

• Clarifying the movement network to demonstrate the potential of a vehicle-free inner scheme.

• Reinforcing the West Brompton Crescent as an important local retail street.

• Introducing a small element of visitor parking to respond to local residents’ suggestions and a desire to see local tradespeople and small businesses supported.

The sense of place matured through a thorough refinement of non-residential uses in response to borough comments. Key moves included:

• A cultural strategy that explored the potential of a series of three flexible venues.

• A large cultural venue identified along the southern edge of the Table.

• Three innovation clusters targeting clean and climate tech industries.

The reduction in density allowed the scheme to respond to engagement and address the requirements of London Plan Policies D3 and D9 through:

• A 10% reduction in overall floor area and removal of one of the tall buildings alongside the creation of a single landmark building.

• More daylight and sunlight penetrated between buildings and onto the public realm.

• More legible skyline and clearer hierarchy between the tall buildings framing the Table Park.

• Improved approach and response to townscape and heritage and the legibility of heights across the masterplan.

• Increased daylighting and opportunities for dualaspect homes. Massing lowered and orientated to optimise daylight and views out.

Creating destination playspace at Aisgill Gardens

Enlarging and opening up Lillie Sidings Square

Developing designs for the Table Park at the Table

Nature & open space

4.4 Stage 3: Finalising the Masterplan

Design response summary

This stage culminated in the Illustrative Masterplan presented in this Design and Access Statement, and which represents one scenario that complies with the Control Documents and captures the identity and character of the place.

The journey in numbers

From 2019 to now, ECDC and the Design Team have undertaken an ambitious process of engagement to shape the Earls Court Development. These are some key figures relating to the people, groups and authorities who have been consulted with:

76% 116

pre-application meetings with LBHF, RBKC, the GLA and TfL

Design Review Panels, including LBHF, RBKC, and the GLA

2,562

people surveyed said they were ‘happy’ or ‘satisfied’ with the latest version of the masterplan shown days of exhibitions people signed up for email updates on the proposals

young people directly involved in educational programmes 722

Statutory consultees

c. 200 16 + 12 50+

Site tours for members of the public and local groups

2,707

comments received from over 1,518 unique survey respondents

1,917

people visited Conversation Corner and pop-up exhibitions

25

Public Realm Inclusivity Panel and Safety Panel meetings

27

community masterplan and focused resident workshops

The journey in design moves

Public feedback identified two key routes, and the desire for a central green open space.

Movement & Hierarchy

Further options testing explored ways to maximise the green space, addressing opportunities to create a square next to the Train Shed. The east-west link over the Table structure emerged as a fundamental new connection. The movement strategy prioritised the crescents and north-south route.

The threshold squares marking entrances were refined and Aisgill Gardens became a vital interface with the community of the West Kensington and Gibbs Green Estates.

Developing a network of continuous and connected open spaces, defining their respective Character Areas.

Lillie Sidings Square became a focal point on the north-south axis.

4.5 Conclusion

The journey in design moves

4.5 Conclusion

The journey in outputs

During the design evolution of the project, the Proposed Development has been shaped through intensive, iterative testing and analysis of microclimate, townscape, heritage, and daylight/sunlight, along with stakeholder feedback.

The engagement and testing process shaped the refinement of the Illustrative Masterplan including the Detailed Components that are part of the Hybrid Application. This process informed the development of the Control Documents that form the basis for the Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA).

The Proposed Maximum Height envelope and Detailed Components have been tested throughout the design process, and refined to address townscape views and neighbouring context. The Illustrative Masterplan, including illustrative plot testing provided additional detail on the likely proposals that could come forward within the Proposed Maximum Height envelope. These principles have been embedded within the Design Code using a selection of key views that add specificity to the framework and provide clear guidelines.

The design development of the project has culminated in the production of the Control Documents, which provide specific guidance for future RMAs. They address the volume, location, legibility, articulation, layering, and materiality of design elements, offering direction on how to respond to the specific context and conditions of the Site and deliver the vision for Earls Court.

4.5 Conclusion

The journey to the vision

The Illustrative Masterplan and Strategic Framework proposals have evolved in tandem with stakeholder engagement and the refinement of priorities defined for the Site. The vision for Earls Court embeds the aspirations expressed over the course of the design process.

Priorities

Four ‘priorities’ were developed as part of the original Site response, brief, and preliminary consultation.

They helped shape and guide early design studies, and develop an understanding of the opportunity and uniqueness of the place.

Masterplan

Guiding Principles

Place Pillars

Vision

Through consultation with the public, Local Authorities, and statutory bodies, ECDC formulated a vision statement, ‘To bring the wonder back to Earls Court’

8 masterplan ‘guiding principles’ emerged from the engagement process and captured the Design Team’s response to the many conversations and shared aspirations for the site.

Four ‘place pillars’ form the culmination of the engagement and design development process.

8 guiding principles underpin this ambition Fundamental spatial moves and aspirations driving the design process

They underpin the vision and set the ambitions for the place ECDC wants to create.

1. Create an exceptional place that maximises benefits for all 8 guiding principles underpin this ambition

Fundamental spatial moves and aspirations driving the design process

Nature

Fundamental

1. Open up the former Exhibition Centres Site for the first time in 150 years - giving back to local communities.

8 guiding principles underpin this ambition

2. A showground of worldclass ingenuity - celebrating its legacy and history.

2. Amplify nature, our emotional hero, our golden thread

3.

A celebration of nature and its ability to connect and revive

Innovation

A showcase for climate and clean innovation and skills

8 guiding principles underpin this ambition

Fundamental spatial moves and aspirations driving the design process

4. A resilient Strategic Framework that can adapt to

guiding principles underpin this ambition Fundamental spatial moves and aspirations driving the design process

3. Create a better piece of city - a blueprint for future generations.

4. Addressing the climate emergency - an ambition to go beyond net zero.

Culture

A cultural ecosystem for the future of talent

5. The most connected place, open and accessible, helping to make city life more equitable

6. A continued heritage of world-class ingenuity for Earls Court, London and the UK

7. Welcome and surprise, bringing back the Earls Court wonder

8. Creating a sense of place from day one, living our values

Neighbourhood

An inspiring neighbourhood designed for all stages of life

5 The Strategic Framework

5.1 Introduction

A

Strategic Framework that embeds the vision for the Earls Court Site

Consultation and engagement established a clear set of priorities for the Design Team to respond to. This informed the urban design framework for the Site which embeds the place pillars of nature, innovation, culture and neighbourhood.

The place pillars deliver the priorities established in consultation...

Open up the former Exhibition Centres Site for the first time in 150 years - giving back to local communities.

...to create an embedded place through spatial layers...

This chapter describes the spatial layers that create a flexible spatial framework, able to adapt to future needs and deliver an exemplary piece of city over time. The Strategic Framework forms the basis of the Illustrative Masterplan and guides how future Development Plots and public realm will be delivered.

Create a better piece of city - a blueprint for future generations.

The spatial layers address the complexity of the Site and reflect the diverse local character in which it is located. They convey approaches to transforming a brownfield site dominated by infrastructure into an inclusive, sustainable and rich mosaic of spaces and activities. These key moves are described further in this chapter and include:

• Turning constraints into opportunities

• Opening up the Site

A showground of world-class ingenuity - celebrating its legacy and history.

Addressing the climate emergency - an ambition to go beyond net zero.

• Stitching the Site into its context

• A destination landscape

• A varied public realm network

• Flexible Development Zones

• Embedding the place pillars

• A stepped approach to the edges

• A layered approach to scale

• A range of typologies and architectural variety

• Seven Character Areas

...and underpinned by the approach to sustainability.

The project’s approach to sustainability is set out in the Earls Court Sustainable Development Charter (SDC). Goals from this document will be referenced throughout this chapter, demonstrating how each spatial layer embeds sustainability.

5.1 Introduction

Key considerations for the Strategic Framework

Earls Court is brownfield land, centrally located within Zone 1 and exceptionally well connected by the existing public transport network. These attributes position the Site as an appropriate place for significant growth in new homes, employment opportunities and lifestyle activities.

Optimising development capacity within the Earl’s Court and West Kensington Opportunity Area

• The Site is located within the Opportunity Area designation, setting a clear brief for the delivery of homes and jobs.

Making the most of proximity to public transport

Addressing the climate emergency

This is supported by the London Plan’s Good Growth Policies GG1-GG6 and Policy D3

(The Optimising Site Capacity: A Design-led Approach). Policy D9 (Tall Buildings) recognises the role tall buildings can play in the optimisation of sites and has guided the approach to distribution of massing and height.

The Local Plans in both boroughs identify the Site as a location to deliver significant numbers of homes and jobs as part of the Earl’s Court and West Kensington Opportunity Area.

• A process of design-led site optimisation has arrived at a scheme that makes the best use of the land to deliver homes, economic growth and the framework for a strong and inclusive community.

Delivering a mix of uses to create a vibrant and resilient place

• Three TfL stations border the Site, providing exceptional connectivity.

• London Plan Policy D3 promotes higher density developments in locations that are well connected to jobs, services, infrastructure and amenities by public transport, walking and cycling.

• Sustainability was established as a priority from the outset, and every move within the Strategic Framework is underpinned by a commitment to deliver long term economic, social and environmental sustainability.

• The relevant goals from the project’s Sustainable Development Charter are embedded throughout the Strategic Framework chapter.

A sensitive response to heritage and townscape considerations Driven by environmental analysis

• Earls Court will be a place for everyone, where all generations and abilities will have access to homes, jobs, amenities, culture and leisure activities.

• As a microcosm of London, the balance of uses will bring the place to life throughout the week, day and night.

• The Site has no London View Management Framework (LVMF) constraints and has been recognised in both boroughs’ Local Plans as an appropriate location for tall buildings.

• Aligned with London Plan Policy D9, the local and wider context has been carefully analysed to sensitively craft the skyline of the development, establishing and locating height where it is appropriate.

• Achieving optimal conditions appropriate to the intended uses with respect to wind, daylight, sunlight and thermal comfort has driven the locations and form of buildings and public open spaces within the Strategic Framework.

• This process has been iterative and continuous throughout design development.

Neighbourhood Culture Innovation Nature

5.2 Spatial Layers | Layout

Turning constraints into opportunities

Working with what is left on the Site, addressing the level changes and embracing its heritage, inspired a series of key decisions that have anchored the Strategic Framework. The complexity of existing infrastructure, together with opportunities offered by retained structures, help to organise the Strategic Framework.

Retention, or partial retention of the Table Structure, Empress Place terraced houses and the Train Shed is proposed. Reuse of material from demolition will be maximised, and reclaimed materials will be used in the public realm and buildings.

The position of the West London Railway Line and underground tunnels limits the location of buildings above.

The setting of the Grade I listed St Cuthbert’s Church, to the north of the Site, influences the spatial arrangement to the west of it.

Early concept principle:

A resilient framework that can adapt to future needs and deliver principles of a circular economy.

A resilient framework that can adapt to future needs and deliver principles of a circular economy

The retention of the Table Structure, an existing deck spanning over the railway line, defines the approach to layout and topography. It is the highest point and is influential on how east-west and northsouth connections emerge.

Existing Victorian terraced houses and street define the key southern access to the Site. The existing Train Shed informs the location and layout of the emerging public realm.

The heritage and ecological value of the Grade I listed Brompton Cemetery influences the location of new buildings and green open spaces within the masterplan.

The entrance areas into the Site from Earl’s Court and West Brompton stations have limited loading capacity due to converging underground tunnels below. This creates an opportunity for public landscaped spaces.

Court - An Evolving Framework

5.2 Spatial Layers | Layout

Eight guiding principles that underpin our ambition

8 guiding principles underpin this ambition Fundamental spatial moves and aspirations driving the design process

Opening up the Site

In line with one of the priorities established by the consultation process, two new routes open the Site for unrestricted public access for the first time in 150 years. These routes reconnect neighbouring communities and extend walking, cycling, and public transport networks.

Two new routes offer vital connections through the Site, enabling public access between stations and neighbourhoods for the first time in the Site’s history.

A new east-west route links the existing communities with Earl’s Court station in Zone 1. It crosses the West London Railway Line using the retained Table Structure, helping to negotiate the level change through landscape.

Create an exceptional place that maximises benefits for all Amplify Nature, our emotional hero, our golden thread

Early concept principle:

The most connected place, open and accessible, helping to make city life more equitable.

The most connected place, open and accessible helping to make city life more equitable

A blended use environment, spaces working hard to deliver economic, social and envronmental responsibility

A new north-south route connects two existing streets: Empress Place in the south and Beaumont Avenue in the north. This connection provides access through the Site from Lillie Road to North End Road and connects West Brompton and West Kensington stations.

Goal - A safe, inclusive and supportive place for everyone The routes across the Site will connect neighbouring communities

A continued heritage of world class ingenuity, for Earls Court, for London and the UK

Welcome and suprise - bringing back the Earls Court 'WOW Factor'

A resilient framework that can adapt to future needs and deliver principles of a circular economy

Creating a sense of place from day one - living our values

5.2 Spatial Layers | Layout

West Kensington Boulevard extends the existing Beaumont Avenue, and forms the north-west entry point. It invites people into the Site from North End Road and connects to West Kensington station.

that underpin our ambition

aspirations driving the design process

Stitching the Site into its context

Welcoming public spaces are located at the entrances to the Site, integrating into the wider area and inviting people in.

emotional A blended use environment, spaces working hard to deliver economic, social and envronmental responsibility

Early concept principle:

Court wonder.

world Court, for Welcome and suprise - bringing back the Earls Court 'WOW Factor'

Place Pillar:

SDC Goal - Delivering cleaner air

Intensely landscaped spaces at the Site’s interfaces with the surrounding road network will trap pollutants to clean and improve air quality.

Warwick Square is a new space in front of Earl’s Court station. Reminiscent of the entrance space in front of the Exhibition Centres, it welcomes visitors in from the east.

St Cuthbert’s Church

Road

A resilient framework that can adapt to future needs and deliver principles of a circular economy

Aisgill Gardens is a generous community-focused space, offering a shared place where new and existing residents can come together.

Empress Place forms the southern access into the Site, extending the character of this existing street.

Road

SDC Goal - A safe, inclusive and supportive place for everyone

Creating a sense of place from day one - living our values

Generous open spaces at the Site’s edges welcome neighbouring communities to the development providing spaces to play and relax.

West Brompton Square is a new public space in front of the station. It provides a moment of breathing space and respite along Lillie Road and offers an opportunity to connect with the biodiversity of Brompton Cemetery.

5.2 Spatial Layers | Layout

A destination landscape

Publicly accessible green open space forms the centrepiece of the Site and is distributed around the retained Table Structure and Train Shed. A contiguous sequence of intensively planted landscaped spaces are located at the confluence of the two main routes.

SDC Goal - Healthy living

Green spaces will inspire activity and microclimate conditions have been considered to nurture wellbeing. There will be access to play and leisure activities for all ages.

SDC Goal - Celebrating and enhancing our natural environment

The spatial moves result in a generous network of landscaped public open spaces connected throughout the Site. The central landscape will be a place for the people to connect with nature. It is also key to strengthening connections to the ecological corridors north and south of the Site.

principles that underpin our ambition

Early concept principle:

Lillie Sidings Square is a new destination public space adjacent to the retained Train Shed, referencing the railway heritage of this area of the Site.

Amplify nature, our emotional hero, our golden thread. principles underpin this ambition spatial moves and aspirations driving the design process place that all Amplify Nature, our emotional hero, our golden thread

SDC Goal - A wonderful place to live, work and visit

The level changes required to cross the rail lines present opportunities for unique features in the public realm, such as cascading water, steps and slopes.

The Table Park is a generous open space at the confluence of the key routes. It reuses the existing concrete deck to bridge across the rail tracks and elevates the central landscape creating playful level changes at the edges.

A blended use environment, spaces working hard to deliver economic, social and envronmental responsibility

The destination landscape creates a green and accessible open space for everyone. The tapestry of spaces embrace the Site’s topography and are an opportunity for biodiversity to flourish, for diverse landscape characters to evolve and for people to enjoy.

A resilient framework that can adapt to future needs and deliver principles of a circular economy

The Bioline mitigates potential habitat loss by introducing a large area of biodiverse habitat. Delivery of this area of public realm is subject to third party approvals.

- Healthy living

5.2

Vision

Earls Court - An Evolving Framework

Spatial Layers | Layout

Eight guiding principles that underpin our ambition

8 guiding principles underpin this ambition Fundamental spatial moves and

A varied public realm network

Tree-lined streets prioritise people and nature, whilst limiting vehicular access to where it is essential. A range of street types reflect the characteristics found in the local area.

Create an exceptional place that maximises benefits for all

Early concept principle:

Pedestrian and cycle movement is prioritised in the public realm, encouraging active, healthy lifestyles. North-south and eastwest cycle connectivity is secured and ample space is given within streets shared with vehicles for trees, greening and generous pavements.

aspirations driving the design process

Kensington station

Walks and passages provide intimate pedestrian connections and optimise permeability between Plots.

SDC Goal - Delivering cleaner air

The centre of the Site is vehiclefree, contributing to cleaner air and maximising safety for pedestrians. Vehicle movements for essential servicing and access are limited to the Site’s edges and the layout prevents through traffic across the Site.

Amplify Nature, our emotional hero, our golden thread

The most connected place, open and accessible, helping to make city life more equitable.

The most connected place, open and accessible helping to make city life more equitable

Place Pillar:

A tree-lined linear landscape stitches in with Aisgill Avenue, providing a permeable edge with the Estates.

Earl’s Court station West

A blended use environment, spaces working hard to deliver economic, social and envronmental responsibility

Two new crescents extend the familiar urban context and respond to the geometry of the underground tunnels below.

A resilient framework that can adapt to future needs and deliver principles of a circular economy

Empress Place is extended into a new boulevard, forming a landscaped pedestrian south-north route towards West Kensington station.

A continued heritage of world class ingenuity, for Earls Court, for London and the UK

Lanes run along the edges of the Site integrating vehicular movement in more intimate street typologies.

West

Brompton station

Welcome and suprise - bringing back the Earls Court 'WOW Factor'

Creating a sense of place from day one - living our values

Delivery of the Bioline is subject to third party agreements.

Vision

Earls Court - An Evolving Framework

5.2 Spatial Layers | Layout

SDC Goal - A wonderful place to live, work and visit

Eight guiding principles that underpin our ambition

8 guiding principles underpin this ambition

Fundamental spatial moves and aspirations driving the design process

Flexible Development Zones

The landscape-led design process has resulted in a varied public realm network which defines the zones available for development. These Development Zones allow for a rich variety of uses and building typologies and are further broken down into a series of flexible Plots.

Create an exceptional place that maximises benefits for all

► Refer to Parameter Plans / Parameter Plan - Public Realm, Development Zones and Maximum Building Lines (EC.PA.B).

concept principle:

Amplify Nature, our emotional hero, our golden thread

The most connected place, open and accessible, helping to make city life more equitable.

Place Pillar:

The most connected place, open and accessible helping to make city life more equitable

SDC Goal - Celebrating and enhancing our natural environment

The framework has prioritised the scale and location of public green spaces, which have consequently determined the plot structure.

A continued heritage of world class ingenuity, for Earls Court, for London and the UK

A blended use environment, spaces working hard to deliver economic, social and envronmental responsibility

St Cuthbert’s Church

Welcome and suprise - bringing back the Earls Court 'WOW Factor'

Grouping building Plots into Development Zones allows for flexibility to adapt to future change.

A resilient framework that can adapt to future needs and deliver principles of a circular economy

Creating a sense of place from day one - living our values

The Plot structure can accommodate a mix of uses, creating diverse opportunities and a wide range of homes, workplaces, cultural and leisure activities for the new and existing communities. Delivery of the Bioline is subject to third party agreement.

5.2 Spatial Layers | Uses Embedding the place pillars

The place pillars underpin ECDC’s vision and create the identity of Earls Court.

Nature

A celebration of nature and its ability to connect and revive

The Strategic Framework establishes the fundamental features of the landscape-led masterplan, supporting an open, accessible, and biodiverse network of public spaces through:

• A contiguous landscape that puts people and nature first.

• Amplifying key routes and connections with biodiversity.

• A destination landscape that forms the centrepiece of the Proposed Development.

Each public open space will have a distinct character and role, creating variety and offering spaces for different uses and activities.

Continuity within the landscape supports habitat creation and biodiversity.

Innovation

A showcase for climate and clean innovation and skills

The Strategic Framework identifies three workspace and innovation clusters within the Proposed Development, and embeds core sustainability moves that respond to the ambition for the Site to address the climate emergency through:

• Three workplace clusters with a focus on innovation and clean tech.

• An ecosystem of commercial spaces that supports businesses at various stages of their growth, embedding economic prosperity.

• Sustainability informs every facet of the Development and supports innovative approaches to addressing Site constraints.

Creating a presence along the A4, a key gateway into central London

Workspace clusters are located near transport nodes

Workspace typologies typically require larger footprints, shaping the Plot structure near the stations

Earl’s Court station

station Earl’s Court station

5.2 Spatial Layers | Uses Embedding the place pillars

Culture

A cultural ecosystem for the future of talent

The Strategic Framework defines the layering of Ground Floor uses and cultural anchors that together form the fabric of culture at Earls Court through:

• Three cultural anchors that invite a range of cultural showcase and expression.

• An ecosystem of shops, retail, cafés, restaurants and community uses that activate the ground level frontages.

• The aspiration to re-purpose existing structures reflecting the ambition to embed the Site’s heritage and legacy within the proposals.

Neighbourhood

An inspiring neighbourhood designed for all stages of life

The Strategic Framework establishes the typologies and characters that will enrich this new neighbourhood, embracing diversity and people of all lifestyles and backgrounds.

• Seven Character Areas, each with their own personality, offering something for everyone.

• A variety of typologies and architectural styles to accommodate different types of homes for all ages and levels of affordability.

• A carefully composed plot structure and a varied public realm network that responds to the local context.

Flexible cultural venues are located next to key public spaces to create a new destination. Plot plays a role in wayfinding, creating a turning point in the streetscape. Residential uses extend from the neighbouring local context.

buildings frame and overlook key public spaces and streets providing passive surveillance and building a sense of community.

5.2 Spatial Layers | Uses Outline Component

Maximum floorspace

Flexibility to bring forward different uses is built into the Hybrid Planning Applications within the Outline Component.

• The Outline Component is submitted as a series of Development Zones (A-Z).

• These zones are defined by the Parameter Plans which are the approved drawings of the Outline Component.

• The Parameter Plans are informed by the

Illustrative Masterplan and the sitewide strategies and provide a set of controlling plans for subsequent Applications for Reserved Matters Approval (RMA).

• The Parameter Plans define the key principles of the masterplan - permitted land uses, plot extent and height, public realm provision, site access etc. - and are read alongside the other Control Documents (the Design Code and Development Specification).

5.2 Spatial Layers | Scale

A stepped approach to the edges

The plot structure allows for a varied approach to building typologies, informed by the uses prioritised in different parts of the Site. Environmental and townscape technical analysis has been undertaken to determine optimum building forms and to craft a sensitive response to the existing context. Building heights are carefully distributed to assist with wayfinding and create great places.

• Separation distances from neighbouring properties are maximised.

• Building heights step down towards more sensitive edges to provide an appropriate response to neighbouring properties.

• Townhouses and small workspaces are located behind Eardley Crescent to extend the local scale.

• Massing terraces downwards towards Philbeach Gardens.

This design-led approach, has been informed by both functional and environmental impact considerations (including in respect of wind, air movement, noise, daylight and sunlight penetration), balanced with the need to optimise capacity as required by the NPPF (noting this is a brownfield site, located within an Opportunity Area and benefiting from Site Allocations), London Plan Policy D3, Policy D9 (Part C2 and C3), LBHF Local Plan Policy DC3, emerging RBKC Local Plan Policy CD7 and the RBKC Earls Court Framework SPD (including Priority 3.1.)

Eight guiding principles that underpin our ambition

• Taller buildings are located at the centre of the Site, adjacent to large open spaces or along prominent edges.

5.2 Spatial Layers | Scale

A layered approach to

scale

A clear hierarchy of building typologies with a landmark taller building at the centre creates a legible and distinctive contribution to both the local and city skyline.

The Proposed Development has evolved based on a detailed understanding of townscape, heritage and visual impact in long-range, midrange and immediate views, including taking account of any cumulative impact.

Building heights extend from the neighbouring scale and then transition to medium heights, with taller buildings located at the centre of the Site or along prominent edges.

The landmark building visibly extends beyond other tall buildings, including the neighbouring Empress State Building. Taller buildings are strategically positioned in response to wayfinding and frame the main public spaces and routes.

Guidance is provided in the Design Code responding to key townscape and heritage considerations for future Applications for Reserved Matters Approval (RMA) for the Outline Component.

► Refer to Townscape Built Heritage and Visual Assessment within the Environmental Statement (EC.PA.12), Design Code (EC.PA.C), Design and Access Statement Volume 2: RBKC Detailed Component (EC.RBKC.02) and Design and Access Statement Volume 3: LBHF Detailed Component (EC.LBHF.02)

The Development proposals have evolved in line with Part C1 and C4 of London Plan Policy D9, LBHF Local Plan Policy DC3 and RBKC Local Plan Policy CD7.

A number of the proposed tall buildings form part of the Detailed Component of the Hybrid Planning Applications, intentionally providing full architectural details to both demonstrate design quality in response to policy expectations (including London Plan Policies D4 and D9C) and to justify the appropriateness of the masterplan approach to scale and heights.

5.2 Spatial Layers | Typologies

A range of typologies and architectural variety

A layered approach to height, informed by a response to local context and land use distribution, results in a variety of building typologies across the Site.

that underpin our ambition

The contextual character and building typologies have informed a series of principles set out in the Design Code. These provide guidance such as architectural expression or hierarchy to ensure that the Proposed Development is coherent within the local area.

aspirations driving the design process

► Refer to the Design Code / Built Form Sections (EC.PA.C).

Spatial Layers | Townscape

Tall buildings

The tallest buildings within the masterplan are clustered in the centre of the Site and have been informed by the following townscape views:

Datum informed by existing height of Empress State Building

Empress State Building +106m AOD, approx. 32 residential storeys

Landmark building (WB04 - Detailed Component)

View from the Thames Path west of Hammersmith Bridge

The maximum height of the tallest building, WB04, is limited by the London View Management Framework (LVMF) River Prospect from Assessment Point 14.1 on Blackfriars Bridge, in which the Proposed Development would not be visible.

Height is distributed to maintain the datum of the roofline, rising to the south towards the Empress State Building (ESB), and the existing residential building in the mid ground. The tall building cluster adjacent to West Cromwell Road rises above this datum but it is distinct and positioned away from the southern cluster.

Tall buildings are located to the west to protect the axial experience of Brompton Cemetery and the skyline behind the cupola. The existing tree line at the terminus of the view is also maintained.

The heights of lower tall buildings in the central cluster have been shaped to integrate the existing Empress State Building (ESB), allowing WB04 to read as a singular focal point in views from all directions, and create an attractive cluster on the skyline.

View from Blackfriars Bridge

View from Queen’s Club

View from Brompton Cemetery

5.2 Spatial Layers | Character

Seven Character Areas

The Earls Court Development is one neighbourhood composed of seven Character Areas, which seamlessly transition throughout the Site. The Character Areas are organised around key public spaces and connecting routes relating back to the surrounding neighbourhoods.

Vision

Earls Court - An Evolving Framework

West Kensington is an innovation cluster

This gateway from West Kensington station will deliver a new business district providing space for climate and clean technologies and creative industries.

West Kensington station

Lillie Sidings brings together culture and heritage

A new public square and the reimagined Train Shed form the heart of this lively mixed-use quarter.

Warwick Crescent is a quiet residential quarter

Eight guiding principles that underpin our ambition Our

8 guiding principles underpin this ambition

Taking its cue from the neighbouring streets, this area is focused around a contemporary residential crescent.

Fundamental spatial moves and aspirations driving the design process

Early concept principle:

Aisgill Gardens is the community green

A community green the size of a football pitch, surrounded by new homes and a Community Hub.

The Table is the centrepiece

A new public green space, the Table Park, forms the centrepiece of the Earls Court Development, connecting from West Brompton station to Aisgill Gardens.

West Brompton is a lively West London crescent

Place Pillar: benefits for all.

Create an exceptional place that maximises benefits for all

Empress Place is a home for innovation and creativity

Amplify Nature, our emotional hero, our golden thread

A new commercial cluster with a diverse mix of creative and innovation spaces, leading to a landmark residential building and major cultural venue.

A blended use environment, spaces working hard to deliver economic, social and envronmental responsibility

Connecting Earl’s Court station to West Brompton station, this treelined street, full of shops, cafés and restaurants, will be busy from morning to evening.

A resilient framework that can adapt to future needs and deliver principles of a circular economy

West Brompton station

Earl’s Court station

5.3 Summary

The Strategic Framework underpins the Parameter Plans and Design Code documents. It establishes a series of spatial layers that embed the aspirations established through the engagement process. Careful consideration of sustainability and the place pillars results in a robust masterplan.

The Strategic Framework is...

...using the circular economy to turn constraints into opportunities.

...creating the place by curating a mix of uses ensuring it is lively and vibrant throughout the day, night and week.

...connecting the local area by opening up and stitching in.

...a contextual response that is sensitive to townscape and heritage considerations with a range of building typologies.

...landscapeled, providing accessible public open spaces for people to enjoy and connect with nature.

...made up of seven Character Areas that draw from the existing local context to form one coherent neighbourhood.

6 The Illustrative Masterplan

Testing the Strategic Framework

The Illustrative Masterplan demonstrates one way in which the Strategic Framework could come forward, setting out the ambition and quality of place and character.

This chapter sets out a response to the Strategic Framework and demonstrates how the buildings and landscape have been shaped by the four place pillars to create a cohesive look and feel. It is intended to guide future Plot proposals on the intent of the Strategic Framework and demonstrate the flexibility that is embedded within the Design Code.

This chapter includes:

• A step-by-step guide that shows the relationship of the Illustrative Masterplan to the Control Documents.

• The influence of the four place pillars — nature, innovation, culture and neighbourhood — in defining a unique and specific character for the whole of the masterplan.

• Detailed descriptions of the seven Character Areas and how their public realm, built form and architectural expression could be developed.

6.1 The Control Documents

The Illustrative Masterplan and the Control Documents

The Illustrative Masterplan has been used as a tool to develop the three Control Documents:

• the Parameter Plans

• the Design Code

• the Development Specification

These documents work together to control the relationship between layout, movement, use, amount, scale and appearance.

The Illustrative Masterplan is also a demonstration of how the Control Documents could be applied by testing their robustness and showing what a ‘worked example’ could deliver.

The Control Documents will be used to define and evaluate building and landscape proposals for future Applications for Reserved Matters Approval (RMA). This process ensures the gradual delivery of one coherent place that delivers on the vision for the Earls Court Site.

► Refer to Application User Guide (EC.PA.05).

Illustrative Masterplan

Control Documents Future RMA

6.1 The Control Documents

The Illustrative Masterplan and the Control Documents

The following diagrams summarise the role of each of the Control Documents in shaping, defining and controlling the scale, use, character and appearance of the Plots.

► Refer to Development Specification (EC. PA.A).

► Refer to Parameter Plans (EC.PA.B).

► Refer to Design Code (EC.PA.C).

The public realm, Development Zones and maximum building lines are defined in the Parameter Plans.

Specification Parameter Plans

The Plot plan identifies areas where Development Zones will be split into Plots with public routes running through Development Zones.

The maximum envelope is a three-dimensional extrusion of the Proposed Maximum Heights Parameter Plan setting the volume for buildings to sit within.

Masterplan

The Development Specification sets the maximum quantum of development for each Development Zone. This amount of floor space can be arranged in any way within the maximum envelope. The balance of different land uses within each Development Zone and Plot is also controlled by the Development Specification.

The Design Code defines character and architectural expression, adding a further level of control to the Parameter Plans and Development Specification. This ensures that the ambitions described in this document are delivered in any possible massing and land use scenario.

The Illustrative Masterplan is an example of how the development could come forward under the combined effect of the Control Documents. It is a single design response, within a range of possible scenarios, and its aim is to demonstrate what the Proposed Development could look like.

6.1 The Control Documents

The Illustrative Massing and the Maximum Envelope

The maximum envelope is a threedimensional extrusion of the Proposed Maximum Heights Parameter Plan, establishing the maximum extent of possible development. The illustrative massing sits within the maximum envelope and is one possible development scenario.

A maximum quantum cap is defined in the Development Specification. Together with the rules set out in the Design Code the amount and arrangement of development are controlled to inform future RMAs. This maximum quantum has emerged from and is aligned with the Illustrative Masterplan.

Since any future detailed proposals will be required to sit within the extents defined by the Parameter Plans, the maximum envelope has been used for the Environmental Impact Assessment. However, there will never be a scenario where the entirety of the maximum envelope is developed because the Development Specification and Design Code further reduce and refine the allowable massing.

The Control Documents have been coordinated to offer flexibility for some Development Zones and Plots to allow for a variety of land uses, a range of architectural responses, and space to accommodate future unknowns, at Reserved Matters stage. This flexibility only applies to the Outline Component. The massing and articulation of the Detailed Component is fixed.

• Defined by the Maximum Heights Parameter Plan.

• Describes the maximum extent of possible development.

• Used for the Environmental Impact Assessment.

• Maximum envelope - Parameter Plan Drawing 006 - Proposed Maximum Heights is submitted for approval.

• A possible development massing scenario informed by the Control Documents.

• Gives a possible representation of what could come forward in future Applications for Reserved Matters Approval (RMAs).

• Has informed the Development Specification maximum quantum.

• Not part of the documents for approval.

Maximum Envelope Illustrative Massing

6.1 The Control Documents

The Illustrative Masterplan and land use distribution

The land use distribution of the Illustrative Masterplan is the envisaged baseline scenario and is the focus of the illustrative material that follows. The Control Documents also make provision for alternative uses from the baseline in certain locations (known as Flexible Plots).

• A number of individual Flexible Plots are able to change from predominantly residential to commercial land use or vice versa.

• Other uses are permitted within some Development Zones as defined in the Development Specification and the Land Use Parameter Plans. This gives flexibility for other uses including social infrastructure, hotel and education if needed in the future, even though they are not part of the envisaged baseline scenario for the Illustrative Masterplan.

Development Zones and Plots with flexibility of use have been selected carefully to ensure future resilience without compromising the spatial principles of the Strategic Framework.

► Refer to Development Specification (EC.PA.A).

► Refer to Parameter Plans (EC.PA.B).

► Refer to Design and Access Statement Volume 1: Outline Component / The Illustrative Masterplan / Flexible Plots (EC.PA.08).

6.1 The Control Documents

The Illustrative Masterplan and the Development Specification

The Illustrative Masterplan is an envisaged scenario of development with an associated quantum of development. The Development Specification is a Control Document that defines the maximum quantum of floorspace for each Development Zone.

The Development Specification states a maximum quantum of development that is derived from the Illustrative Masterplan. This has been calculated to provide sufficient flexibility to accommodate a range of uses whilst still upholding the principles of the Strategic Framework. There is no minimum quantum within the Development Specification, however indicative figures have been used to provide support for the Environmental Impact Assessment.

The graphics on this page illustrate the quantum allowances for different types of use within the Development Specification and how this relates to the Illustrative Masterplan.

► Refer to Development Specification (EC.PA.A).

1 Purpose Built Student Accommodation.

2 Retail, leisure, culture, community, hotel, education, health, co-living, later-living, ancillary, sui generis etc.

3 RBKC residential assumptions of the Development Specification would deliver a range of between c.740 and c.1,100 homes dependent on mix and use emphasis.

4 RBKC maximum development quantum is capped at 204,000sqm Gross External Area (GEA) (whilst the maximum totals exceed this to allow a degree of flexibility of use class allocation).

5 LBHF residential assumptions of the Development Specification would deliver a range of between c.1,100 and c.2,000 homes dependent on mix and use emphasis.

6 LBHF maximum development quantum is capped at 373,000sqm GEA (whilst the maximum totals exceed this to allow a degree of flexibility of use class allocation).

7 RBKC residential floorspace within the Detailed Component would deliver 310 homes.

8 LBHF residential floorspace within the Detailed Component would deliver 462 homes.

9 Total hybrid residential assumptions of the Development Specification would deliver a range of between c.2,650 and c.3,900 homes dependent on mix and use emphasis.

10 Total hybrid maximum development quantum is capped at 710,519sqm GEA (whilst the maximum totals exceed this to allow a degree of flexibility of use class allocation).

The Control Documents

The Illustrative Masterplan and the Design Code

The Design Code plays a central role in securing quality, setting out the principles and detailed requirements for the design of the landscape and built form.

The Design Code is intended to ensure that the principles of the Strategic Framework and the Illustrative Masterplan are delivered and reflect the design excellence and quality expected for the Site.

The Design Code provides design rules and guidance that any Application for Reserved Matters Approval (RMAs) would need to comply with if they are to be considered acceptable. There is a single Design Code that covers the whole Site, with individual chapters for each Character Area. The codes for each Character Area cover a range of topics around landscape design, access and movement and architectural characteristics.

This document will ensure that a coherent place is created as future design proposals are brought forward by a range of designers.

► Refer to Design Code (EC.PA.C).

6.2 Overview

Overview of the Illustrative Masterplan

Earls Court will be transformed into a landscape-led neighbourhood with a diverse mix of spaces, buildings, and uses that holistically create a new vibrant part of West London, a place where people of all ages and backgrounds can come together.

The Illustrative Masterplan demonstrates a thoughtful, coherent response to the Strategic Framework. It is underpinned by the four place pillars of the Earls Court vision:

• A celebration of nature’s ability to connect and revive

• A showcase for climate and clean innovation and skills

• A cultural ecosystem for the future of talent

• An inspiring neighbourhood designed for all stages of life

The following pages present an overview of how the place pillars and the Design Code could inform the look and feel of the streets, the public spaces, the built form and the uses arrangement within a masterplan proposal.

The Detailed Component of this application has been developed in parallel with the masterplan to ensure its character and qualities align with those of the Illustrative Masterplan.

► Refer to Design and Access Statement Volume 2: RBKC Detailed Component (EC.RBKC.02)

► Refer to Design and Access Statement Volume 3: LBHF Detailed Component (EC.LBHF.02)

6.2 Overview

A layered height transition

The massing arrangement of the Illustrative Masterplan responds to the scale of the context by accommodating heights in the centre of the Site and gradually stepping down towards the edges.

Informed by the layers of the Strategic Framework, and defined by the Parameter Plans and quantum of development in the Development Specification, the Illustrative Masterplan demonstrates a design led response to the Site.

An indicative number of storeys have been annotated on the diagram on this page for reference. These are based on assumptions using industry standards for floor-to-floor dimensions as below:

Ground level typical floor to floor = 4500mm*

Residential typical floor to floor = 3150-3300mm

Commercial typical floor to floor = 4000mm

*Topographical complexities mean there are exceptions in particular locations.

**Number of storeys are stated from ground floor levels. Where buildings straddle level changes the storey height is typically taken from the main entrance level. Storey heights exclude lower grounds, basements and any roof plant.

On Detailed Components, the number of storeys stated in the Environmental Statement (ES) may differ where it includes basement, lower ground or plant levels.

Earl’s Court station

6.2 Overview

Illustrative Masterplan sections

Cascades Lillie Sidings Square

Kensington Boulevard

Cromwell Road

Lillie Road

Section 1: Long section/elevation from Cromwell Road to Lillie Road, through Lillie Sidings Square and Empress Place Boulevard

Section 2: Cross section/elevation across the Site, from West Kensington Estate to Eardley Crescent

Overview

A celebration of nature’s ability to connect and revive

Inspired by Earls Court’s history of horticulture, pleasure gardens and showcase, a series of Exhibition Gardens creates a landscape full of discovery and surprise.

Each public open space has an important role to play within the landscaped network. Conceived as a series of Exhibition Gardens, the different spaces respond to their location and context, whilst allowing people to move through the Site intuitively. Each garden reinforces the qualities of its respective Character Area, as described later in this chapter.

The unique character and identity of each space informs the approach to biodiversity but also demonstrates the numerous ways in which people and nature can coexist.

This is reflective of the sitewide Design Code principles.

► Refer to Design Code / Spaces and Routes (EC.PA.C).

6.2 Overview

A showcase for climate and clean innovation and skills

Making the most of connectivity to the Site, three workspace clusters are located adjacent to each of the stations and are linked together by the north-south and east-west routes through the Site.

The three workspace clusters create a home for the fast-growing climate tech market with a variety of space to support start-ups, scale-ups and multinational companies. These are located:

• At Empress Place, a campus of four buildings that can suit a variety of tenancy arrangements and create an address to Lillie Road.

• At West Kensington, the buildings are scaled to respond to the context of West Cromwell Road, marking a major arterial route into Central London and providing opportunities for multinational companies and headquarter workspaces.

• At Warwick Square, a pair of commercial workspace buildings, similar in form, and with complementary architectural expression, frame the square and main route to the Table Park from Earl’s Court station.

Each cluster is located within a five minute walk of a station. The streets and public realm are lined with shops, cafés and restaurants for workers to use. Alongside the Exhibition Gardens and flexible cultural venues, Earls Court will become a centre for innovation and skills.

6.2 Overview

A cultural ecosystem for the future of talent

The legacy of culture is brought to life with a series of cultural hubs for performance, production and immersive experiences.

Three cultural hubs are located at key destination points around the Site. Each hub includes an anchor venue as well as smaller spaces to support the production of culture and opportunities for seasonal events within the public realm. This could include the following:

• Lillie Sidings allows for a flexible immersive venue alongside a food destination within the re-purposed Train Shed.

• Empress Place contains a destination flexible auditorium with entrances from the boulevard and the Table Park level.

• West Brompton Crescent can accommodate a venue for performance of live music alongside other events.

These cultural venues are linked by active streets designed to create an economy for local shops and restaurants to benefit from the footfall generated. Retail uses are primarily located along West Brompton Crescent, where there is potential for independent businesses to complement the offer already established by nearby high streets. Restaurants, cafés and bars are concentrated on the edge of the Table Park and Lillie Sidings Square, taking advantage of opportunities for al fresco dining and activating the spaces into the evenings and weekends.

Lillie Sidings

Lillie Sidings Square

6.2 Overview WestCromwellRoad

An inspiring

neighbourhood designed for all stages of life

Reflective of the diversity of London, a range of building types and tenures promotes an accessible and inclusive neighbourhood of homes for all.

A variety of residential typologies are accommodated in the Illustrative Masterplan. Each type is reflective of its context and the Character Area within which it is located. This could include the following:

• Townhouses at the eastern edge relate to the existing crescent terraced houses and can accommodate families.

• Homes in taller buildings on the edge of the Table Park offer city wide views with the buzz of culture, retail and food and drink at the base, suiting market sale and student accommodation.

• Courtyard blocks have generous shared external amenity spaces where children can play and older people can relax.

• Mid-scale buildings reflect the character of the mansion blocks in the local area and could offer purpose built accommodation for later living or flats for all ages.

A new Community Hub (4) is located on in the base of the Detailed Component WB05, which will reprovide some of the facilities available at the existing Community Hub. There will also be a nursery opening onto the Table Park. Additional social infrastructure facilities, like a potential community hall, will be included in future phases of the project to serve the existing and emerging communities.

Illustrative Masterplan

Philbeach

Table Park

The Cascades TheBioline Aisgill Gardens

Lillie Sidings Square

Square

6.3 Character Areas

Seven Character Areas

The Illustrative Masterplan demonstrates how the built form and public realm proposals could come forward for each of the seven Character Areas, as set out in the Control Documents.

Ranging from quiet residential streets to bustling cultural anchors, the Character Areas connect around the central open space of the Table Park and respond to the existing neighbourhoods along their edges.

The information on the following pages provides an illustrative proposal for each of the Character Areas. Each proposal demonstrates how the distinctive qualities described in the Design Code could be realised into a future design proposal.

Empress Place Innovation and creation

Aisgill Gardens The community green

Lillie Sidings Culture and heritage West Brompton

crescent WestCromwellRoad

Lillie Road

Earl’s Court station

heart of Earls Court Exhibition Gardens

6.3 Character Areas

A guide to the Character Area illustrative proposals

Each Character Area is introduced with an illustrative image and an overview, followed by an illustrative design response that demonstrates how architectural quality, character, articulation and appearance could come forward in line with the Design Code and other Control Documents.

Illustrative Plot testing has been undertaken by four architectural practices alongside the lead masterplanning Design Team, demonstrating how a variety of design approaches could come together within the structure of the framework to deliver a holistic neighbourhood.

A summary of alternative use scenarios for Flexible Plots can be found at the end of this chapter.

Each Character Area, space and Plot is distilled into a series of key principles that build upon the Strategic Framework and respond to the Design Code and Parameter Plans.

1) Illustrative design response 2) Illustrative Plot testing

Each Plot has been developed with an indicative layout to verify ground and upper level uses are achievable within each footprint.

The layouts have been developed to an outline level of detail for the sole purpose of illustrating the masterplan in the Hybrid Applications. The Outline Plots will be revisited and developed by a number of different architects to inform Applications for Reserved Matters Approval.

In residential Plots a combination of unit types are shown but there is no commitment to a particular mix at this stage.

Precedents and visualisation

Precedent imagery is used throughout the chapter to give examples of the type of landscape or architecture that is intended in the proposals. The caption of the image describes which aspect of the precedent is relevant.

Visualisations have been produced by the Design Teams to illustrate the designs in the context of the wider proposals and to communicate the potential look and feel.

West Brompton

6.4 West Brompton | Overview

West Brompton is a lively quarter that connects Earl’s Court station to West Brompton station. It is anchored by a leafy crescent lined with shops, cafés and restaurants that ensure it is active during the day and into the evening.

This section illustrates how the Character Area has been developed alongside the Control Documents. Key principles that characterise West Brompton are set out on the image on the right.

► Refer to Design Code / West Brompton (EC.PA.C).

A pair of workspace buildings create a legible gateway into the Site.

A tree-lined crescent connecting two squares and the adjacent stations.

Low to mid-rise building typologies creating a sensitive edge and responding to context and accentuating the geometry of the crescent

An inviting square opposite Earl’s Court station.

A welcoming square opposite West Brompton station.

West Brompton station

Earl’s Court station

Location of West Brompton Character Area

6.4 West Brompton |

West Brompton features two welcoming squares that mark entrances from nearby stations. They are connected by West Brompton Crescent and West Brompton Lane, two gently curving and pedestrianfocused streets.

Key spaces and routes are outlined in the Control Documents including:

Spaces and routes

► Refer to Design Code / West Brompton / Landscape / Spaces (EC.PA.C).

► Refer to Design Code / Sitewide / Landscape (EC.PA.C).

Warwick Square is a welcoming square framed by trees and active frontages. It is a multi-functional space that reflects familiar aspects of London squares. The stepping landscape and Flower Amphitheatre references the former entrance of the Exhibition Centres.

West Brompton Crescent is a generous and active pedestrian and tree-lined retail street with shops, cafés, and culture spilling out onto the pavement.

West Brompton Place is an informal space linking the square and crescent with an intimate public space that provides spill-out for south facing active use.

West Brompton Square is an arrival space in front of the station that introduces biodiversity and character informed by Brompton Cemetery. It connects areas of ecological value within and beyond the Site.

West Brompton Lane is an narrow street reflecting local lane typologies. It is framed by smaller workspace units and townhouses.

West Brompton station

West Brompton | Public Realm

Squares | Crescent | Place | Lanes

Warwick Square

Warwick Square is a welcoming arrival from Earl’s Court station that reimagines the iconic steps of the former Exhibition Centres into a unique Flower Amphitheatre, encouraging people to meet, rest and gather.

Illustrative design response

The illustrative proposals for Warwick Square are informed by the RBKC Placemaking Framework and responds to key principles set out by the Control Documents including:

• Drawing inspiration from the arrival to the original Exhibition Centres.

• Designing with a flower-rich approach, that supports the sitewide biodiversity strategy.

• Framing the square with trees to create a sense of enclosure.

• Providing a space to congregate and gather encouraging people to dwell in the square.

• Activating frontages along the square to enliven the public realm.

► Refer to Design Code / West Brompton / Landscape / Warwick Square (EC.PA.C).

► Refer to Design and Access Statement Volume 1: Outline Component / Appendices / RBKC Placemaking Framework Tracker (EC.PA.08).

A flexible space designed to host temporary events and activities such as a Christmas tree display, a bandstand, or a performer’s stage.

Square framed by trees with high canopy clearance to allow clear views into the space.

The former Exhibition Centres steps are reimagined through the creation of a Flower Amphitheatre.

Active frontages face onto the square animating the public realm.

Vehicular access restricted to the edges of the square along Warwick and West Brompton Lane.

Illustrative plan of Warwick Square

SUND Nature Park - SLA

The Flower Amphitheatre is framed by trees

Stepped and terraced flower beds form the amphitheatre

6.4 West Brompton | Public Realm

Squares | Crescent | Place | Lanes

Structural constraints

Warwick Apron - Existing loading

Existing structures and the 1930s Underground tunnel roof running underneath the Site define loading constraints and inform the design of Warwick Square.

A site-specific response to the constraints of the below ground infrastructure includes:

Creating gentle slopes for universal pedestrian access

• The existing surface will need to be carefully altered to not interfere or compromise the structure underneath.

Soil depth

• Loading limitations over the Underground tunnels constrain the soil depth, location, and capacity of planting.

• Larger trees are located along the edges of the square, where full soil depth is achievable.

• Flowers, grasses and perennials are located over the tunnel in areas that require less soil build up.

► Refer to Design Code / West Brompton / Landscape / Warwick Square (EC.PA.C).

Warwick Apron

Illustrative section through Warwick Square and Warwick Road

Diagrammatic section showing planting depths and the planting types they can accommodate

Structural schematic over the existing structure at Warwick Square

6.4 West Brompton | Public Realm

Squares | Crescent | Place | Lanes

Warwick Square

The key principles that characterise Warwick Square are described in the Design Code. These are demonstrated in the illustrative proposal shown in the image, including:

Celebrating the Site’s history

The Exhibition Centres steps are reimagined as a Flower Amphitheatre and seasonal garden, defining Warwick Square’s distinct identity.

Providing universal access

Universal access addresses the Site’s level change and is provided along both sides of the square.

Creating a sense of enclosure

The square is framed by trees that create a sense of enclosure and a clear definition between pedestrian and vehicular areas.

Providing a space for gathering

The flexible central space in the square becomes a focal point for curating temporary events or public art.

Activated Façades

Façades facing the square are activated at the Ground Floor, animating the public realm.

► Refer to Design Code / West Brompton / Landscape / Warwick Square (EC.PA.C).

Illustrative design response

Aerial view showing the Flower Amphitheatre at Warwick Square

6.4 West Brompton |

Squares

| Crescent | Place | Lanes

West Brompton Square

West Brompton Square brings together the character of the active retail crescent, the natural and biodiverse environment of the Bioline*, and the busy footfall from the station entrance.

The proposals are informed by the RBKC Placemaking Framework and responds to key moves set out by the Control Documents, including:

• Developing a composite space incorporating three overlapping functions; the Bioline*, the vibrant crescent and pedestrian connectivity.

• Creating a cohesive landscaped approach with rich planting to unify the multifunctional space.

• Connecting to areas of ecological value such as Brompton Cemetery and the West London Line, which is a Site of Importance for Nature Conservation (SINC).

• Providing access and movement distributed along key desire lines.

*Decking over of the West London Railway Line (the Bioline) is subject to agreement with third party land owners.

► Refer to Design Code / West Brompton / Landscape / West Brompton Square (EC. PA.C).

Framing a central space with a variety of planting.

Illustrative plan of West Brompton Square

Illustrative eye-level view of West Brompton Square

6.4 West Brompton | Public Realm

Squares | Crescent | Place | Lanes

Structural constraints

Existing underground tunnels converge beneath the square and their structural capacity informs the design of West Brompton Square.

A site-specific response to the constraints of the below ground infrastructure should consider:

• The potential for a new structure over the West London Line allowing for more soil depth.

• Providing access from West Brompton Square to the Bioline* and West Brompton Crescent.

• Integrating raised planters that do not conflict with the structure underneath.

• Raised planting beds with integrated inclusive seating, framing routes and spaces.

• Generous planting to create a healthy street experience.

*Decking over of the West London Railway Line (the Bioline) is subject to agreement with third party land owners.

► Refer to Design Code / West Brompton / Landscape / West Brompton Square (EC. PA.C).

Adequate soil depth above structure provided

Mounding or raised planters required to achieve adequate soil depth

6.4 West Brompton | Public Realm

Squares | Crescent | Place | Lanes

West Brompton Square

The key principles that characterise West Brompton Square are described in the Design Code. These are demonstrated in the illustrative proposal shown in the image, including:

Creating a multi-functional and familiar space

Planting, seating and paving give the square its own character whilst unifying the various functions, uses and connections around it.

Connecting green corridors

The Bioline over of the West London Railway Line creates a potential opportunity to extend an existing ecological corridor into the Site.

Enabling uses that spill-out onto the Square

Ground floor spill-out zones activate the public realm.

Planting that fosters a sense of enclosure

Planting beds define and contain the central space.

Improving Lillie Road

Street improvements and pavement widening allow safer access to the Site and surroundings.

► Refer to Design Code / West Brompton / Landscape / West Brompton Square (EC.PA.C).

Illustrative design response

Key plan

Aerial view showing West Brompton Square and the Bioline meeting Lillie Road and Old Brompton Road

6.4 West Brompton | Public Realm

Squares | Crescent | Place | Lanes

West Brompton Crescent

West Brompton Crescent is a lively retail street connecting Warwick and West Brompton Squares. The peoplefirst design enables pedestrians to move freely in a clean, healthy and safe environment lined with cafés and shops.

Illustrative design response

The key principles that characterise West Brompton Crescent are described in the Design Code. These are demonstrated in the illustrative proposal shown in the image, including:

• Drawing from familiar high street and crescent typologies in the area.

• Enhancing the public realm as a predominantly vehicle-free environment.

• Creating an emphasis on planting with trees and biodiverse green/blue infrastructure.

• Allowing for a diversity of shop fronts, such as local retail, boutique shopping, dining, and cultural uses.

► Refer to Design Code / West Brompton / Landscape / West Brompton Crescent (EC. PA.C).

Planted rain gardens provide blue-green infrastructure along the crescent.

The tree-lined street typology relates to the local context.

Movement between the stations will bring footfall to businesses.

Spill-out from cafés and restaurants activate the street.

Shop front design creates a lively and active shopping street that echoes other Central and West London streets

Illustrative section through West Brompton Crescent Seating within the public realm allows people to dwell.

Lighting columns illuminate the street and Ground Floor activity.

A central route for pedestrians, cyclists and the occasional vehicle.

Pedestrian only footpath on the edges.

Illustrative plan showing West Brompton Crescent

Warwick Square

6.4 West Brompton | Public Realm

Squares | Crescent | Place | Lanes

West Brompton Place

West Brompton Place is an intimate pocket space that completes the character of West Brompton Crescent and Lane. It features a small prow building with a café spill-out space at its base.

Illustrative design response

The key principles that characterise West Brompton Place are described in the Design Code. These are demonstrated in the illustrative proposal shown in the image, including:

• Creating a transition space between West Brompton Square, Crescent and Lane.

• Creating continuity from the crescent and lane to define legible vehicular, pedestrian and cycle routes.

► Refer to Design Code / West Brompton / Landscape / West Brompton Place (EC.PA.C).

View of West Brompton Place from the southern end of West Brompton Crescent.

West Brompton | Public Realm

Squares | Crescent | Place | Lanes

West Brompton Lane

West Brompton Lane is a quiet residential street framed by townhouses and workspaces, and designed to accommodate pedestrian and vehicle movement from Warwick Road to Old Brompton Road.

Illustrative design response

Townhouses and smaller workspace units frame the quieter lane typology

The key principles that characterise West Brompton Lane are described in the Design Code. These are demonstrated in the illustrative proposal, including:

• Creating a one-way vehicular route and defined zones for pedestrians and cyclists.

• Planting a linear arrangement of trees, interspersed between parking and loading bays.

• Uniform materiality to reflect the local character of similar streets.

► Refer to Design Code / West Brompton / Landscape / West Brompton Lane (EC.PA.C).

One-way vehicular route with segregated footpath along both sides

Linear arrangement of trees. The variety of trees ensures year round interest, biodiversity benefits and climate resilience.

Loading spaces integrated within the public realm.

A defined zone for vehicular access and cyclists.

Footpath providing access to adjacent buildings.

Materials that relate to local mews character and planting help define building edges and defensible space

Illustrative plan showing the West Brompton Lane

Illustrative section through West Brompton Lane

6.4 West Brompton | Built Form

Scales, uses and character

The variety of scales, uses and architectural character of West Brompton is informed by the existing context.

The below plans outline the land use emphasis of the Illustrative Masterplan within the Character Area. Full detail of the permitted land uses are described in the Development Specification.

Workspace Plots frame Warwick Square and form a legible gateway into the Site from Earl’s Court station.

The Illustrative Masterplan responds to key built form principles outlined in the Control Documents, including:

• Creating a transition in scale between existing neighbouring terraced housing, mid-scale buildings and the taller buildings that frame the Table Park.

• Exploring the use of a variety of building typologies rooted in local and wider architectural character.

• Delivering a workspace cluster that frames Warwick Square, one of the three major commercial gateways in the masterplan.

West Brompton is comprised of the following built form typologies:

• Mid-scale

• Smaller-scale

• Pavilion

► Refer to Design Code / West Brompton / Built form (EC.PA.C).

► Refer to Design Code / Sitewide / Built form (EC.PA.C).

► Refer to Development Specification (EC.PA.A).

Crescent Plots define West Brompton Crescent and adopt a layout and materiality that is reflective of the local character and typologies.

Table Plots help to define the crescent on one side and frame the Bioline and the Table Park on the other.

West Brompton Square Plot completes Old Brompton Road creating a well defined corner building to help frame and activate the square.

Plots along the southern edge of Warwick Square can accommodate smaller scale workspace. Plots along West Brompton Lane contain smaller-scale Townhouses and define the lane’s quieter and more intimate character.

The Warwick Square Pavilion frames and activates the welcoming square.

6.4 West Brompton | Built Form

Warwick Square Plots | West Brompton Square Plot

Warwick Square Plots

Plot Code: EC09, EC16

Typology: Mid-scale

Warwick Square is framed by a complementary pair of commercial buildings that frame the gateway, forming one of three innovation clusters across the Site.

Illustrative design response

The key principles that characterise Warwick Square Plots are described in the Design Code. These are demonstrated in the illustrative proposal, including:

• Creating a gateway with a complementary curvilinear pair of buildings.

• Enhancing the legibility and continuity of the crescents.

• Creating a mass that draws pedestrians to the heart of the Site while mediating a transition in building scale.

• Complementing the local context in materiality, composition, and grain.

• Articulating the top, middle and base of buildings.

• Creating an active Ground Floor, drawing people into the Site.

► Refer to Design Code / West Brompton / Built form / Mid-scale (EC.PA.C).

6.4 West Brompton | Built Form

Warwick Square Plots | West Brompton Square Plot | Table Plots | Crescent Plots | Lane Plots | Warwick Square Pavilion

Warwick Square Plots

The key principles that characterise Warwick Square Plots are described in the Design Code. These are demonstrated in the illustrative proposal, including:

Active frontages to the square

The Ground Floor café and retail uses play a key role in activating the square and leading people into the crescent.

Forming a gateway

The buildings on either side of the entrance to the crescent, EC09 and EC16, respond to each other and the existing context providing a gateway into the Site.

Facade articulation

Architectural components, hierarchy, detail and composition respond to the character of the local context.

► Refer to Design Code / West Brompton / Built form / Mid-scale (EC.PA.C).

Illustrative design response

6.4 West Brompton | Built Form

Warwick Square Plots

West Brompton Square Plot

West Brompton Square Plot

Plot Code: EC22

Typology: Mid-scale

The building on Old Brompton Road responds to the scale of the surrounding context whilst anchoring the corner with active frontage that addresses the station.

Illustrative design response

responds to the maximum envelope set out in the Parameter Plans

The key principles that characterise the West Brompton Square Plot are described in the Design Code. These are demonstrated in the illustrative proposal, including:

• Addressing Old Brompton Road and the square.

• Creating active frontage to the west facing the public realm.

• Stepping up in height, transitioning in scale from the Philbeach Conversation Area to the Site.

• Articulating corners with appropriate scale.

• The illustrative design has been informed by the consented scheme for this Plot.

► Refer to Design Code / West Brompton / Built form / Mid-scale (EC.PA.C).

in scale from the Philbeach Conservation Area next to the Site

Eye-level view along Old Brompton Road showing the building at the corner of the Site

6.4 West Brompton | Built Form

Warwick Square Plots | West Brompton Square Plot | Table Plots | Crescent Plots | Lane Plots

Table Plots

Plot Code: EC01, EC02

Typology: Mid-scale

The Table Plots front onto West Brompton Square, West Brompton Crescent and the Bioline. The Ground Floor is articulated to address the variety of uses and characters around the Plots.

The key principles that characterise the Table Plot are described in the Design Code. These are demonstrated in the illustrative proposal, including:

• Creating a continuous Ground Floor datum and consistent horizontal façade rhythm.

• Contributing to the legibility of the crescent through curvature of the façade.

• Animating the public realm with active frontages addressing West Brompton Square.

► Refer to Design Code / West Brompton / Built form / Mid-scale (EC.PA.C).

Illustrative design response

Eye-level view along the Bioline

Key façade activating the public square

Continuous building base addressing the crescent

Addressing planting along the Bioline

Massing responds to the maximum envelope set out in the Parameter Plans

Illustrative mixed-use Ground Floor plan

Illustrative residential use typical Upper Floor plan

West Brompton | Built Form

Table Plots

Plot Code: EC03

Typology: Mid-scale

The building form addresses both the West Brompton Crescent and the Table Park. It accentuates the crescent’s curve and creates a special moment facing onto the Table Park.

The key principles that characterise the Table Plot are described in the Design Code. These are demonstrated in the illustrative proposal, including:

• Creating a prominent and considered façade addressing the Table Park.

• Reimagining the contextual mansion block typology along West Brompton Crescent.

• Creating a consistent rhythm and composition in-line with the character of West Brompton Crescent.

• Activating frontages on the ground level.

• The park facing elevation explores opportunities to integrate large scale terraces and planting, providing external space for the workspace uses.

► Refer to Design Code / West Brompton / Built form / Mid-scale (EC.PA.C).

Illustrative design response

6.4 West Brompton | Built Form

Warwick Square Plots | West Brompton Square Plot | Table Plots | Crescent Plots | Lane Plots | Warwick Square Pavilion

Crescent Plots

Plot Code: EC10, EC11, EC12

Typology: Mid-scale

Buildings adopt a layout, composition and materiality that mediate between the edges of the site to the Plots on the edge of the Table Park.

Illustrative design response

The key principles that characterise the Crescent Plots are described in the Design Code. These are demonstrated in the illustrative proposal, including:

• Exploring the use of horizontal continuity, façade rhythms, and tone to establish a familiar character along the West Brompton Crescent.

• Creating a consistent shoulder height and order to the approach, contributing to the visible curve of West Brompton Crescent and Lane.

• Contrasting banding and expression of entrances provides richness in detail.

• Ground floor uses should be of a fine grain to respond to the local character.

► Refer to Design Code / West Brompton / Built form / Mid-scale (EC.PA.C).

Façades responding to West Brompton Lane, stepping down in scale towards the existing terraced townhouses on Eardley Crescent

Eye-level view of EC12 from West Brompton Place

6.4 West Brompton | Built Form

Crescent Plots

The key principles that characterise the Crescent Plots are described in the Design Code. These are demonstrated in the illustrative proposal, including:

Creating a coherent architectural expression Buildings establish a coherent relationship and character through common horizontal datums, façade rhythms, tone and materials.

Exploring and interpreting an urban grain Building expression is consistent along the façade of the upper levels and reflects interpretations of local mansion block typologies.

Establishing a variety of unit sizes for Ground Floor uses

The Ground Floor café, restaurant and retail uses are accommodated in a variety of unit sizes, aligning to the local character.

► Refer to Design Code / West Brompton / Built form / Mid-scale (EC.PA.C).

Illustrative design response

Eye-level

6.4 West Brompton | Built Form

Lane Plots

Plot Code: EC13, EC14, EC15

Typology: Smaller-scale buildings

Townhouses and low-rise workspace units create a smaller-scale along West Brompton Lane, next to Eardley Crescent.

Illustrative design response

The key principles that characterise the Lane Plots are described in the Design Code. These are demonstrated in the illustrative proposal, including:

• Developing a façade rhythm and material palette that responds to existing neighbouring buildings.

• Providing individual doors and entrances, enhancing West Brompton Lane’s distinct character and façade rhythm.

• Creating stepped roofs and a varied streetscape, reinforcing the lane’s intimate scale and character.

► Refer to Design Code / West Brompton / Built form / Smaller-scale (EC.PA.C).

Eye-level view looking along West Brompton Lane at the workspace units

6.4 West Brompton | Built Form

Warwick Square Plots | West Brompton Square Plot | Table Plots | Crescent Plots | Lane Plots | Warwick Square Pavilion

Lane Plots

The key principles that characterise the Lane Plots are described in the Design Code. These are demonstrated in the illustrative proposal, including:

Creating continuity along the lane

Building façades form a consistent frontage and composition.

Articulating the building line

Offsets from the maximum building line create entrances and defensible space.

Creating a segregated footpath

Segregated footpaths minimise conflict between pedestrian and vehicle movement.

► Refer to Design Code / West Brompton / Built form / Smaller-scale (EC.PA.C).

Illustrative design response

Eye-level view showing West Brompton Lane and the residential townhouses Key

6.4 West Brompton | Built Form

Square Plots | West Brompton Square Plot | Table Plots | Crescent Plots | Lane Plots | Warwick Square

Pavilion

Plot Code: EC08

Typology: Pavilion

The Pavilion frames and activates the northern edge of Warwick Square.

Illustrative design response

The key principles that characterise the Pavilion are described in the Design Code. These are demonstrated in the illustrative proposal, including:

• Creating a unique and memorable structure that adds to the identity of the Warwick Square.

• Providing a flexible space to accommodate cultural uses, small retail units, or a coffee shop.

• Addressing the existing blank party wall, framing the square.

• Negotiating below ground constraints.

► Refer to Design Code / West Brompton / Built form / Pavilion (EC.PA.C).

Pavilion can be a flexible space accommodating cultural uses

Pavilion relates to the design of the Warwick Square Flower Amphitheatre

Eye-level view showing how the Pavilion integrates planting within the façade design

Warwick

Pavilion

Warwick Crescent

6.5 Warwick Crescent |

Overview

Warwick Crescent is a quiet and contemporary residential area centred around a landscaped crescent that draws on local character and prioritises pedestrians.

This section illustrates how the Character Area has been developed alongside the Control Documents. Key principles that characterise Warwick Crescent are set out on the image on the right.

► Refer to Design Code / Warwick Crescent (EC.PA.C).

A marker building along West Cromwell Road and a key access route to the Site.

A pocket space terminating the crescent.

A sensitive approach to massing, stepping down to the existing context.

A range of housing typologies responding to the architectural heritage of the local area.

A transition in built form from the Site edge to the Table Park.

A quiet residential area with a tree-lined crescent and lanes.

Location of West Brompton Character Area

6.5 Warwick Crescent | Public Realm

Warwick Crescent consists of a hierarchy of spaces and routes, creating a network of pedestrianpriority green streets. The public realm responds to the local character, offering quiet and intimate outdoor spaces for residents to enjoy.

Key spaces and routes are outlined in the Control Documents including:

N Spaces and routes

Access and movement

Warwick Crescent

Warwick Lane, St Cuthbert’s Lane, Warwick Lane East, Warwick Lane West

Warwick Walk (detailed application)

Warwick Place

► Refer to Design Code / Warwick Crescent / Landscape (EC.PA.C).

► Refer to Design Code / Sitewide / Landscape (EC.PA.C).

Vehicle free public realm (cyclist on demarcated route)

Vehicle access

Indicative route to Cluny Mews (to be delivered outside the Site boundary and subject to third party land agreements)

Cluny Mews forms the corner of West Cromwell Road and Warwick Road and ties into the existing mews. A possible future connection to Cluny Mews is enabled from the Site

St Cuthbert’s Lane is a key access route to the Site. The character of the lane responds to the adjacent context.

Warwick Crescent is a landscaped residential crescent, animated by residential entrances and amenity space.

Warwick Lane is an narrow lane responding to the adjacent context of Philbeach Gardens.

Warwick Place is the termination point of the crescent with an outdoor pocket space.

Warwick Walk is a landscaped vehicle-free route that connects the Table with Warwick Crescent and is submitted in detail.

► Refer to Design and Access Statement Volume 2: RBKC Detailed Component (EC. RBKC.02).

Warwick Lane

Warwick Crescent

StCuthbert’s Lane

6.5 Warwick Crescent | Public Realm

Crescent | Lanes

Warwick Crescent

Warwick Crescent is a contemporary residential crescent with the character of a tree-lined street, intensely landscaped for sustainable drainage and for residents to enjoy.

Illustrative design response

Residential entrances to buildings and to individual homes are located either side of the crescent.

The key principles that characterise Warwick Crescent are described in the Design Code. These are demonstrated in the illustrative proposal, including:

• Creating a tree-lined street referencing local street typologies.

• Creating defensible space in front of entrances and habitable rooms.

• Activated with residential front entrances and amenity spaces.

► Refer to Design Code / Warwick Crescent / Landscape / Warwick Crescent (EC.PA.C).

Pedestrian streets landscaped with furniture and spaces for dwelling

Pedestrian-priority street where people move comfortably and have priority over cars

Defensible space adjacent to habitable rooms located at ground level

Bjørvika Masterplan and Urban Spaces, Oslo - SLA

Illustrative plan showing the Warwick Crescent

Warwick Crescent street section

North of Table

Warwick Crescent Warwick Square

6.5 Warwick Crescent | Public Realm

Crescent | Lanes

Warwick Crescent

The key principles that characterise Warwick Crescent are described in the Design Code. These are demonstrated in the illustrative proposal, including:

Creating a tree-lined street typology

A tree-lined street is created, responding to local street typologies. Zones for pedestrian movement and planting are prioritised, limiting the central carriage way width to one-way vehicular access.

Activating the Crescent

Residential front doors, entrance lobbies and amenity space activate the crescent and give it a neighbourhood character.

Creating defensible space

Defensible space provides privacy for Ground Floor residents as well as visual amenity.

Illustrative design response

Eye-level view of Warwick Crescent showing a residential crescent, quiet and leafy in character

6.5 Warwick Crescent | Public Realm

Crescent | Lanes

Warwick Lane

Warwick Lane is a narrower lane that runs along the Site’s edge between new homes and neighbouring Philbeach Gardens properties.

Illustrative design response

The key principles that characterise Warwick Lane are described in the Design Code. These are demonstrated in the illustrative proposal, including:

• Creating a planted character that helps transition to the back gardens of the existing houses.

• Providing residential and servicing access to homes.

• Creating active frontages through residential entrances, amenities and other ancillary uses.

► Refer to Design Code / Warwick Crescent / Landscape / Warwick Lane (EC.PA.C).

► Refer to Design and Access Statement Volume 1: Outline Component / Site Context and Analysis / The Site / The crescents (EC. PA.08).

Vehicle and blue badge parking is integrated in the lane and landscape

Supplementary planting along existing boundaries softens the Site’s edge condition

Planted zones between blue badge parking spaces and loading bays

A quiet two-way residential street with lower levels of traffic and pedestrian priority

Existing boundary wall

Planting along the Site boundary

Defensible space in front of homes

Planted zones separate vehicular movements from pedestrians and offer a buffer to the homes at ground level

Planting areas provide street greening

Planting zones create a green edge next to the street

Illustrative plan showing Warwick Lane

Philbeach Gardens

Warwick Lane

6.5 Warwick Crescent | Public Realm

Crescent | Lanes

Warwick Lane

The key principles that characterise Warwick Lane are described in the Design Code. These are demonstrated in the illustrative proposal, including:

Creating a well defined boundary treatment

Planting along the existing Site boundary wall responding to the adjacent gardens.

Allowing for a pedestrian footpath

Footpath located to the south of the lane for access to residential properties.

Creating a sensitive material treatment

Surface material encourages low speeds and reinforces the lane’s character.

Illustrative design response

Eye-level view showing the character of Warwick Lane along the Site edge

6.5 Warwick Crescent | Public Realm

Crescent | Lanes

St. Cuthbert’s Lane

St Cuthbert’s Lane is an extension of Warwick Lane. It draws people into the Earls Court through a route underneath West Cromwell Road, connecting to Warwick Square and beyond.

Illustrative design response

The key principles that characterise St Cuthbert’s Lane are described in the Design Code. These are demonstrated in the illustrative proposal, including:

• Responding to the local context, and the setting of the Grade I listed St Cuthbert’s Church, especially through use of planting and materials.

• Minimising the impact of overlooking with a designated tree line, planting and boundary brick wall adjacent to Philbeach Gardens.

• Enabling a future connection to Cluny Mews.*

* The connection to Cluny Mews is located outside of the Site Boundary and relies on third party agreements.

► Refer to Design Code / Warwick Crescent / Landscape / St Cuthbert’s Lane (EC.PA.C).

Illustrative public realm plan showing St. Cuthbert’s Lane

Eye-level view showing planting along St. Cuthbert’s Lane

Eye-level view showing St. Cuthbert’s Lane and a potential connection to Cluny Mews

Planting along the railway, softening the edges of the Site

Interface with St Cuthbert’s Church Landscaped brick boundary

6.5 Warwick Crescent | Public Realm

Crescent | Lanes

St. Cuthbert’s Lane

The key principles that characterise St Cuthbert’s Lane are described in the Design Code. These are demonstrated in the illustrative proposal, including:

Creating a sensitive boundary treatment

Planting along the existing Site boundary wall buffering the adjacent gardens.

Extending the character of Warwick lane

Materiality and landscape treatment extends the character of Warwick Lane.

Planning for nature-based landscaped areas

Additional planting and landscaped areas further amplify nature. ► Refer to Design Code / Warwick Crescent / Landscape / St Cuthbert’s Lane (EC.PA.C).

Illustrative design response

Eye-level view showing the transition from Warwick Lane to St Cuthbert’s Lane

6.5 Warwick Crescent | Built Form

The buildings along Warwick Crescent gradually decrease in height towards the edges to transition sensitively into the neighbouring crescents.

The below plans outline the land use emphasis of the Illustrative Masterplan within the Character Area. Full detail of the permitted land uses are described in the Development Specification.

EC21

The Illustrative Masterplan responds to key built form principles outlined in the Control Documents, including:

• Creating a rich architectural and landscape character that emerges from the place.

• Stepping down in scale to respond to the existing context.

• Organising ‘families of buildings’ and creating permeability in the massing.

• Locating higher buildings to assist with orientation and wayfinding.

Warwick Crescent is comprised of the following built form typologies:

• Mid-scale

• Smaller-scale

• Common base

• Standalone

• Detailed Components (refer to Detailed Component DAS)

► Refer to Design Code / Warwick Crescent / Built form (EC.PA.C).

► Refer to Design Code / Sitewide / Built form (EC.PA.C).

► Refer to Development Specification (EC. PA.A).

EC20

EC19

EC18

EC06

EC17

EC05

St Cuthbert’s Lane Plots are smaller-scale and standalone building typologies helping to define the lane’s character.

Illustrative Ground Floor land use plan

EC21

EC20

EC04

Crescent Plots are mid-scale typologies. Their massing, layout, composition and materiality is reflective of the local character.

Cluny Mews is a standalone building that complements and extends the existing residential mews.

EC19

EC18

EC06

EC17

EC05

Illustrative typical Upper Floor land use plan

EC04

Residential buildings (Detailed Components) form a key component of the approach to height within the masterplan and help to define the Character Area.

► Refer to Design and Access Statement Volume 2: RBKC Detailed Component (EC.RBKC.02).

Table Plots share a common base with taller elements that frame the approach from Earl’s Court station.

6.5 Warwick Crescent | Built Form

Crescent Plots | Table Plots | Lane Plots | Cluny Mews

Crescent Plots

Plot Code: EC17, EC18

Typology: Mid-scale

Mid-rise mansion blocks frame the northern edge of Warwick Crescent, featuring stepped buildings along with residential layouts, composition, and materials that respond to the local character and scale.

Illustrative design response

The key principles that characterise the Crescent Plots are described in the Design Code. These are demonstrated in the illustrative proposal, including:

• Developing an interpretation of a prevailing typology in the area, the mansion block.

• Creating a consistent shoulder height that helps to define the form of the crescent.

• Using setbacks to allow light penetration through breaks between building forms.

• Stepping buildings to form a layered composition that features a distinctive base, middle, and top.

► Refer to Design Code / Warwick Crescent / Built form / Mid-scale (EC.PA.C).

Illustrative Ground Floor plan - predominantly residential use

Façade articulation

Buildings step down towards the edge

Breaks for sunlight to penetrate between buildings

Ground floor entrances animate crescent

Illustrative typical Upper Floor plan - residential use

Eye-level view showing the mansion block typology

Illustrative model showing the sensitive stepped approach to scale along Warwick Lane

17

Philbeach Gardens

Warwick Lane

EC 17

6.5 Warwick Crescent | Built Form

Crescent Plots | Table Plots | Lane Plots | Cluny Mews

Table Plots

Plot Code: EC04

Typology: Common base

This family of buildings coherently responds to the adjacent plots being developed in detail. They frame the Table Park and share a common base that activates the public realm.

Illustrative design response

Ground floor entrances animate crescent

The key principles that characterise the Table Plots are described in the Design Code. These are demonstrated in the illustrative proposal, including:

• Aligning with the strategic approach to a stepped built form by creating heights that descend from the Table Park frontage towards the crescent.

• Creating a cohesive character along the edge of the Table Park and crescent.

• Creating a permeable and open design that allows sunlight to penetrate through the massing.

• Designing a common building base alive with cafés, bars, and cultural spaces that activate the edge of the Table Park and the crescent.

► Refer to Design Code / Warwick Crescent / Built form / Common Base (EC.PA.C).

► Refer to Design and Access Statement Volume 2: RBKC Detailed Component (EC.RBKC.02).

Breaks for sunlight to penetrate between the buildings

Entrances and active frontages animate the Table Park

A family of buildings create a cohesive character along the edge of the Table Park and crescent

Warwick Crescent | Built Form

Crescent Plots | Table Plots | Lane Plots | Cluny Mews

Cultural activation

Plot Code: EC04

Typology: Common base

A flexible cultural venue at the base of the Table Plot creates one of the key anchor destinations within the masterplan and frame the Table Park at the centre of the Site.

Illustrative design response

The design of this cultural space features a prominent entrance and signage to activate the corner. Located at the confluence of Warwick and West Brompton Crescent, this space draws people from Warwick Square to the Table Park. Associated food and beverage uses complement the cultural space and activate the edge of the Table Park, creating a vibrant new neighbourhood.

Illustrative section of spatial relationship between the Table Park and the potential cultural venue

Illustrative view of the cultural venue use as a fashion event

Illustrative eye-level sketch showing the prow of EC04 and prominent cultural entrance

Table Park

Warwick Crescent Flexible cultural venue

6.5 Warwick Crescent | Built Form

Crescent Plots | Table Plots | Lane Plots | Cluny Mews

Table Plots

The key principles that characterise the Table Plots are described in the Design Code. These are demonstrated in the illustrative proposal, including:

Developing a coherent architectural response

The Table Plots share common horizontal expressions. Complementary façade rhythms and tone help create a coherent streetscape.

Referencing Detailed Component design

Massing, articulation and architectural expression are designed to create a coherence with the proposals submitted in detail.

Creating a relationship between the buildings as they come to ground

Residential entrances, including front doors to individual homes, are located at ground level reinforcing the residential nature of the Character Area. ► Refer to Design and Access Statement Volume 2: RBKC Detailed Component (EC.RBKC.02).

Illustrative design response

Eye-level view showing the façade of the Table Plots forming the crescent

6.5 Warwick Crescent | Built Form

Crescent Plots | Table Plots | Lane Plots | Cluny Mews

Lane Plot

Plot Code: EC19

Typology: Smaller-scale

Along St. Cuthbert’s Lane, a low-rise residential building with streetfacing front doors reflects the quiet character and modest scale of the existing local context.

Illustrative design response

Maximum envelope defined by the Parameter Plans

The key principles that characterise the Lane Plots are described in the Design Code. These are demonstrated in the illustrative proposal, including:

• Developing an integrated typology that addresses St Cuthbert’s Lane, and the railway.

• Creating an active frontage on the lane with regular residential entrances at ground.

• Mitigating noise and improving air quality by creating a buffer to the railway.

• Generating façades that have a rhythm and grain that responds to the local context.

► Refer to Design Code / Warwick Crescent / Built form / Smaller-scale (EC.PA.C).

Primary frontage onto St. Cuthbert’s Lane and activation of Ground Floor

Air quality strategies for the side facing the tracks consider noise mitigation

Rhythm and grain - gallery access is located on one elevation and balconies articulate the other

Eye-level view showing smaller scale residential building on St Cuthbert’s Lane

Illustrative Ground Floor plan showing residential use

Illustrative typical Upper Floor plan showing residential use

6.5 Warwick Crescent | Built Form

Lane Plot

Plot Code: EC20

Typology: Standalone

A standalone building marks the end of St Cuthbert’s Lane. The building bridges over the road and a clear geometry helps with wayfinding and navigation.

Illustrative design response

The key principles that characterise the Lane Plot are described in the Design Code. These are demonstrated in the illustrative proposal, including:

• Creating a presence along West Cromwell Road as a marker at the edge of the Site.

• Assisting with wayfinding to frame the entrance into the 100 West Cromwell Road basement to the north of the Site, providing the only vehicular access from that edge.

• Locating workspace units above that overlook the public realm, making it safe and helping with wayfinding and orientation.

• Choosing materials that respond to the local context, including the setting of St Cuthbert’s Church.

► Refer to Design Code / Warwick Crescent / Built form / Standalone (EC.PA.C).

Illustrative Ground Floor plan - workspace use

Eye-level view of St Cuthbert’s Lane workspace building

Illustrative typical Upper Floor plan - workspace use

Access through to the Tesco basement

Façade materiality responds to St Cuthbert’s Church

Crescent Plots | Table Plots | Lane Plots | Cluny Mews

Maximum envelope defined by the Parameter Plans

6.5 Warwick Crescent | Built Form

Crescent Plots | Table Plots | Lane Plots | Cluny Mews

Cluny Mews

Plot Code: EC21

Typology: Standalone

Cluny Mews is a low-scale standalone residential building that respects the quiet character of the existing mews street whilst creating a distinctive presence to West Cromwell Road to the north.

Illustrative design response

The key principles that characterise the Cluny Mews Plot are described in the Design Code. These are demonstrated in the illustrative proposal, including:

• Adopting a residential scale, with the building entrances located to prioritise privacy and minimise impact to neighbours.

• Creating a southern façade designed to respect nearby residences with building elements that align with the size and scale of surrounding buildings.

• Designing a distinctive elevation facing West Cromwell Road.

► Refer to Design Code / Warwick Crescent / Built form / Standalone(R) (EC.PA.C).

Cromwell Road

Illustrative building form within daylight envelope

Illustrative Ground Floor plan - residential and community use

Eye-level view of EC-21 from West Cromwell Road with a potential artwork (indicative) on the north façade

Eye-level view of EC-21 with potential advertising on façade

Illustrative typical Upper Floor plan - residential use

6.5 Warwick Crescent | Built Form

Crescent Plots | Table Plots | Lane Plots | Cluny Mews

Cluny Mews

The key principles that characterise the Cluny Mews Plot are described in the Design Code. These are demonstrated in the illustrative proposal, including:

Creating a transition in scale

The building takes into account the transition from West Cromwell Road to the residences along Philbeach Gardens.

Integrating the southern façade treatment South-facing façades relate to Cluny Mews and their expression enhances its setting.

Ground floor activation

Ground Floor frontages onto Cluny Mews should be activated through entrances, residential amenity or through visual permeability.

► Refer to Design Code / Warwick Crescent / Built form / Standalone(R) (EC.PA.C).

Illustrative design response

Eye-level view showing Cluny Mews stitching into the surrounding context

The Table

6.6 The Table | Overview

The Table is the centrepiece of the Site around which all the Character Areas converge. It contains the central public open space - the Table Park - and unfolds as a sequence of Exhibition Gardens that enhance biodiversity and showcase a variety of planting characters and outdoor uses.

A landscape embracing the Site conditions and celebrating the level change.

A Pivot building strategically located for wayfinding.

Active frontages framing the edges of the public realm.

This section illustrates how the Character Area has been developed alongside the Control Documents. Key principles that characterise the Table are set out on the image on the right.

► Refer to Design Code / The Table (EC.PA.C).

A destination public open space located at the confluence of key routes.

A key east-west route connecting both boroughs.

An urban park with a variety of natural landscaped spaces and gardens.

A potential ecological corridor with the public realm that reconnects nature (subject to third party agreements).

West Brompton station

Location of the Table Character Area

The Table | Public Realm

The public realm within the Table Character Area is accessible, vehiclefree and formed of a variety of green spaces that support social gatherings, play, and more contemplative activities at the confluence of key routes.

Key spaces and routes are outlined in the Control Documents, including:

The North of Table is a pocket space with flexible play and community uses.

► Refer to Design Code / The Table / Landscape / Spaces (EC.PA.C).

Main pedestrian routes

Cyclist within bike lane

Pedestrian-led route

Lift access

The Cascades form a terraced landscape that celebrates the level change with water features and planting.

The Central Zone is a space to sit, relax, and play within a richly planted and varied landscape.

The Bioline is a green space that extends the existing Brompton Cemetery and West London Railway Line ecological corridor into the Site (subject to third party agreements).

A level change along the Table Park frames the edge of the Empress Place Boulevard.

Below the Table Park is basement space that facilitates servicing of the adjacent plots.

► Refer to Earls Court Parameter Plans (EC. PA.B).

► Refer to Design and Access Statement Volume 1: Outline Component / Spatial Strategies / Movement (EC.PA.08).

The Table | Public Realm

Central Zone | North of Table | The Cascades | The Bioline

Central Zone

The Central Zone is a destination urban garden formed of a recreational lawn. It is framed by a densely planted area along the western edge of the Table Park, and active frontages that spill onto the public routes surrounding it.

Illustrative design response

The key principles that characterise the Central Zone are described in the Design Code. These are demonstrated in the illustrative proposal, including:

• A recreational lawn with generous space for picnics, events and recreation.

• A densely planted area to support ecological diversity, offering an immersive experience in nature.

• Active frontages and a hardscape edge for food/beverage with spill-out space.

► Refer to Design Code / The Table / Landscape / Central Zone (EC.PA.C).

► Refer to Design Code / The Table / Built form / Table facing frontages (EC.PA.C).

Hardscaped edges with active frontages and spill-out zones.

Destination gardens provide usable green areas open to everyone.

Route for pedestrians and cyclists integrated within the landscape.

Recreational lawn for picnics, events and informal activities.

Potential for a Table Pavilion with an integrated lift.

Denser planting extending ecological habitats from the Bioline onto the Table Park.

Steps and a lift providing access from Empress Place Boulevard to the Table Park.

Skt Kjeld’s Square - SLA

Illustrative design response showing distinct areas of the Central Zone

Meandering footpaths

Cycle lane integrated with landscaped areas

Recreational lawn with space for multiple activities

Active edges with spill out zones from cafés and restaurants

Herlev Hospital - SLA

6.6 The Table |

Public Realm

Central Zone

The key principles that characterise the Central Zone are described in the Design Code. These are demonstrated in the illustrative proposal, including:

Contributing to biodiversity

Densely planted areas support ecological diversity and create an immersive experience in nature.

Creating a lawn for recreation

A generous space is provided for informal gatherings, sports, and spontaneous uses.

Creating an events space

Areas for events to take place are located within the destination gardens, providing a focal point for cultural and community activities.

Activating the edges of the Central Zone

Cafés, restaurants and a cultural venue create lively and active edges.

The Table | Public Realm

Central Zone | North of Table | The Cascades | The Bioline

North of Table

The North of Table serves as an protected pocket of play space and community use.

The key principles that characterise North of Table are described in the Design Code. These are demonstrated in the illustrative proposal, including:

• A play space with a sense of enclosure.

• A variety of surfaces to suit multiple ages.

• Planting integrated within the space to blend nature and play.

• A balance of sunlit and shaded spaces.

► Refer to Design Code / The Table / Landscape / North of Table (EC.PA.C).

► Refer to Design and Access Statement Volume 1: Outline Component / Spatial Strategies / Landscape / Play (EC.PA.08).

Illustrative design response

North of Table provides play space for adjacent residential and community uses.

Hard and soft surfaces for multiple ages.

Movement routes are arranged around the periphery of the play space.

Private external play space associated with nursery allocation is provided within the North of Table.

Eye-level view showing the dedicated nursery play space at the base of the residential building EC 06.

Paving design incorporating hard & soft play surfaces for safe and integrated activity

Planting and play spaces blended to integrate with nature

Illustrative plan of the North of Table

6.6 The Table | Public Realm

Gellerup New Nature Park - SLA

Central Zone | North of Table | The Cascades | The Bioline

The Cascades

The Cascades provide an accessible and inclusive landscape destination with flowing water features that navigate and celebrate the Site’s level change.

The key principles that characterise the Cascades are described in the Design Code. These are demonstrated in the illustrative proposal, including:

• A water feature that invites play.

• An accessible level change that makes ramps and steps an integral part of the landscape.

• A seamless approach to landscape and building design that softens the transition between inside and outside.

• A sustainable approach to rainwater management and irrigation that also embraces the sensory benefits of water.

► Refer to Design Code / The Table / Landscape / The Cascades (EC.PA.C).

► Refer to Design and Access Statement Volume 1: Outline Component / Spatial Strategies / Landscape / Water / The Cascades (EC. PA.08).

Illustrative design response

Cascading water aids wayfinding

View of the base of the Cascades and Detailed Plot WB04 beyond

Illustrative plan showing the Cascades

The Table | Public Realm

Central Zone | North of Table | The Cascades | The Bioline

The Cascades

The key principles that characterise the Cascades are described in the Design Code. These are demonstrated in the illustrative proposal, including:

Celebrating the level change

The terraced landscape makes water and planting key features of the level change.

Integrating landscape with buildings

Plateaus are aligned with building entrances to provide level access.

Creating accessible routes in all directions

Accessible and step-free routes facilitate the movement across levels of people of all abilities as well as cyclists.

Interacting with water

A sequence of filtration ponds combines functional water management and reuse with water play. ► Refer to Design Code / The Table / Landscape / The Cascades (EC.PA.C).

Illustrative design response

Aerial view showing the terraced landscape of the Cascades

The Table | Public Realm

Zone | North of Table | The Cascades | The Bioline

Accessibility

The Cascades provide an accessible step-free connection between the levels of the Table (+12.5m AOD), Empress Place Boulevard (+8m AOD) and Aisgill Gardens (+4m AOD).

Level changes have been addressed with the shallowest gradients possible. Intermediate level landings are provided every 500mm rise for 1:21 slopes and every 5m for 1:15 ramps. Landings are larger than the minimum required by access standards to provide a place to rest but also to enjoy the landscape.

The path width has been sized to create a safe environment for pedestrians and cyclists to share the access route.

Public lifts are proposed to provide an alternative means of access across the level change. These have been located strategically to provide a direct route between levels and are easily identifiable.

► Refer to Design and Access Statement Volume 1: Outline Component / Spatial Strategies / Access (EC.PA.08).

► Refer to Design Code / The Table / Landscape / The Cascades / Accessible level change (EC.PA.C).

Illustrative diagram showing the integration of accessible routes for all users

Illustrative aerial view of the Cascades and the podium of WB04

Central

6.6 The Table | Public Realm

Central Zone | North of Table | The Cascades | The Bioline

The Bioline

The potential Bioline extends the Brompton Cemetery ecological habitats into the Site and helps create a strong north-south biodiversity corridor along the West London Railway Line.

The key principles that characterise the Bioline are described in the Design Code. These are demonstrated in the illustrative proposal, including:

• Enhancing the existing ecological corridor that connects the West London Railway Line Site of Importance for Nature Conservation (SINC) and the Brompton Cemetery.

• Exploring the possibility to deck-over the West London Railway Line to deliver a linear landscape and enhanced ecological corridor.*

• Creating pedestrian access to the Table Park from West Brompton Square alongside extensive planting.

*Decking over of the West London Railway Line is subject to third party agreement.

► Refer to Design Code / The Table / Landscape / The Bioline (EC.PA.C).

Illustrative design response

Intensive planting on the Bioline could connect with existing areas of ecological value such as Brompton Cemetery.

Paths on both sides can provide pedestrian and cycle routes as well as emergency vehicle access.

The Bioline could extend and stitch in with West Brompton Square creating a continuous green corridor.

Illustrative plan showing the potential Bioline

Eye-level view showing the entrance to the potential Bioline

Brompton Cemetery

West Brompton station

Skt Kjeld’s Square - SLA

City Dune - SLA

A green link connects existing ecological corridors.

A generous space for informal gatherings and sports.

Culture, cafés and restaurants spill-out and activate the Table Park.

A densely planted area supports ecological diversity and encourages a human connection with nature.

Eye-level

of the Table Park

The Table | Built Form

A variety of building typologies frame the public realm of the Table, forming a continuous frontage that activates and enlivens it.

The Illustrative Masterplan responds to key built form principles outlined in the Control Documents:

• Framing the public realm with active Ground Floor frontages and varied building façades.

• Sculpting built form to allow sunlight to penetrate the central open spaces.

• Strategically locating a landmark building (the ‘Pivot’) at the confluence of the east-west and north-south routes.

• Positioning a Pavilion on the western edge of the Table to activate the open space and provide life access from Empress Place Boulevard.

The Table is comprised of the following built form typologies:

• Pivot

• Pavilion

• Table-facing frontages

► Refer to Design Code / The Table / Built form (EC.PA.C).

► Refer to Development Specification (EC. PA.A).

The below plans outline the land use emphasis of the Illustrative Masterplan within the Character Area. Full detail of the permitted land uses are described in the Development Specification.

Illustrative Ground Floor land use plan

Typical Floor land use plan

The Pivot building plays an important role in marking the central node along the east-west and north-south routes. The design creates a distinctive identity and helps with wayfinding.

The basement space below the Table Park can accommodate servicing and a potential last mile logistics hub

► Refer to Parameter Plans (EC.PA.B).

► Refer to Design and Access Statement

Volume 1: Outline Component / Spatial Strategies / Movement (EC.PA.08).

The convergence of key northsouth and east-west routes.

The Pavilion addresses the level change from the Table Park to Empress Place Boulevard with frontages opening onto both key public spaces and lift access.

Table facing frontages activate the edges with spill-out space, bringing the adjacent Character Areas together.

West Brompton station

Illustrative

The Table | Built Form

Pivot Building | Pavilion | Table facing frontages

The Pivot building

Plot Code: WB06

Typology: Pivot building

The Pivot building marks the confluence of the key north-south and east-west routes. Its location and role as a landmark have informed its distinctive shape.

Illustrative design response

& social space Entrances at Boulevard (+08m) and Aisgill Gardens

The key principles that characterise the Pivot building are described in the Design Code. These are demonstrated in the illustrative proposal, including:

• A triangular form offering a faceted elevation that accentuates the point of confluence.

• Soft, curved façades and corners addressing key routes and vistas.

• Ground floor façades framing the public realm and animating it with visible cultural programming.

• Building articulation is led by the landscape.

► Refer to Design Code / The Table / Built form / Pivot (EC.PA.C).

Maximum envelope defined by the Parameter Plans

Triangular form responds to crossing point

Slender form comprised of three curved elements

Base of tower set back to integrate with landscape

Stepped-back landscaped roof terraces

set back and glazed to reveal interior Residential entrances at the Table Park level (+12.5m AOD)

Corners accentuated with curved balconies

Typical Upper Floor - residential use

Cultural

(+04m)

Bull-nose balconies accentuate corners

Triangular form with concave façade

Lower Ground Floor plan - mixed-use

Illustrative eye-level view showing the Pivot building at the confluence of Empress Place Boulevard and the Table

Illustrative eye-level view showing the Pivot building base activating the public realm levels along the Cascades

Façade

6.6 The Table | Built Form

Pivot building | Pavilion | Table Facing Frontages

Pavilion

Plot Code: WB10

Typology: Pavilion

The Pavilion is a flexible building designed for flexible use. It activates the Table Park and serves as its focal point.

Illustrative design response

The key principles that characterise the Pavilion are described in the Design Code. These are demonstrated in the illustrative proposal, including:

• Providing a playful and memorable marker and focal point.

• Creating a flexible space for retail, food and beverage, or meanwhile uses.

• Providing a built structure that helps address the level change and incorporates a lift.

• Providing a sheltered space for use throughout the year.

► Refer to Design Code / The Table / Built form / Pavilion (EC.PA.C).

A key focal point that addresses both sides: Table Park and Empress Place Boulevard.

Flexible space can act as a backdrop to events on the Table Park.

Integration of a lift to address the level change. Empress Place Boulevard at +8.00m AOD

Example of integration of lift access to assist with the level change Pavilion design that encourages playfulness

Pavilion design that allows flexible use

Illustrative location of the potential Pavilion

Illustrative section of the potential Pavilion

The Cascades

TheBioline EmpressPlace Boulevard

The Table | Built Form

Pivot building | Pavilion | Table facing frontages

Table-facing frontages

Façades framing the Table are permeable and their uses spill onto the public realm to encourage movement and activation where buildings interface with the landscape.

Buildings surrounding the Table Park are contained within several Character Areas. Parkfacing frontages have common requirements, including:

• Prioritising transparency and visual connection to the public realm.

• Locating cafés, restaurants, culture and community-focused spaces to promote spillout and activation.

• Providing sheltered areas for year-round activity.

• Addressing the level change through built form where appropriate.

► Refer to Design Code / The Table / Built form / Table facing frontages (EC.PA.C).

Key cultural uses are celebrated at the Table Park’s edges

Active frontages are continuous at podium and the Table Park interfaces

Illustrative design response

A mix of typologies and tenures provides an opportunity for a range of homes for all stages of life.

A sequence of Exhibition Gardens showcases biodiversity, planting and varied landscape uses.

A variety of green spaces for socialising, relaxing, playing and gathering.

The Table is framed by residential and commercial buildings.

Culture and dining spilling out at Ground Floor level.

Aerial view of the Table Park

Empress Place

Empress Place | Overview

Adjacent to West Brompton station, Empress Place is a key gateway to the Site and includes one of three innovation clusters, a cultural venue and a mix of new homes.

Residential buildings framing the boulevard, stepping up towards the centre of the Site.

This section illustrates how the Character Area has been developed alongside the Control Documents. Key principles that characterise Empress Place are set out on the image on the right.

► Refer to Design Code / Empress Place (EC. PA.C).

A vehicle-free, landscaped boulevard extending the local character into the Site.

Integrating old and new architectural elements creating a coherent and layered family of buildings.

An innovation cluster with a new commercial address along Lillie Road.

A cultural venue with entrances from Empress Place and the Table Park and animating the public realm.

West

Brompton station

Empress Place Boulevard

Location of West Brompton Character Area

Empress Place | Public Realm

Empress Place Boulevard is a grand, tree-lined, vehicle-free street that links Lillie Road to the Cascades. At 850 metres long, it will be about the length of Regent Street from Oxford Circus to Piccadilly Circus.

Key spaces and routes are outlined in the Control Documents including:

Spaces and routes Access and movement

Empress Place Boulevard is a vehicle-free landscaped route serving as the main pedestrian and cycle connection from Lillie Road.

Controlled service access to Plots consolidated along the western edge to ensure vehicle-free environment along the boulevard. Empress Place Passage allows for taxi drop-off and servicing.

► Refer to Design Code / Empress Place / Landscape (EC.PA.C).

► Refer to Design Code / Sitewide / Landscape (EC.PA.C).

Edge is a pedestrian zone along the existing Lillie Road

Cascades

LillieRoad EmpressPlace Boulevard

Lillie Road

6.7 Empress Place | Public Realm

Edge | Boulevard | Passage

Lillie Road edge

Lillie Road provides two pedestrian routes into the Site at West Brompton Square and Empress Place Boulevard.

Illustrative design response

The proposal enhances the public realm along Lillie Road from its current condition of narrow pavements.

The key principles that characterise Lillie Road Edge are described in the Design Code. These are demonstrated in the illustrative proposal, including:

• Widening the pavement between Empress Place Boulevard and West Brompton station, catering for the anticipated increase in footfall and enhancing safety and wellbeing.

• Adding a segregated cycle lane to ensure a safe connection for cyclists to the wider active travel network.

• Activating Lillie Road frontages with retail, food and beverage and commercial space.

► Refer to Design Code / Empress Place / Lillie Road Edge (EC.PA.C).

► Refer to Transport Assessment / Mitigation (EC.PA.13).

Widened crossing at West Brompton station

Widened footway provision adjacent to proposed development

Proposed cycle lane provisions

Signalled junction required at Empress Place Boulevard/Lillie Road

Illustrative public realm plan showing Lillie Road edge

Eye-level view showing widening along Lillie Road edge

Eye-level view of Lillie Road showing the existing shops

6.7 Empress Place | Public Realm

| Boulevard | Passage

Empress Place Boulevard

A mixed-use street with welldefined building alignments creates a vibrant and legible environment that establishes a visual connection with the Table Park.

Illustrative design response

The key principles that characterise Empress Place Boulevard are described in the Design Code. These are demonstrated in the illustrative proposal, including:

• Extending the existing street to form an active southern entrance into the Site.

• Connecting with the Cascades to the north, at the confluence of the key north-south and eastwest routes.

• Enhancing the existing street, Empress Place, with landscape to provide a pedestrian-priority active environment.

• Framing the route with workspaces, homes, shops and creative spaces.

• Providing a key cultural venue at the centre of the boulevard, animating the public realm and signalling a connection with the Table Park.

► Refer to Design Code / Empress Place / Empress Place Boulevard (EC.PA.C).

Below the Table Park, the level difference allows for small scale cafés, shops and cultural spaces within the Table Edge to create active frontages along the boulevard.

Connecting to the Table Park

Pedestrian access from the boulevard to the Table Park creating the potential for an entrance to the cultural venue in WB07.

Extending local character

Enabling the retention and integration of the existing Empress Place frontages allows emerging proposals to stitch in and extend the existing streetscape.

Edge

Table Edge

Eye-level view of Empress Place Boulevard

Diagrammatic section of Empress Place Boulevard

Empress Place Boulevard

Table Park

Table Edge

6.7 Empress Place | Public Realm

Edge | Boulevard | Passage

Empress Place Boulevard

The key principles that characterise Empress Place Boulevard are described in the Design Code. These are demonstrated in the illustrative proposal, including:

Extending local character

A two-sided street builds on the local character and extends a familiar street typology into the Site.

Prioritising people and cyclists

Empress Place Boulevard is a vehicle-free street with a cycle lane and widened, planted pedestrian zones.

Responding to the Victorian terraces

Terrace frontages frame the start of the boulevard and define an intermediate datum line that defines the human scale.

Creating climate resilient streetscapes

Tree-lined streets to reduce the heat island effect and create a better micro climate while improving air quality.

► Refer to Design Code / Empress Place / Empress Place Boulevard (EC.PA.C).

Illustrative design response

Eye-level view of Empress Place Boulevard from Lillie Road

plan

6.7 Empress Place | Public Realm

Edge | Boulevard | Passage

Empress Place Passage

Empress Place Passage incorporates the existing bus stand and makes provisions for taxi drop-off and safe movement of pedestrians.

Illustrative design

response

The key principles that characterise Empress Place Passage are described in the Design Code. These are demonstrated in the illustrative proposal, including:

• Reconfigured bus facilities to accommodate additional vehicular demand and allow for buildings above.

• Consolidating the junction with Lillie Road into a single access point and prioritising pedestrian comfort and safety.

• Controlling access into the Detailed Components WB03-04 podium, allowing for taxi drop-off and facilitating servicing access to the residential buildings deeper within the Site.

► Refer to Design Code / Empress Place / Empress Place Passage (EC.PA.C).

vehicular access

bus stand layout Enlarged pedestrian footway enabled through consolidated vehicular entrance Existing bus welfare facilities re-provided within Ground Floor of proposed building

Illustrative plan showing the Empress Place Passage

Illustrative precedent for taxi drop-off and bus stands incorporated with building under-crofts

6.7 Empress Place | Built Form

Empress Place built form is characterised by the workspace buildings which create a southern gateway cluster, the Table Edge that animates the public realm and the residential buildings that step up towards the middle of the Site and frame the Table Park.

The below plans outline the land use emphasis of the Illustrative Masterplan within the Character Area. Full detail of the permitted land uses are described in the Development Specification.

The Illustrative Masterplan responds to key built form principles outlined in the Control Documents including:

• Integrating old and new buildings to form a key gateway and workspace cluster.

• Creating a variety of floor plates suitable for a range of businesses from burgeoning start ups to established institutions.

• Stepping building heights from the Site edge to the tallest landmark residential building.

• Creating a Table Edge mediating between Empress Place Boulevard and the Table Park.

Empress Place is comprised of the following built form typologies:

• Large-footprint

• Table Edge

• Residential buildings (Detailed Components)

► Refer to Design Code / Empress Place / Built form (EC.PA.C).

► Refer to Design Code / Sitewide / Built form (EC.PA.C).

► Refer to Development Specification (EC. PA.A).

Ground Floor land use plan

Residential buildings (Detailed Components) form a key component of the approach to height within the masterplan, and helps define the Empress Place Character Area.

► Refer to Design and Access Statement Volume 3: LBHF Detailed Component (EC.LBHF.02).

As one of the three innovation clusters, these large footprint workspace buildings incorporate historic terraces and step up in height toward the residential buildings.

The Table Edge occupies a space that mediates the level change between street and the Table Park. It forms a series of shops and cafés along Empress Place Boulevard which provide active frontages and helps manage the level change to the Table Park.

6.7 Empress Place | Built Form

Workspace cluster | The Table Edge

Workspace cluster

Plot Code: WB01, WB02, WB07, WB08

Typology: Large-footprint

The workspace cluster includes a variety of commercial spaces creating a southern gateway to the Site in a layered composition of old and new buildings.

Illustrative design response

The key principles that characterise the workplace cluster are described in the Design Code. These are demonstrated in the illustrative proposal, including:

• Creating an exciting and innovative campus that marks the entrance to the Site.

• Maintaining the existing character of Lillie Road and Empress Place through partial retention of the existing façades.

• Forming a 3-4 storey horizontal expression, from which a series of commercial buildings emerge.

• Creating a family of buildings that strikes a balance between individual expression and familiarity to create a layered composition.

• Marking the presence of key cultural anchors at the Table Park.

• Creating a series of terraces on setback levels, contributing to the sitewide landscape strategy and with the potential for public access.

► Refer to Design Code / Empress Place / Building typologies / Large-footprint (EC. PA.C).

Stepping and layering

Landscaped terraces

Access to lower ground servicing below Empress Place Boulevard Inner entrance and atrium facilitating access to both commercial buildings Main entrance into larger commercial floor plate, facing onto West Brompton Square

venue at the confluence of Empress Place Boulevard, the Bioline and the Table Park

Partially retained terraces form the curtilage of the Ground Floor Reconfigured bus station layout

Illustrative Ground Floor plan - mixed-use

An overpass provides the opportunity for connection between the two western buildings

Illustrative typical Upper Floor plan - workspace use

Taxidropoff

6.7 Empress Place | Built Form

Workspace cluster | The Table Edge

Workspace cluster

Existing terraced buildings form a welldefined active and characterful edge to the boulevard. The reconfigured singlestorey mansard roof helps mediate the scale between existing and new buildings.

The key principles that characterise the Workplace cluster are described in the Design Code. These are demonstrated in the illustrative proposal, including:

Exploring partial retention

The design prioritises the retention of existing buildings or façades, incorporating them into the new proposals.

Creating active frontages

Active frontages provide interaction between internal and external spaces.

Integrating existing and proposed volumes

The volume of the existing building is legible in the overall massing composition. A reconfigured mansard roof provides a transition between new and existing fabric.

Creating a family of buildings

The family of workspace buildings have a similar approach to detailing and materials.

► Refer to Design Code / Empress Place / Building typologies / Large-footprint (EC.PA.C).

Illustrative design response

6.7 Empress Place | Built Form

Workspace cluster | The Table Edge

Workspace cluster

The key principles that characterise the Workplace cluster are described in the Design Code. These are demonstrated in the illustrative proposal, including:

Creating a legible base

A legible base is created with a horizontal datum is established by the scale of the existing buildings on Empress Place is reinforced across the commercial cluster.

Creating intermediate layering

A series of landscape terraces create a sense of layering and break down the massing.

Using materials showcasing innovation

Low carbon structures showcasing a sustainable approach to construction such as using mass timber.

► Refer to Design Code / Empress Place / Building typologies / Large-footprint (EC. PA.C).

Illustrative design response

Eye-level view of the workspace cluster along Lillie Road looking into West Brompton Square

and commercial space

A segregated cycle lane ensures a safe connection for cyclists to the wider active travel network

Pavement widening caters for the anticipated increase in footfall and enhancing safety and wellbeing

Lillie Road frontages are activated with retail, food and beverage

A central square framed with a variety of planting

Eye-level view showing widening along Lillie Road edge

6.7 Empress Place | Built Form

Workspace cluster | The Table Edge

Cultural venue

Empress Place has the potential to accommodate a bespoke, multifunctional, cultural destination that builds upon the legacy of performance at Earls Court.

Illustrative design response

A transparent double height Ground Floor lobby forms the main entrance to the cultural space facing both the Table Park and Empress Place Boulevard. The transparency provides a sense of continuity with the public realm. The level change between the park and boulevard accommodates raked seating surrounding the performance area.

The space has been capacity tested to fit an auditorium of up to approximately 600 seats, but could also be configured for a range of different spaces and performances. It spans multiple levels, has three frontages and straddles LBHF and RBKC.

► Refer to Design and Access Statement Volume 1: Outline Component / The Illustrative Masterplan / Sitewide proposals / A cultural destination (EC.PA.08).

Eye-level view of the cultural venue at Empress Place

Eye-level view of the cultural space configured to fit up to a 600-seat closed auditorium

Eye-level view of a flexible presentation space visually connecting with the public realm

6.7 Empress Place | Built Form

Workspace cluster | The Table Edge

The Table Edge

Plot Code: WB09, WB10 Typology: Table Edge

The Table Edge will have a unique architectural character and support retail, leisure, café and cultural uses to animate Empress Place Boulevard with active frontage and spill-out seating.

Illustrative design response

The key principles that characterise the Table Edge are described in the Design Code. These are demonstrated in the illustrative proposal, including:

• Extending the Table Edge to clearly frame the boulevard.

• Animating the public realm through active frontages.

• Expressing a vertical rhythm and celebrating a unique building typology.

• Facilitating a visual connection with the Table Park above.

► Refer to Design Code / Empress Place / Building typologies / Table Edge (EC.PA.C).

► Refer to Design & Access Statement Volume

1: Outline Component / Spatial Strategies / Landscape / Play - Scenario testing (EC. PA.08).

Gellerup New Nature Park - SLA

Eye-level view of the Table Edge showing spill-out spaces along the boulevard

Potential of using expressive low-carbon timber structure

Continuous active frontage with potential skylight from above

Active play can be introduced to address the level change

Small scale units occupy the level change and open onto the boulevard

Aisgill Gardens

6.8 Aisgill Gardens | Overview

Aisgill Gardens is a community green that includes amenities for all ages and connects to the neighbouring Gibbs Green and West Kensington Estates. It plays an important role as the primary arrival point from the west and as a destination play space.

A community hall providing animated frontages and community uses.

A destination play space, with sensory landscapes and adventure play.

This section illustrates how the Character Area has been developed alongside the Control Documents. Key principles that characterise Aisgill Gardens are set out on the image on the right.

► Refer to Design Code / Aisgill Gardens (EC. PA.C).

Active building frontages that spill out into the community green.

A prominent location along the key north-south and east-west routes.

A community green stitching together the adjacent residential Estates with the new community in an intimate, natural environment.

Location of West Brompton Character Area

6.8 Aisgill Gardens | Public Realm

The design of the public realm of Aisgill Gardens is a generous, inclusive and community-oriented green open space that brings residents together and welcomes people into the Site.

The key principles that characterise Aisgill Gardens are described in the Design Code. These are demonstrated in the illustrative proposal, including:

• A nature-based, generous and open oasis at the confluence of existing and new neighbourhoods.

• Accessible and multi-generational spaces for gathering, play and daily activities.

• Community, health and wellbeing uses fronting onto the open space, providing additional access to social infrastructure.

• Uses established through engagement, including: unplanned trails, a picnic patch, adventure wilderness, and a community Pavilion*.

• Planting that amplifies biodiversity and ecology, bringing people and nature together.

• A distinctive identity that forms part of the wider Exhibition Gardens approach.

*Delivery of the community hall and extended multi-use games area (MUGA) are subject to land agreements with third parties.

► Refer to Design Code / Aisgill Gardens / Landscape (EC.PA.C).

► Refer to Design Code / Sitewide / Landscape (EC.PA.C).

Aisgill Gardens connects neighbouring Estates to Lillie Sidings and ties to a key east-west route extending across the Site.

Aisgill Gardens is a community green focused around play with opportunities to meet and interact.

A landscaped edge extends along Aisgill Avenue and integrates with the existing residential neighbourhood.

A clearly defined route that prioritises people and cycle movement.

Community uses addressing Aisgill Gardens as well as the existing residential neighbourhood.

AisgillGardens

6.8 Aisgill Gardens | Public Realm

Designing for inclusivity

Designed with the Public Realm Inclusivity Panel (PRIP), the zoning and programming of the landscape focuses on creating a place that feels safe, inclusive and accessible for all.

Key PRIP Design Principles

The PRIP has worked with the Design Team to inform the illustrative proposals. Aisgill Gardens will offer a variety of experiences and a diverse array of activities for different user groups and ages. The key design principles identified by the PRIP are outlined to the right.

► Refer to Design Code / Sitewide / Landscape / Inclusivity and Movement (EC.PA.C).

► Refer to Design and Access Statement Volume 1: Outline Component / Spatial Strategies / Landscape / Planting / The community orchard at Aisgill Gardens (EC.PA.08).

A range of spaces and experiences: both active and quiet spaces

People watching: places to sit and observe people or children playing

Cycle parking close to activities, not tucked away

Seating along routes for people to sit and rest.

Allowance for risky play

Well-lit routes that work in all weather

Variety of spaces and activities: play spaces, and quiet spaces

A need for a protected shelter so that it is usable all year round.

Creating sensory activities

Somewhere for dog walkers

concept for Aisgill Garden

Illustrative

6.8 Aisgill Gardens | Public Realm

Aisgill Gardens

The key principles that characterise Aisgill Gardens are described in the Design Code. These are demonstrated in the illustrative proposal, including:

Creating a pedestrian-friendly environment

Pedestrian and cycle routes are located at the edges of Aisgill Gardens.

Prioritising community uses

Community uses are located on the Ground Floor, spilling out into the public realm and activating the garden.

Creating a destination play space

A variety of play spaces create a welcoming and varied public realm designed around inclusivity.

Designing intimate spaces

Along with play spaces, the layout of the community green facilitates a sense of enclosure and intimacy.

► Refer to Design Code / Aisgill Gardens / Landscape / Aisgill Gardens (EC.PA.C).

Illustrative design response

Eye-level view showing community uses and landscaping at Aisgill Gardens

6.8 Aisgill Gardens | Public Realm

Dissolving the red line boundary

Through a sensitive edge design and the introduction of communal uses, Aisgill Gardens becomes a thriving community amenity for existing and new residents, effectively dissolving the red line boundary.

Illustrative design testing

A variety of approaches to this boundary condition have been explored, all of which aim to stitch Aisgill Gardens in with the existing neighbourhood. These options include:

• Seated edge

• Graded low wall edge

• Interactive play wall

► Refer to Design Code / Aisgill Gardens / Landscape / Aisgill Gardens (EC.PA.C).

Study 01 - Seated Edge

A seated edge provides a fluid threshold that interacts both with the area towards Gibbs Green and Aisgill Gardens, accommodating accessible seating for people watching and gathering.

Study 02 - Graded Low Wall Edge

A graded wall fosters interaction without favouring one space over the other and can be designed to seamlessly integrate with planted zones.

Study 03 - Interactive Play Wall

Incorporating the concept of a graded wall and integrating play elements can provide additional activities and enhance the appeal of both Aisgill Gardens and Gibbs Green.

Edge condition study 01 - showing the potential boundary condition of Aisgill Gardens with a seated edge

Edge condition study 02 - showing the potential boundary condition of Aisgill Gardens with a graded low wall

Edge condition study 03 - showing the potential boundary condition of Aisgill Gardens with an interactive play wall

6.8 Aisgill Gardens | Built Form

Aisgill Gardens is framed by Plots to the north and south, with a Pavilion marking the western edge of the Site. Buildings increase in scale from the neighbouring estates towards the centre of the development, while ground-floor community uses activate the edges of the community green.

The below plans outline the land use emphasis of the Illustrative Masterplan within the Character Area. Full detail of the permitted land uses are described in the Development Specification.

The southern façade of the perimeter block frames Aisgill Gardens.

The Illustrative Masterplan responds to key built form principles outlined in the Control Documents, including:

• Building frontages that frame and activate the green.

• Providing access to community and cultural uses, a café, as well as homes.

• Providing a Pavilion (community hall) marking the western edge of the community green.

Aisgill Gardens is comprised of the following built form typologies:

• Perimeter block façade addressing Aisgill Gardens

• Pavilion

• Detailed Components (refer to Detailed Component DAS)

► Refer to Design Code / Aisgill Gardens / Built form (EC.PA.C).

► Refer to Design Code / Sitewide / Built form (EC.PA.C).

► Refer to Development Specification (EC. PA.A).

The community hall is a Pavilion that frames the western edge of Aisgill Gardens and provides active, animated frontages and community-focused uses.

Residential buildings (Detailed Components) play an important role in the approach to height within the masterplan, and help frame Aisgill Gardens.

► Design and Access Statement Volume 3: LBHF Detailed Component (EC. LBHF.02).

Illustrative Ground Floor land use plan

Illustrative Typical Upper Floor land use plan

6.8 Aisgill Gardens | Built Form

Perimeter block façade | Community Hall

Perimeter

block façade addressing Aisgill Gardens

The key principles that characterise the Perimeter block façade are described in the Design Code. These are demonstrated in the illustrative proposal, including:

Using rhythm and articulation

Individual building expression through subtle changes in tone, composition and materials break down the scale of massing.

Emphasising prominent corners

Expression of key corners through articulation of the top of buildings.

Creating a community ecosystem

Access to community, health and wellbeing use with spill-out space at Ground Floor level that activates the open space.

► Refer to Design Code / Sitewide / Built form / Frontages & façades (EC.PA.C).

► Refer to Design Code / Aisgill Gardens / Built form / Perimeter block (EC.PA.C).

Illustrative design response

Eye-level

6.8 Aisgill Gardens | Built Form

Perimeter block façade | Community Hall

Community hall

Plot Code: WB05

Typology: Pavilion

The community hall frames the western edge of the masterplan and provides active and animated frontages through community focused uses.

The proposal forms one possible option for the community hall. The key principles that characterise the community hall are described in the Design Code. These are demonstrated in the illustrative proposal, including:

• A community facility that has an adaptable and flexible design catering for an array of uses.

• Creating a building that is a backdrop to Aisgill Gardens.

• Providing a connection with the public realm for community events.

► Refer to Design Code / Aisgill Gardens / Built form / Pavilion (I) (EC.PA.C).

► Refer to Design and Access Statement Volume 3: LBHF Detailed Component (EC.LBHF.02).

Illustrative view of internal community space

Illustrative design response

Illustrative location plan of the potential community hall

The Cascades

Lillie Sidings Square

Illustrative precedent of a weather-proof permeable structure

6.8 Aisgill Gardens | Built Form

Perimeter block façade | Community Hall

Community Hall

The key principles that characterise the community hall are described in the Design Code. These are demonstrated in the illustrative proposal, including:

Integrating with landscape design

The building acts as a backdrop to the landscape and is designed to integrate with the community green.

Creating visually permeable and welcoming frontages

The building is designed to allow for permeability and extension into the public realm.

Referencing the Detailed Component design

The building responds to the massing, articulation and architectural expression of the Detailed Component. ► Refer to Design and Access Statement Volume 3: LBHF Detailed Component (EC.LBHF.02).

Illustrative design response

Eye-level view showing the Illustrative Design for the community Pavilion at Aisgill Gardens

6.8 Aisgill Gardens | Built Form

Perimeter block façade | Community Hall

Aisgill Avenue MUGA

Located behind the community hall, the Aisgill Avenue multi-use games area (MUGA) is an invaluable community asset, serving as an amenity for both existing and new residents.

Illustrative design response

The existing sports area on Aisgill Avenue lies to the west of the proposed Site boundary. Its irregular triangular shape has meant the court is underutilised by the community. The illustrative design proposes a new, purpose-built rectangular sports area*, removing the brick wall that segregates the Site to create a usable court for all.

*This proposal relies on a land-swap with LBHF, which has been discussed with the local authority.

Existing triangular sports area and brick wall

Eye-level view showing the potential for a new purpose built rectangular sports area along Aisgill Avenue

A welcoming and accessible place for people to enjoy and connect with nature.

A welcoming space creating an accessible route all the way to Earl’s Court station.

A playful landscape with varied planting, colours and textures.

Buildings step down to the edges and frame the green with homes.

Play for all ages is integral to the landscape design.

A generous communityfocused space, offering a shared place where residents come together.

Lillie Sidings

6.9 Lillie Sidings |

Overview

Lillie Sidings celebrates the Site’s industrial heritage with a new mixeduse destination square, framed by the reimagined Train Shed, hosting dining, events and cultural activities.

A vehicle-free destination square at the centre connected by lanes, walks and the boulevard.

This section illustrates how the Character Area has been developed alongside the Control Documents. Key principles that characterise Lillie Sidings are set out on the image on the right.

► Refer to Design Code / Lillie Sidings (EC. PA.C).

Creating a mix of housing typologies, catering for multigenerational living across multiple tenures.

Culture, cafés, restaurants and leisure destinations spill out onto the square bringing the public realm to life.

WestKensingtonBoulevard

Stitching in and stepping down in scale to meet existing streets and the adjacent Estates.

The creative reuse of the historic Lillie Bridge Depot (The Train Shed) with a cultural destination at Ground Floor.

Location of West Brompton Character Area

6.9 Lillie Sidings | Public Realm

The public realm is defined by a vehicle-free destination square that contains the key north-south route. The boulevard, surrounding lanes and walks stitch into the wider community with a quieter residential character.

Key spaces and routes are outlined in the Control Documents, including:

► Refer to Design Code / Lillie Sidings / Landscape (EC.PA.C).

► Refer to Design Code / Sitewide / Landscape (EC.PA.C).

Lillie Sidings Square

West Kensington Boulevard link

Aisgill Lane, Lillie Sidings Lane

Lillie Sidings N & S Walk, West Kensington Walk

The Cascades

Kensington Walk

Lillie Sidings Square

Aisgill

Boulevard.

Kensington Boulevard

Vehicle access to the east of the Train Shed enables Lillie Sidings Square to be vehicle-free.

6.9 Lillie Sidings | Public Realm

Square | Boulevard Link | Lanes | Walks

Lillie Sidings Square

The destination square celebrates the Site’s industrial heritage while incorporating flexible space for events and landscape which supports biodiversity.

Illustrative design response

The key principles that characterise Lillie Sidings Square are described in the Design Code. These are demonstrated in the illustrative proposal, including:

• Providing a primary location within the proposal for cultural programming and events.

• Incorporating a generously landscaped forecourt with a distinctly industrial character.

• Using the re-purposed Train Shed as a backdrop, framing the square and integrating the historic setting to the public open space.

► Refer to Design Code / Lillie Sidings / Landscape / Lillie Sidings Square (EC.PA.C).

Carefully considered retention and extension of Lillie Sidings Train Shed will enhance the industrial character of this area.

Fredericia C - SLA

A cultural destination/venue is located in the re-purposed Train Shed.

Spill out space activates the edge of the Train Shed.

Potential reuse of existing railway assets celebrates the Site’s industrial heritage.

A line of tree planting reinforces the key north-south route.

An area of hardscape allows for events to take place within the destination square.

Post-industrial remediation gardens provide a diverse and connected green network.

Precedents showing landscape design incorporating industrial heritage

Coal Drops Yard at King’s Cross showing a market event

Pop-up events

6.9 Lillie Sidings | Public Realm

Square | Boulevard Link | Lanes | Walks

Lillie Sidings Square

The key principles that characterise Lillie Sidings Square are described in the Design Code. These are demonstrated in the illustrative proposal, including:

Creating a destination square

Creating a destination through integrating a mix of uses including the potential for a cultural venue.

Celebrate industrial heritage

Reuse of industrial materials in the public realm establishes a distinctive industrial character to the landscape.

Providing a north-south route

Movement routes are framed by trees, providing legibility for the north-south route.

Encouraging spill-out

Cultural uses within the repurposed Train Shed spill out into the square.

Planning for SuDS features

Sustainable rain gardens and storm water management are integrated into the landscape design.

► Refer

Illustrative design response

Eye-level view showing activation and cultural uses spilling onto Lillie Sidings Square

Lillie Sidings | Public Realm

Square | Boulevard Link | Lanes | Walks

West Kensington Boulevard Link

West Kensington Boulevard Link reinforces the north-south route from Lillie Sidings Square toward West Kensington station with an active tree-lined pedestrian and cycle route.

Illustrative design response

The key principles that characterise West Kensington Boulevard Link are described in the Design Code. These are demonstrated in the illustrative proposal, including:

• Providing a generous spill-out space for Ground Floor uses on the eastern side of the route.

• Extending the active frontages surrounding the destination square along the link.

• Creating trees and planting beds along the boulevard to help frame the street and create a biodiverse and climate-resilient environment.

► Refer to Design Code / Lillie Sidings / Landscape / West Kensington Boulevard Link (EC.PA.C).

Illustrative precedents of the tree-lined boulevard

Illustrative plan of West Kensington Boulevard Link

6.9 Lillie Sidings | Public Realm

Square | Boulevard Link | Lanes | Walks

Aisgill Lane

Aisgill Lane provides an important linear landscape that stitches the Proposed Development in with the neighbouring Estate. The lane integrates access to the new residential blocks and features generous planting and incidental play.

Illustrative design response

The key principles that characterise Aisgill Lane are described in the Design Code. These are demonstrated in the illustrative proposal, including:

• Creating an integrated edge between the proposal and neighbouring Estate.

• Accommodating Sustainable Drainage Systems (SuDS) and green infrastructure, introducing biodiverse planting and space for play.

• Exploring an increase of permeability by adding breaks or replacing the existing wall with a linear landscape.

• Maximising permeability and creating a visual connection across the Site boundary.

► Refer to Design Code / Lillie Sidings / Spaces / Aisgill Lane (EC.PA.C).

Low level planting denotes a separation without obstructing visual connections.

Existing and new trees define the Aisgill Avenue edge.

Play and seating incorporated into the landscaped edge creates a shared amenity space where new and existing neighbours can meet.

Eye-level view of front doors onto Aisgill Lane

Illustrative plan of Aisgill Lane

Illustrative section of Aisgill Lane

6.9 Lillie Sidings | Public Realm

Square | Boulevard Link | Lanes | Walks Illustrative design response

Lillie Sidings Walks (North and South) and West Kensington Walk

The walks provide intimate, pedestrian priority public realm to stitch together adjacent squares and boulevards with the residential character of the existing neighbourhood.

Planted walks open up the Site to the Estates and provide local access for walking and cycling. They have a distinct residential character that is vehicle-free to create a safe environment where children can play and neighbours can meet.

► Refer to Design Code / Lillie Sidings / Landscape / Lillie Sidings Walks (North & South) (EC.PA.C).

► Refer to Design Code / Lillie Sidings / Landscape / West Kensington Walk (EC. PA.C).

Illustrative plan of Lillie Sidings Walks (North and South) and West Kensington Walk

residential character of Lillie Sidings Walk South

6.9 Lillie Sidings | Built Form

The buildings within Lillie Sidings frame the destination square, gradually stepping down in height from the taller structures along the railway line to the lower buildings at the edge of the adjacent Estate.

The below plans outline the land use emphasis of the Illustrative Masterplan within the Character Area. Full detail of the permitted land uses are described in the Development Specification.

Transition blocks define the curve of the boulevard connecting Lillie Sidings Square with West Kensington. They help transition in scale and character.

The Illustrative Masterplan responds to key built form principles outlined in the Control Documents including:

• Framing the destination square around the repurposed Train Shed.

• Mediating scale between the existing context and the Train Shed building with perimeter blocks.

• Stepping up in height against the railway line above the Train Shed building.

• Creating active Ground Floor frontages that respond to their specific context and place.

Lillie Sidings is comprised of the following built form typologies:

• Perimeter blocks

• Transition blocks

• Common base

► Refer to Design Code / Lillie Sidings / Built form (EC.PA.C).

► Refer to Design Code / Sitewide / Built form (EC.PA.C).

► Refer to Development Specification (EC. PA.A).

Illustrative Ground Floor land use plan

Perimeter blocks frame key spaces and edge conditions, and help stitch in with the existing context.

The Train Shed is composed of taller elements that extend out of the repurposed building to create a common base and family of structures.

6.9 Lillie Sidings | Built Form

The Train Shed | Perimeter blocks | Transition blocks

The Train Shed

Plot Code: Wk08, WK09

Typology: Common base

The Train Shed, within Lillie Bridge Depot, is creatively reimagined, blending the historic fabric with contemporary architecture to create a distinctive expression that responds to the Site’s industrial heritage. The key principles that characterise the Train Shed are described in the Design Code. These are demonstrated in the illustrative proposal, including:

• Creating taller residential components that extend out of the repurposed Train Shed.

• Forming a compact typology that optimises outlook and daylight.

• Creating a family of buildings, tied together at the base by the Train Shed.

• Developing an architectural language that responds to the industrial character of Lillie Sidings.

► Refer to Design Code / Lillie Sidings / Built form / Common base (EC.PA.C).

Illustrative design response

Maximum envelope defined by the Parameter Plans

Retention and extension of the Train Shed structure

Maximised permeability and south-facing façades Clearly

A cultural destination is located in the re-purposed Train Shed.

Residential entrances are laid out and located to maximise the flexibility of the Train Shed Ground Floor.

Gaps between the buildings allow sunlight through the blocks.

A consistent layout helps to create a family of buildings.

Lillie Sidings | Built Form

The Train Shed | Perimeter blocks | Transition blocks

Cultural activation

The Train Shed accommodates a destination dining venue or food hall with a flexible events and performance space. It serves as a testbed for experimental culture, offering spaces for immersive performance, digital art, fashion, and training.

► Refer to Design and Access Statement Volume 1: Outline Component / The Illustrative Masterplan / Sitewide proposals / A cultural destination (EC.PA.08).

Illustrative design response

Illustrative drawing of the cultural venue at the Train Shed

Illustrative eye-level view of the food and cultural venue within the Train Shed

Illustrative view of Lillie Sidings Square, with a food market within the Train Shed

Illustrative eye-level view of the cultural venue within the Train Shed during a music performance

6.9 Lillie Sidings | Built Form

The Train Shed

The key principles that characterise the Train Shed are described in the Design Code. These are demonstrated in the illustrative proposal, including:

Activating Lillie Sidings Square

The Ground Floors have a permeable design to maximise interaction between the Train Shed and the square.

Using the façade rhythm of the existing bays

Capturing the industrial heritage of the existing depot, the upper residential buildings respond to the rhythm of the existing bays.

Extending the existing Train Shed footprint

The design retains the base building of the existing depot and explores extending the footprint, but creating a new expression to clearly distinguish between old and new.

Illustrative design response

Eye-level view of the Train Shed activating the public realm at Lillie Sidings Square

6.9 Lillie Sidings | Built Form

The Train Shed | Perimeter blocks | Transition blocks

Perimeter blocks

Plot Code: WK10, WK11

Typology: Perimeter block

The perimeter blocks are characterised by stepped courtyard buildings that accommodate a range of residential layouts and include external amenity spaces.

Illustrative design response

The key principles that characterise the perimeter blocks are described in the Design Code. These are demonstrated in the illustrative proposal, including:

• Drawing upon a familiar residential courtyard block typology.

• Creating articulated façades that respond to the scale of Aisgill Avenue in terms of geometry and urban grain.

• Offering active retail frontage onto Lillie Siding Square and residential front doors along both Walks and Aisgill Lane.

• Accommodating back-of-house uses beneath a Ground Floor podium.

• Providing opportunities for external amenity space - in addition to the public open spaces across the masterplan.

► Refer to Design Code / Lillie Sidings / Built form / Perimeter Block (EC.PA.C).

Maximum envelope defined by the Parameter Plans

Residential front door and ancillary spaces activate the Ground Floor

Overall coherence - read as a family of buildings

Introduce breaks to optimise daylight to external amenity spaces

Articulation of façades respond to Aisgill Avenue in scale, geometry and urban grain

design response

Shops, cafés and restaurants along Lillie Sidings Square

Residential front doors on residential street

Servicing and waste consolidated under the raised communal amenity space, maximising opportunity for active frontages.

Community uses at Ground Floor opening onto Aisgill Gardens

Plot WK10

Ground Floor plan - mixed-use

Raised communal amenity space

Illustrative typical Upper Floor plan - residential use

Illustrative

Illustrative

6.9 Lillie Sidings | Built Form

Perimeter blocks

The key principles that characterise the perimeter blocks are described in the Design Code. These are demonstrated in the illustrative proposal, including:

Creating a permeable edge

A linear landscaped edge stitches the Proposed Development into the existing context and provides a shared amenity for existing and new residents.

Planting heights for permeability

Raised tree canopies provide a visual connection, while gaps in planting create permeability throughout the public realm.

Responding to the existing context

An articulated massing responds to the grain of the Estates, creating a design that stitches in with the surrounding neighbourhood.

Illustrative design response

Eye-level view of the perimeter block along Aisgill Lane

A permeable, linear landscape interfaces with the neighbouring Estates.

A building design responding to the grain of the existing context.

A visual connection maintains sight lines across the Site boundary.

A permeable edge to Aisgill Gardens enabling a key east-west route across the Site.

Eye-level view along Aisgill Avenue and Aisgill Lane

6.9 Lillie Sidings | Built Form

Transition blocks

Plot Code: WK05, WK07, WK12

Typology: Transition block

The transition blocks follow the geometry of the boulevard, creating an irregular perimeter block typology. They provide a transition between two Character Areas as well as a transition in height, stepping from the taller edge along the railway down to the lower Estate context.

Illustrative design response

The key principles that characterise the transition blocks are described in the Design Code. These are demonstrated in the illustrative proposal, including:

• Using Ground Floor frontages to create a continuous active edge that spills out into the public realm.

• Creating a legible base that helps define the crescent and activates its frontages.

• Addressing the street with commercial uses.

• Providing residential amenity space located within raised courtyards.

• Strategically locating massing to optimise south-facing daylight.

► Refer to Design Code / Lillie Sidings / Built form / Transition Block (EC.PA.C).

Expression of building tops

A family of buildings through a coherent approach to architectural treatment

Addressing environmental conditions along the railway corridor and A4

Building base addressing the boulevard with predominant commercial and retail uses

Illustrative design response

Maximum envelope defined by the Parameter Plans

The Train Shed | Perimeter blocks | Transition blocks

6.9 Lillie Sidings | Built Form

Transition blocks

The key principles that characterise the transition blocks are described in the Design Code. These are demonstrated in the illustrative proposal, including:

Illustrative design response

Expressing Ground Floor frontages

Ground floor frontages along the square and West Kensington Boulevard create a continuous active edge that spills out into the public realm.

Activating the north-south route

The blocks lead people from the square into the West Kensington Boulevard Link, creating a clearly legible sequence between open space and primary routes.

Creating prominent corners

Prominent corners are designed with an emphasis to help reinforce a spatial hierarchy and assist with wayfinding in the public realm.

Designing a coherent ‘family of buildings’

Buildings are designed with a coherence in material, tone and composition to be read as part of a cluster of buildings.

Eye-level view showing the transition block at the northern end of Lillie Sidings Square

West Kensington

6.10 West Kensington |

Overview

A gateway to the Earls Court Site from West Kensington station.

The West Kensington Character Area helps open up the Site and extends the neighbourhood towards West Cromwell Road. Its proximity to the station and key arterial road offer the opportunity for a new workspace cluster, that forms a gateway along the route into central London.

This section illustrates how the Character Area has been developed alongside the Control Documents. Key principles that characterise Lillie Sidings are set out on the image on the right.

► Refer to Design Code / West Kensington (EC. PA.C).

of West Brompton Character Area

An extension of Beaumont Avenue into a tree-lined boulevard.

A generous landscaped boulevard leading to the network of Exhibition Gardens.

A range of commercial building typologies support an ecosystem of innovative uses.

A mix of workspaces, cafés and shops creating an active street.

Location

Aisgill Lane

6.10 West Kensington | Public Realm

A legible network of green streets and spaces stitches the public realm into the surrounding context, and creates a landscaped route to West Kensington station.

Key spaces and routes are outlined in the Control Documents including:

and

► Refer to Design Code / West Kensington / Landscape (EC.PA.C).

► Refer to Design Code / Sitewide / Landscape (EC.PA.C).

West Kensington Passage West provides servicing to the proposed Plots and TfL assets and is safeguarded should a new station entrance be proposed in the future.

West Kensington Passage East provides access to a residential Plot along West Cromwell Road. It allows for occasional access of TfL operations related to the reconfigured road to rail facilities. Potential to enhance the public realm with wider pavement and landscape along the West Cromwell Road, where buildings span across the tracks and address the street.

Gibbs Walk enables a pedestrian connection between Beaumont Avenue and Gibbs Green Estate.

West Kensington Boulevard is a generously proportioned tree-lined street providing access to the Site from West Kensington station and North End Road.

North is a larger open spaces between Plots creating places to dwell, spill-out and play. Its landscape plays a key role in addressing noise and air-quality, and provides a potential connection to West Cromwell Road.

6.10 West Kensington | Public Realm

Boulevard | Walk | Place

West Kensington Boulevard

West Kensington Boulevard is a wide and generously landscaped street that creates a prominent address for the workspace cluster, with active frontages and clearly legible entrances.

Illustrative design response

The key principles that characterise West Kensington Boulevard are described in the Design Code. These are demonstrated in the illustrative proposal, including:

• Providing adequate space for pedestrian, cycle and vehicular movement.

• Integrating a generous landscape with sustainable drainage measures along it.

• Integrating colonnades and set-backs to provide shelter and celebrate primary workspace entrances along the boulevard.

• Integrated car and cycle parking within the landscaped environment and putting pedestrian comfort and nature first.

► Refer to Design Code / West Kensington / Landscape / West Kensington Boulevard (EC. PA.C).

Cafés, convenience, retail and services to support the working population and complement the existing offer on North End Road.

Car parking integrated into the landscaped street. Play on the way integrated into the public realm.

Tree-lined street with biodiverse planting strategies and SuDS.

Double height colonnade provides shelter and mediates between the internal and external public spaces

Tree-lined street integrating hard and soft landscaping

Illustrative view of West Kensington Boulevard

Illustrative plan of West Kensington Boulevard

PassageKensingtonWest West

Gibbs Walk

West Kensington Place North

WestKensingtonBoulevard

6.10 West Kensington | Public Realm

Boulevard | Walk | Place

West Kensington Boulevard

The key principles that characterise West Kensington Boulevard are described in the Design Code. These are demonstrated in the illustrative proposal, including:

Shared central movement route

A shared cycle and vehicle route along the boulevard connecting the area with the wider network of streets.

Climate resilient streetscapes and SuDS

The planting design of the boulevard incorporates climate resilient species, as well as the opportunity for SuDS features.

Extending local character

Planting and use of materials ensure that the new public realm ties into existing local character.

Planting that frames entrances

Planting in the public realm helps to reinforce Ground Floor frontages and frames entrances.

Illustrative design response

Eye-level view showing activation and commercial uses along the West Kensington Boulevard Key plan

6.10 West Kensington | Public Realm

Boulevard | Walk | Place

Gibbs Walk

Gibbs Walk* provides a new pedestrian north-south route with a residential character and planting similar to a traditional mews.

Illustrative design response

The key principles that characterise Gibbs Walk* are described in the Design Code. These are demonstrated in the illustrative proposal, including:

• Creating a potential future link to the adjacent Estate (subject to third party agreement).

• Activating Ground Floors with residential front doors.

• Potential to integrate community or leisure space addressing the walk.

*Gibbs Walk has been incorporated in discussion with LBHF and relies on the Local Planning Authority enabling the connection outside of the Planning Application Boundary.

► Refer to Design Code / West Kensington / Landscape / Gibbs Walk (EC.PA.C).

Example of a generously landscaped walk

Budolfi Plads - SLA

Illustrative plan of West Kensington Passages

6.10 West Kensington | Public Realm

| Walk | Place

West Kensington Place North and South

Green open spaces along the boulevard create moments that can accommodate outdoor meeting, lunch spots, socialising and play in a naturalistic landscape setting.

Illustrative design response

The key principles that characterise West Kensington Place North and South are described in the Design Code. These are demonstrated in the illustrative proposal, including:

• Creating a landscaped space with opportunities for play.

• Providing a landscape that integrates planting and playful street furniture.

• Addressing noise and air-quality constraints from West Cromwell Road and providing a potential connection to it.

Key requirements of West Kensington Place South are described in the Control Documents and explored in the Illustrative Masterplan including:

• Integrating planting and the opportunity for SuDS.

• Creating a landscaped buffer adjacent to the existing residential properties.

• Integrating opportunities for play including naturalistic play equipment.

Gellerup New Nature Park - SLA

Illustrative plan of West Kensington Place North & South

Illustrative

Aisgill

6.10 West Kensington | Built Form

The new innovation cluster next to West Kensington station creates a gateway to Central London along West Cromwell Road and stitches into the existing neighbourhood by integrating mid-scale residential blocks.

The below plans outline the land use emphasis of the Illustrative Masterplan within the Character Area. Full detail of the permitted land uses are described in the Development Specification.

Mid-scale workspace blocks form a linear frontage along West Kensington Boulevard that complete and transition into Beaumont Avenue. They establish an intermediate scale that responds to local context and transitions up towards taller buildings along West Cromwell Road.

Large-footprint workspace blocks establish the new innovation cluster and create a presence and gateway along West Cromwell Road. They are scaled to accommodate a broad variety of flexible workspaces, attracting a diverse range of tenants.

The Illustrative Masterplan responds to key built form principles outlined in the Control Documents including:

• Building scales and footprints that respond to the predominant use and their context.

• Establishing a presence and creating a gateway along West Cromwell Road.

• Articulating the buildings horizontally and vertically to establish clearly legible bases that respond to human and local scale.

• Creating a set of buildings with a distinctive and contemporary identity that signposts the innovation cluster.

West Kensington is comprised of the following built form typologies:

• Large-footprint

• Mid-scale

• Standalone

► Refer to Design Code / West Kensington / Built form (EC.PA.C).

► Refer to Design Code / Sitewide / Built form (EC.PA.C).

► Refer to Development Specification (EC. PA.A).

Illustrative Ground Floor land use plan

typical Upper Floor land

The mid-scale residential block extends the neighbouring residential use and is carefully laid out to integrate with the adjacent mansion block and local scale.

The northern block continues to frame the arterial West Cromwell Road and optimises the use of land across the Site.

6.10 West Kensington | Built Form

Workspace blocks | The northern block | Mid-scale block

Workspace blocks

Plot Code: WK02, WK03, WK04

Typology: Mid-scale & Largefootprint

Workspace blocks at West Kensington form a family of buildings with a distinct and complementary identity and character. They reinforce the gateway location and create a legible address along the boulevard.

Illustrative design response

Maximum envelope defined by the Parameter Plans

The key principles that characterise the workspace blocks are described in the Design Code. These are demonstrated in the illustrative proposal, including:

• Creating flexible commercial spaces that attract small, medium, and large enterprises and businesses.

• Establishing a series of datums and setbacks that relate to local scale.

• Integrating accessible, landscaped roof terraces and providing external space for the workspace users.

• Articulating the base of buildings to define a clear Ground Floor datum, framing and activating the boulevard with cafés, shops, and workspace entrances.

► Refer to Design Code / West Kensington / Built form / Large-footprint (EC.PA.C).

► Refer to Design Code / West Kensington / Built form / Mid-scale (EC.PA.C).

Articulation of building bases express the Ground Floor uses and creates a human scale

Colonnades along the ground floor articulate key frontages

A family of buildings with a complementary approach to façade articulation that creates a coherent cluster.

Articulation of an

6.10 West Kensington | Built Form

Workspace blocks | The northern block | Mid-scale block

Workspace blocks

The key principles that characterise the workspace blocks are described in the Design Code. These are demonstrated in the illustrative proposal, including:

Creating a gateway and marker building

Buildings fronting West Cromwell Road form a marker and a gateway into London from the east. Distinctive façade materials and expression create special moments along the movement corridor.

Establishing datums and green roofs

Intermediate datums create a relationship with surrounding buildings whilst providing opportunity to integrate accessible green roofs and nature.

Illustrative design response

Eye-level view showing how buildings at West Kensington create a distinct identity and gateway along West Cromwell Road

6.10 West Kensington | Built Form

Workspace blocks | The northern block | Mid-scale block

Workspace blocks

The key principles that characterise the workspace blocks are described in the Design Code. These are demonstrated in the illustrative proposal, including:

Creating meaningful stepping

Façade expression within buildings should contain meaningful stepping to ensure clarity and hierarchy of massing, and provide a mediation in scale perceived from Mornington Avenue and along the West Cromwell Road corridor.

Distinguishing the proposal from the foreground

The design of buildings should have a distinctive rhythm and composition that differ from other buildings in the view, to avoid coalescence in the massing and reduce visual impact on heritage assets and their setting.

Creating green roofs

Establish meaningful setbacks to integrate nature and green roofs for workspace users to access.

► Refer to Design Code / West Kensington / Built form /Impacts on heritage and townscape (EC.PA.C).

Illustrative design response

Key plan

Eye-level view looking south along Mornington Avenue illustrating how proposals could respond to the existing context

6.10 West Kensington | Built Form

Workspace blocks | The northern block | Mid-scale block

The northern block

Plot Code: WK06

Typology: Standalone

This stand-alone residential block responds to the challenging environmental conditions of the West Cromwell Road and railway lines, and steps down toward the residential community to the south creating a number of south facing, landscaped terraces.

Illustrative design response

Maximum envelope defined by the Parameter Plans

Integration with reconfigured TfL Road to Rail Vehicle (RRV) facility

A TfL Road to Rail Vehicle (RRV) facility is reconfigured within the building footprint

The key principles that characterise the northern block are described in the Design Code. These are demonstrated in the illustrative proposal, including:

• Creating a Site specific approach to layout* and building envelope.

• A varied facade composition with punched openings that change in size and are smaller facing West Cromwell Road to address noise and air quality conditions.

• Integrating with the reconfigured TfL Road to Rail Vehicle (RRV) facility and optimising the use of brownfield land.

*The block presents an opportunity to connect the level change between the Site and West Cromwell Road that could increase the northsouth connectivity at the interface with West Cromwell Road.

► Refer to Design Code / West Kensington / Built form / Stand-alone (EC.PA.C).

Exploring prefabrication construction on constrained Site

Façade responds to environmental Site conditions

Provides building frontage continuity along West Cromwell Road

Illustrative design response

Plot is accessed via an existing bridge over the exposed underground lines entering West Kensington station

Planting screens residential uses from rail infrastructure

Roof of RRV facility landscaped to provide visual amenity to residents within surrounding buildings

typical Upper Floor

Illustrative

6.10 West Kensington | Built Form

Workspace blocks | The northern block | Mid-scale block

Mid-scale block

Plot Code: WK01

Typology: Mid-scale

The mid-scale residential blocks form the southern edge of West Kensington Boulevard and respond to the façade rhythm and composition of the adjacent mansion block typologies on Beaumont Avenue.

Illustrative design response

Maximum envelope defined by the Parameter Plans

A layered composition & extension of existing datums

The key principles that characterise the mid-scale block are described in the Design Code. These are demonstrated in the illustrative proposal, including:

• Responding to the height established by the mansion block along West Kensington Boulevard.

• Responding to the architectural language of the mansion blocks through façade articulation and rhythm.

• Creating a coherent building frontage along the boulevard.

• Creating an active frontage on the Ground Floor addressing the public realm.

► Refer to Design Code / West Kensington / Built form / Mid-scale (EC.PA.C).

Integrating architectural mansion block components and articulation

Facade aligns with neighbouring residential block

Gibbs Walk creates a pedestrian connection to the Estates

Recessed balconies articulate the façades and bays referencing local typologies

Illustrative Ground Floor plan - predominantly residential use Illustrative typical Upper Floor plan - residential use

6.10 West Kensington | Built Form

Workspace blocks | The northern block | Mid-scale block

Mid-scale block

The key principles that characterise the mid-scale block are described in the Design Code. These are demonstrated in the illustrative proposal, including:

Emerging from local typologies

Façade articulation is a contemporary interpretation of local mansion blocks.

Extending existing datums

The façade extends the datum established by the mansion blocks at Kensington Hall Gardens.

Creating a layered composition

The layering and stepping of the façade expression defines a legible bottom, middle and top.

Expressing entrances

Entrances are clearly legible; architectural expression such as high-contrasting materials are used to frame the entrances.

Illustrative design response

Eye-level view looking east along West Kensington Boulevard showing the residential proposal tying into the existing context

Massing steps down towards the neighbouring Estates.

Clearly defined articulated steps in the building frame the boulevard and define an intermediate scale.

Set backs in massing provide space for landscaped roofs and accessible terraces.

Boulevard facilitates vehicular and cycle access into the site, whilst providing generous pavements.

Commercial buildings form the northern innovation cluster and establish an address along West Kensington Boulevard.

A generously-planted public realm amplifies nature and enhances biodiversity.

The Ground Floor datum establishes a human scale with active frontages and workplace entrances.

Flexible Plots

The Control Documents make provision for alternative uses from the baseline in certain locations, known as Flexible Plots.

The Parameter Plans define Development Zones within which Development Plots will come forward, and the Development Specification enables some flexibility between residential and commercial uses within some of these zones.

The Development Specification and Parameter Plans also enable the capacity for some other

uses to come forward as an alternative in select Development Zones as identified on the Parameter Plans (see extract below).

Please refer to the Development Specification and Parameter Plans for full information of the proposed land use allocation per Development Zone.

The Illustrative Masterplan has then been used to test some of the Flexible Plots in more detail to illustrate how some of the alternative uses could be accommodated as a worked example.

The following pages provide additional illustrative Plot testing demonstrating how alternative uses could be realised using the following selected Plots:

• EC01/02: The predominant residential use is illustrated as the alternative commercial use;

• EC03: The predominant commercial use is illustrated as the alternative residential use;

• EC16: The predominant residential use is illustrated as the alternative hotel use.

► Refer to Parameter Plans / Parameter PlanProposed Land Use Ground Level Plan (EC. PA.B).

► Refer to Parameter Plans / Parameter PlanProposed Land Use Upper Levels Plan (EC. PA.B).

6.11

Flexible Plots

Table Plot

Plot Code: EC01/EC02

Typology: Mid-scale block

Illustrative Plot test for predominant alternative commercial use:

Typical Upper Floors - commercial

Ground Floor - mixed-use (retail, café, restaurant, culture and residential)

Alternative illustrative design response

6.11 Flexible Plots

Table Plot

Plot Code: EC03

Typology: Mid-scale block

Illustrative Plot test for predominant alternative residential use:

Typical Upper Floors - residential

Ground Floor - mixed-use (retail, café, restaurant, culture and residential)

Alternative illustrative design response

► Refer to Design Code / West Brompton / Built form / Mansion block / Office block (EC. PA.C).

Maximum parameter envelope defined by the Parameter Plans

Illustrative eye-level view across the Table Park showing residential use

Illustrative typical floor layout - residential use

Illustrative massing overlaid with maximum enveloperesidential use

6.11

Flexible Plots

Warwick

Square Plot

Plot Code: EC16

Typology: Mid-scale block

Illustrative Plot test for predominant alternative hotel use:

Typical Upper Floors - hotel

Alternative illustrative design response

Maximum parameter envelope defined by the Parameter Plans

Illustrative massing overlaid with maximum envelope - hotel use

Illustrative eye-level view across Warwick Square showing hotel use

The Illustrative Masterplan could deliver...

Up to c. 4,000 new homes including student rooms A new community facility and nursery

c.12,000 jobs skills and training opportunities

9 hectares of public realm and green space

1,000+ new trees Connecting 3 stations

3 cultural venues

Up to 100 new shops, cafés, and restaurants

7 Spatial Strategies

7.1 Introduction

Spatial strategies

A set of spatial strategies has been developed to give additional resolution to the principles set out in the Strategic Framework.

This chapter supports the principles of the Control Documents with additional technical and illustrative information. Technical detail has been developed through resolution of the Illustrative Masterplan and is presented to evidence the workability of proposals and policy compliance where relevant.

Sustainability

Social, economic and environmental sustainability permeates these strategies, underpinning everything and ensuring the Strategic Framework creates a resilient and environmentally responsible place

Landscape

This section elaborates upon the Strategic Framework to further demonstrate how the Control Documents create a cohesive character by providing design guidelines that shape the landscape of the Exhibition Gardens and public realm as future Plots come forward. This includes public art and lighting.

Access and Movement

Access into and throughout the Site is a key component of the masterplan. This section elaborates upon the principles in the Strategic Framework and the Control Documents.

Inclusive design

Creating a place where everyone feels welcome is part of the vision for the Site. This section includes detail on policy and best practice that have shaped the Strategic Framework and Control Documents to create a place that fosters social inclusion.

Utilities

This section elaborates on the circular economy approach that has informed the Strategic Framework, and will continue to shape it through the detailed design of the Plots and public realm.

This section sets out how the water, power, digital and other utility strategies have been coordinated with the Strategic Framework.

Microclimate

This section demonstrates how the built form and open space defined in the Control Documents have been informed by microclimate.

Health and Safety

This section outlines the health and safety strategies that have been developed to underpin and ensure future deliverability of the masterplan.

7.2 Sustainability

Commitments for environmental wellbeing

ECDC’s Sustainable Development Charter, ‘Principles for Future Living’, sets out the scheme’s mission, goals and objectives across the focus areas of social impact, economic inclusion and environmental wellbeing.

The commitments with respect to environmental wellbeing have the biggest impact on the development’s spatial and technical strategies.

The commitments made within the Hybrid Planning Applications are consolidated here, but can also be found throughout this chapter, demonstrating how they have informed and shaped the spatial strategies of the Strategic Framework and Illustrative Masterplan.

The aspirations capture The Earls Court Development Company’s more ambitious targets. These are aims that will continue to be explored during the detailed design stage of Applications for Reserved Matters Approval.

► Refer to Sustainability Strategy (EC.PA.21).

7.2 Sustainability

Water neutral

The commitment is to:

• Irrigate all public realm landscape using rainfall and/or greywater from the Site only.

• Significantly reduce the rainwater runoff from Site compared with existing conditions and improve beyond greenfield rates of runoff. All rainfall to be attenuated on-site, and used or infiltrated to ground to reduce runoff rates from the Site.

• Capture, recycle and re-use water where possible, with 40 days of rainwater and/or greywater storage held on-site available for irrigation.

• Use 100% non-potable water for the Cascades across the year, derived from harvested rainwater and greywater, with 60 days storage to ensure continuity during periods of low rainfall.

• Implement Sustainable Drainage Systems (SuDS) to slow water runoff, infiltrating >60% to the ground in a typical storm event.

• Select climate resilient species in the planting strategy to minimise water demands for irrigation.

• Make buildings water efficient, minimising potable demand through the use of a combination of low flow fittings, rainwater harvesting and where appropriate greywater recycling.

The aspiration is to:

• Limit water usage to 80l/p/d in residential buildings which is 24% better than Building Regulation.

• Consider vacuum flush toilets in office, cultural, food and beverage and retail buildings.

• Develop water strategies further during detail design stages, considering features such as blue roofs etc.

The commitment is to:

• Implement a progressive 5th generation ‘Ambient Loop’ energy network, providing heating and cooling to the Proposed Development and beyond, which will reduce energy consumption and enable site wide CO2 emissions savings of >65% compared to a gas boiler baseline.

• Deliver zero carbon on-site emissions for all buildings, plots and public realm functions in operation, when connected to the 5th generation ‘Ambient Loop’ energy network.

• Design residential buildings using Passivhaus principles where practicable and where possible, aiming at high environmental performance for residential uses.

• Implement solar PV (or other renewables) on selected, appropriate green roofs (bio-solar roofs) across the Proposed Development, providing at least 280kWp of installed capacity, generating enough energy annually for >65 homes.

• Set a voluntary target carbon budget for all buildings, Plots and Proposed Development components, that aims to go beyond policy to include emissions associated with the operation of public realm and infrastructure.

• Co-locate energy network plant and equipment which minimises embodied carbon, maximises operational efficiency and creates more opportunities for amenity use.

• Reduce the up-front embodied carbon of buildings, targeting <500kgCO2/m2 for domestic and <650kgCO2/m2 for nondomestic uses.

The aspiration is to:

• Reduce the up-front embodied carbon further, delivering ahead of policy expectations.

• Achieve NABERS 5.5* ratings for offices.

• Create a double benefit by agreeing with both Boroughs that any carbon offsetting funding is used to facilitate retrofit/decarbonisation projects across LBHF and RBKC as first preference.

• Enable connections to the LBHF/RBKC cross-borough energy networks, beyond the application boundary.

• Consolidate plant for shared systems (for example sprinkler systems) across the plots and buildings where practicable/ possible, to minimise embodied carbon, reduce operational energy and costs to tenants and occupiers.

7.2 Sustainability

Delivering clean air

The commitment is to:

• Not use combustion engines to drive the plant within the completed buildings or public realm other than for life safety (e.g. backup generators, which will use sustainable biofuels, until they can be replaced by electric back-up).

• Contain above ground vehicle movements to perimeters of the Proposed Development, maximising car free public realm, safety for pedestrians and with a focus on electric vehicles (or equivalent) and limiting combustion vehicles.

• Repurpose the existing Table and enclose the section of the West London Line on the east and west sides, limiting pollutant egress from cross-site rail traffic.

• Monitor on-site air quality, with data made publicly available for at least 10 years, post completion.

• Provide electric charging points to all parking spaces to promote EV uptake.

• Provide electric car club spaces for 25 vehicles (more than policy) promoting vehicle-sharing for residents and the wider community.

The aspiration is to:

• Achieve at least 10% lower pollutant levels onsite compared to the whole Borough average.

• Implement a range of continuous planting barriers, pollutant-reducing materials and technologies at strategic locations across the Proposed Development aimed at improving air quality, particularly at main access points and alongside the railway to trap pollutants from roads and rail.

• Implement further screening / filtering and /or enclosure of the West London Line to reduce rail pollutant distribution even further.

• Target only electrically powered machinery where practical during the construction phase.

• Encourage off-site consolidation centres to control numbers of vehicles needed on to Site and in surrounding roads. Support sustainable last mile services within and beyond the boundary of the Proposed Development.

Celebrating nature

The commitment is to:

• Reopen the Site through natural landscapes, with c. 6 hectares (c. 15 acres) of publicly accessible landscape, including the greened or tree-lined roads and crescents.

• Deliver a network of interlinked Exhibition Gardens and spaces containing a diversity of planting strategies to create differing natural landscapes, enabling a wide variety of uses in the public realm.

• Ensure the Site has a Biodiversity Net Gain of 85% which is >75% over the Environment Act requirement of 10% (i.e. policy).

• Plant a minimum of 1,000 new trees of which over 50% will be semi-mature.

• Enhance the existing ecological corridor through the Site.

• Prioritise climate-resilient and native species to create sustainable ecosystems.

The aspiration is to:

• Improve the Urban Greening Factor of the Site beyond the current baseline to >0.4 across the whole Site.

7.2 Sustainability

Healthy living

The commitment is to:

• Select plants to provide wonder and delight; such as species with different flowering seasons.

• Implement a fully accessible and inclusive environment with step-free mobility across the Site.

• Provide comfortable living environments internally and externally for all residents by positively improving the microclimate.

• Create multi-generational public open space, including play space for children of all ages, seating, sensory and contemplative areas for all.

• Create a variety of social interaction spaces from lively, large groups to tranquil and reflective areas.

• Continue to work with the ‘Public Realm Inclusion Panel’ (PRIP) to interrogate, critique and refine design principles to ensure an inclusive and accessible approach to landscape and buildings.

• Create opportunities for air flow and natural ventilation by optimising the space between buildings.

The aspiration is to:

• Make improvements to wider pedestrian and cycle infrastructure around the Site.

Circular resource use

The commitment is to:

• Retain buildings and structures which are suited for the requirements of the Site.

• Use materials in the Proposed Development which minimise carbon impacts, targeting 20% of materials that are reused and/or contain recycled content.

Certification

The commitment is to:

• Undertake BREEAM Communities preassessment for the Proposed Development with a base target of ‘Excellent’.

• Undertake HQM Assessment with a base target of HQM 4* for residential plots and buildings.

• Achieve BREEAM ‘Excellent’ in office buildings; and a minimum of ‘Excellent’ in remaining non-domestic uses over 1,000m2

• Achieve WELL Gold in office buildings.

The aspiration is to:

• Explore the use of regenerative materials and technologies to enable the circular economy.

• Minimise construction waste by diverting more than 95% from landfill for reuse, recycling or recovery.

• Enable more than 65% of operational waste from all users to be diverted from landfill.

The aspiration is to:

• Achieve an ‘Outstanding’ rating for the BREEAM Communities pre-assessment for the Proposed Development.

• Achieve HQM 5* for residential plots and buildings.

• Achieve BREEAM Outstanding and WELL Platinum for office buildings.

• Undertake BREEAM In Use assessments.

7.3 Landscape

A nature-based approach

A holistic nature-based approach has been embedded within the landscape design from the outset to ensure the Proposed Development is biodiverse, comfortable and resilient to climate change.

This section will elaborate upon the Strategic Framework and further demonstrate how the Control Documents create a cohesive character by providing design guidelines that shape the landscape of the Exhibition Gardens and public realm. It will illustrate how the landscape, including public art and lighting, could be implemented throughout the masterplan alongside the future delivery of buildings and development phases.

This section is divided into the following topics, each capturing a different component of the landscape and public realm design:

• Biodiversity

• Planting

• Urban Greening Factor

• Trees

• Soil

• Microclimate

• Water

• Play

• Materiality and Street Furniture

• Art

• Lighting

7.3 Landscape | Biodiversity

A strong north-south ecological corridor

An important ecological corridor enters the Site from the south, extending from Brompton Cemetery along the West London Railway Line. The proposal brings it into the Site and allows it to stretch north.

There is a strategic opportunity for West Brompton Square to act as an important stepping stone between the Brompton Cemetery ecological corridor and the Site. The following strategies are proposed:

• Maximising tree planting in West Brompton Square to extend the cemetery’s canopy cover into the Site, creating corridors for birds and bats.

• Fostering habitats along the railway line to create ecological corridors at a lower level.

• Retaining or replacing habitats extending up to the Table Structure through a planted deck connecting the Table Park to Lillie Road (subject to third party approval).

• The Site has a Biodiversity Net Gain of 85% which is >75% over the Environment Act requirement of 10% (i.e. policy)

► Refer to Design Code / Sitewide / Landscape / Green/Blue Infrastructure (EC.PA.C).

► Refer to Biodiversity Net Gain Assessment (EC.PA.11).

Habitat creation principles include:

These key strategies mirror the SLOSS (Single Large or Several Small) approach to maximising biodiversity. This combines large areas of green space with small areas of connected habitats. Each of these arrangements provides different biodiversity benefits, ensuring a critical mass of vegetation and habitats are introduced to improve biodiversity, which is connected, local and varied.

Sketch illustrating the ecological connection between the Site and Brompton Cemetery

West Brompton Square

Connectivity of habitats – helping to support and establish ecological corridors and movement routes

Local diversity – ensuring existing ecosystems are strengthened with appropriate species

Habitat variation – ensuring a wide range of species are supported and building in resilience to climate change

Landscape | Planting

A planting strategy that responds to the Character Areas

Planting typologies are important for delivering the vision and play a key role in defining character, enhancing biodiversity, and supporting yearround activity.

Various planting types will be used within the masterplan to support the distinct characters of the Exhibition Gardens.

Seasonality is a key consideration in the crafting of the planting strategy. The landscape design will be shaped and programmed to deliver a diverse range of experiences that respond to seasonal change and cater for a diverse range of people.

The following pages describe specific planting characters within the Earls Court Development.

► Refer to Design Code / Sitewide / Landscape / Green/Blue Infrastructure (EC.PA.C).

► Refer to Biodiversity Net Gain Assessment (EC.PA.11).

The planting strategy supports the Character Areas

• More formal planting typologies at the Site’s edges to respect the existing context.

• Wild, naturalistic planting in the centre, prioritising wildlife habitats along the ecological corridor.

Urban meadow (Table Park)

Bioline (subject to agreement with third party land owners)

Post industrial remediation gardens (Lillie Sidings Square)

Climate resilient streetscapes

Community orchards (Aisgill Gardens)

The Flower Amphitheatre (Warwick Square)

Ecological stepping stone (West Brompton Square)

The Cascades

Sitewide biodiversity - planting characters

Curated Exhibition Gardens promote biodiversity

• Creating a varied series of gardens with diverse characters and atmospheres.

• Using different planting types suited to microclimates and specific uses across the Site.

• Supporting various species of flora and fauna, increasing biodiversity within the Site.

Wilder plantings Formal gardens

7.3 Landscape | Planting

The urban meadow in the Table Park

The urban meadow features a recreational lawn surrounded by wildflower meadows. The central zone of the Table Park will have mounded soil, creating dynamic topography with species-rich grasses and meadows defining clearings of amenity lawn.

► Refer to Design Code / Sitewide / Landscape / Green/Blue Infrastructure (EC.PA.C).

The Bioline, above the West London Railway Line

The Bioline mitigates potential habitat loss by introducing a large area of biodiverse habitat of equal or greater value in the same location. It ensures connectivity with habitats along the rail line to the north and south (including to Brompton Cemetery) and includes host plants and feeding sources for local fauna in the plant mix. The Bioline is subject to agreement with third party land owners.

Maximising the area of biodiverse habitat to support local wildlife

Recreational lawns and wildflower meadows

7.3 Landscape | Planting

The Cascades at the Table Park

The landscape spills down from the Table Park to Aisgill Gardens through a terraced terrain in the form of rainwater filtration pools. The planting types selected will need to be resilient to both wet and dry seasons, adapting well to different climate conditions.

The community orchard at Aisgill Gardens

The landscape design of Aisgill Gardens draws inspiration from the Site’s market garden history, introducing fruit trees and edible species. The landscape will incorporate play features in the form of standing deadwood and rock piles, ensuring the creation of habitats for invertebrates while providing naturalistic play. Fruit trees are a sensory experience for children while also providing foraging and nesting habitats for birds and bats.

A seasonal plant mix performing throughout the seasons

A terraced terrain, where planting will need to be resilient in wet and dry seasons

7.3 Landscape | Planting

The ecological stepping stone at West Brompton Square

The planting mix at West Brompton Square maximises native species to provide a range of habitats for birds, insects and mammals. This supports its existing value as an ecological corridor, connecting Brompton Cemetery and railway habitats to the Table Park. Its location at the threshold of the masterplan creates an opportunity to use planting to reduce the impact of air pollutants. The landscape design will be used to create a vegetation barrier as a passive filtering system.

The Flower Amphitheatre at Warwick Square

The planting palette on Warwick Square takes inspiration from the Chelsea Flower Show, celebrating nature through sustainable gardening practices that promote biodiversity. By prioritising native flowering species, the square will support pollinators, providing food and habitat throughout the year and across the changing seasons. The planting scheme prioritises a plant mix that can perform throughout all seasons, with species that blossom at different times of the year and have interesting seedheads during the winter period. Variety of colours and types ensures an aesthetic appeal and an active, biodiverse habitat year round.

Maximising a variety of colours and types of planting that blossom throughout the year

Maximising native species to support the ecological connection

Landscape | Planting

Post-industrial remediation gardens at Lillie Sidings Square

The planting palette at Lillie Sidings Square mirrors the industrial character of the Site, featuring species capable of thriving in rugged conditions and enduring high user activity. As this area is on terra firma, the planting list emphasises semi-mature tree species with ample canopy clearance, maintaining clear sightlines along the north-south boulevard.

► Refer to Design Code / Sitewide / Landscape / Green/Blue Infrastructure (EC.PA.C).

Climate-resilient streets

The streetscape planting strategy incorporates tree varieties with ample canopy clearance, allowing unobstructed views along the boulevards and crescents. Flowering trees are intentionally included to enhance the aesthetics of pedestrian pathways and promote biodiversity. Rain gardens feature species that can adapt to varying humidity levels, ensuring a diverse ecosystem within the streets.

Images illustrating the character and design language of Lillie Sidings Square

Images illustrating the character and design language of climate-resilient streets

7.3 Landscape | Urban Greening Factor

The Illustrative Masterplan takes a holistic approach to urban greening, delivering a significant amount of green infrastructure across the Site.

The Illustrative Masterplan achieves an Urban Greening Factor (UGF) score to meet the policy requirement of 0.4, while also fostering biodiversity.

UGF has been tested for two scenarios. The first scenario illustrates the maximum Plot extent as shown on the parameter plans and the second scenario illustrates the Illustrative Masterplan layouts. Both scenarios achieve a UGF score of 0.4, as per policy requirement. The score is also achieved under the ‘Early Phases’ phasing scenario.

This analysis relates to the Illustrative Masterplan and would be reviewed with Application for Reserved Matters Approval (RMA) where relevant, to explore other opportunities and ensure the long-term policy requirement for the development is achieved.

The UGF is determined by calculating the area of each surface within the Site boundary. Different surface types are assigned scores, with natural vegetation scoring highest and impermeable hard surfaces scoring lowest. Trees contribute to the UGF score based on their canopy dimensions.

► Refer to Design Code / Sitewide / Landscape / Green/Blue Infrastructure (EC.PA.C).

► Refer to Urban Greening Factor Plan (EC.PA.10).

7.3 Landscape | Roofs

Publicly accessible roof terraces

There are several opportunities for public access to the upper areas and roof terraces of buildings in the Illustrative Masterplan in line with the intent of London Plan Policy D9 Part 4. These spaces would offer elevated views of the Exhibition Garden landscapes, as well as views towards the Thames and the London skyline.

Opportunities for public roof terraces are mostly located in larger commercial buildings with cultural venues at the ground level. Terraces would likely include landscaped and planted areas to maximise green roofs. Access could be either via a dedicated lift core or managed access through the office building. Large terraces could be served by food and beverage units and smaller culture venues hosting public and private events. Details, including management and access provisions, will form part of future Applications for Reserved Matters Approval (RMAs).

Rooftop of commercial / cultural building with views to the City

Rooftop of commercial building overlooking Warwick Square

Landscape | Trees

Tree planting strategy

Tree planting has been intensified across the Illustrative Masterplan as it plays an important role in developing habitats, creating comfortable microclimates, improving air quality, reducing surface water runoff, reducing air temperatures and capturing carbon.

The following principles have been considered when developing the tree planting strategy contained in the Design Code:

• Each landscape Character Area features a variety of tree sizes, forms, and species for diverse colours, forms, and seasonal interest, ensuring resilience against pests and climate change.

• Trees are planted at semi-mature sizes for instant impact and ecological connections. The Urban Greening Factor calculation considers small, medium, and large trees, as illustrated on this page.

• Existing habitats and trees are retained and enhanced where possible. Dead wood is kept on-site to create habitats for invertebrates, providing food for small mammals and birds, and offering play and seating opportunities.

► Refer to Design Code / Sitewide / Landscape / Planting / Trees (EC.PA.C).

Proposed tree - Small

Proposed tree - Medium

Proposed tree - Large

Existing retained trees

Illustrative proposed tree diagram reflecting likely scenario of number of trees, location, variation, size and layout.

7.3 Landscape | Trees

Tree retention strategy

The majority of existing trees within the Site and along its boundaries are retained and integrated into the sitewide tree planting strategy demonstrated within the Illustrative Masterplan.

Some trees will be removed to facilitate the implementation of the routes and interfaces at the edges. These are primarily located in private areas of the Site, currently inaccessible to the public. The approach to existing trees has been as follows:

• Over 1,000 new trees will be planted.

• Existing trees within the current public realm are given priority for retention where feasible.

• Factors such as tree health, visual importance, size, and amenity value are taken into account when deciding whether to retain or remove trees.

• Any tree identified for removal will be repurposed within the design whenever possible, serving as play elements, seating, ecological features, or wood chip mulch.

• Retained trees will be safeguarded during construction in accordance with BS 5837.

► Refer to Arboricultural Impact Assessment (EC.PA.09).

Removed trees reused for seating

Removed trees reused for play

Removed trees reused for mulch

7.3 Landscape | Soil

Soil strategy

The proposed soil strategy ensures adequate depth for tree and plant growth whilst promoting carbon sequestration within the masterplan.

The following approaches are considered as part of the soil strategy:

• Establish minimum soil depths and drainage considering historic or proposed man-made structures.

• Soil strategy details conditions and soil buildups across the Site.

• Minimum soil depth for large tree planting is 1.2m, with potential for greater depth in many locations.

• Structural slabs designed to accommodate tree planting, soil depths, emergency vehicles, and play equipment.

• Drainage layers included in build-up assumptions to ensure proper tree pit drainage.

Soil above structure - requiring approximately 400mm mounding for large trees

Soil above structure - no requirement for mounding

Soil above terra firma

Soil above structure - requirement for mounding or raised planters

Soil above structure - limited depth and loading constraints

Soil depth strategy diagram

Soil build-up with no mounding for large tree

Planting types soil build-ups

Mounded soil build-up for large tree

7.3 Landscape | Microclimate

Microclimate strategy

Nature-based solutions can improve air quality, reduce wind speeds, foster comfortable public realm and encourage year-round use for outdoor activity.

► Refer to Design Code / Sitewide / Landscape / Microclimate (EC.PA.C).

Deciduous

Wind mitigation and dispersion of particles

Mix of deciduous and evergreen

Main deposition in spring /summer when leaves are big

The comfort of people, whether strolling, sitting or standing, can be achieved through naturebased design solutions, which is described in the Control Documents. A favourable microclimate can be created through landscape design that considers several key issues, including the selection of climate-resilient plant and tree species, the maturity of the vegetation specified, the location of the planting, and seasonal change. Additionally, the following have been considered in relation to microclimate:

• Recreational space uses are strategically located based on sunlight testing, ensuring active areas receive optimal sunlight.

• Appropriate tree selection ensures shade and breeze mitigate hot summer weather, while allowing sunlight penetration in winter.

• Tree clusters act as windbreaks, providing shelter and comfortable seating areas in the public realm.

• Nature-based design at key thresholds along busy roads helps mitigate air and noise pollution.

• Using a mix of deciduous and evergreen trees with diverse leaves to help reduce air pollution throughout the year, not just by physically separating from the pollutant source.

Coniferous Year-round deposition effect

The plant mix helps shading and cooling through different canopy sizes and the integration of blue-green infrastructure

The landscape is used to control the breeze, allowing for wind flow during summer months or for wind mitigation in winter

Deciduous species allow sunshine through during winter months

Grey infrastructure pollutant source

Physical separation from pollutant source Atmospheric dispersion and dry deposition of polluted particles Diluted and cleansed air

Landscape | Water

Sustainable water management strategy

Harnessing water’s immense potential for integrating play, biodiversity and sustainability is a fundamental way to support health and wellbeing, reducing the urban heat island effect in London and the wider area.

Water creates social value and brings people together

Level changes can be harnessed to move water

Water cools public spaces and makes them more enjoyable

The sustainable and nature-based water management approach in the Illustrative Masterplan is defined by the following principles:

► Refer to Integrated Water Management Strategy (EC.PA.41).

Nature-based rainwater management will not only deliver a utility value, but also create important social value.

By using the level changes in the landscape rainwater can be conveyed and stored through gravity.

Water increases biodiversity and habitats

Open water features are hotspots for biodiversity, attracting invertebrates, birds and bats. Planting as part of Sustainable Drainage System (SuDS) also create habitats in their own right.

Adaptable planting supports a range of wet and dry conditions

Plant species selection for SuDS features will be resilient and adaptable to both wet and dry seasons.

Water bodies and water features naturally cool the public realm through water evaporation, helping to create comfortable micro-climates.

Water can be collected for irrigation

Water will be collected on Site through tanks, bowsers and crate systems that can be used for irrigation of planting.

Landscape | Water

Sustainable Drainage Systems

The location of above ground Sustainable Drainage Systems (SuDS) features is influenced by proposed Site levels and underground infrastructure. The following considerations have informed the approach to SuDS features:

• SuDS features are positioned above ground level for potential infiltration into the soil below.

• Their placement above slabs does not restrict SuDS features; they function as self-contained systems that slow, filter, transpire, and convey surface water runoff towards soakaway areas.

• A mix of dry and wet features includes rain gardens and detention ponds. Retention ponds will remain wet year-round to enable people to experience water and to serve as wet habitats, which are rare in London.

• Water collection tanks and bowsers are strategically located across the Site to make water circularity visible to residents and visitors.

The following pages describe the proposed strategies in more detail within specific areas of the public realm.

► Refer to Integrated Water Management Strategy (EC.PA.41).

Integrated landscape SuDS features above structure

Integrated landscape SuDS features above terra firma

Street rain gardens above structure

Street rain gardens above terra firma

Detention ponds are deeper and less biologically diverse bioretention areas than bioswales and rain gardens. Bioretention systems capture and temporally store stormwater during periods of heavy rain (Eisenberg and Polcher 2020). Detention ponds can be completely filled up with water during storms; they infiltrate much of it into the ground; and discharge the overflow into the sewer system. The remainder of the time they remain dry. Detention ponds can provide attractive scenic elements in public areas, around playgrounds and sport fields.

Bioswales and rain gardens

Bioswales and rain gardens are shallow, densely vegetated ground depressions, with a variety of trees, shrubs, and grasses to collect stormwater from adjacent impervious surfaces. During storms, they become flooded and facilitate ground infiltration and cleaning of stormwater simultaneously (EPA 2006). During dry seasons, swales and rain gardens contribute to the quality of public areas. Bioswales are common in streets and other linear infrastructure; rain gardens are common in parks, squares, and private gardens.

Retention pond

SuDS strategy diagram

Retention ponds are bioretention areas characterized by a permanent body of water and vegetated edges. Unlike detention ponds, they are permanently filled with water. Retention ponds collect stormwater from the surrounding areas; add storage capacity and ease the pressure on the surface water treatment and sewerage systems. Retention ponds offer the added benefit of storing water for further reuse during drought conditions, while simultaneously providing habitat and enriching the diversity of public green spaces (Iwaszuk et al. 2019).

Detention pond

Permeable pavements

Detention ponds are deeper and less biologically diverse bioretention areas than bioswales and rain gardens. Bioretention systems capture and temporally store stormwater during periods of heavy rain (Eisenberg and Polcher 2020). Detention ponds can be completely filled up with water during storms; they infiltrate much of it into the ground; and discharge the overflow into the sewer system. The remainder of the time they remain dry. Detention ponds can provide attractive scenic elements in public areas, around playgrounds and sport fields.

Bioswales and rain gardens

Bioswales and rain gardens are shallow, densely vegetated ground depressions, with a variety of trees, shrubs, and grasses to collect stormwater from adjacent impervious surfaces. During storms, they become flooded and facilitate ground infiltration and cleaning of stormwater simultaneously (EPA 2006). During dry seasons, swales and rain gardens contribute to the quality of public areas. Bioswales are common in streets and other linear infrastructure; rain gardens are common in parks, squares, and private gardens.

Retention pond

Permeable pavements are alternatives to traditional pavements, such as pervious asphalt, pervious concrete, interlocking pavers, and plastic grid pavers, and are especially effective during less intense storms (LIDC 2007) for reducing surface runoff. They infiltrate, treat, and store rainwater and reduce runoff by allowing rain and snowmelt to seep to underlying layers. They generally consist of a surface pavement layer, an underlying stone aggregate reservoir layer, and a filter layer or fabric installed at the bottom. Permeable pavements can be used at commercial, institutional, and residential sites in spaces that are traditionally impervious, such as pedestrian walkways, driveways, bike lanes, parking lots, and lowvolume roadways. They are unsuitable for high-volume or highspeed roadways and avoided at spill sites as they clog the pavement (WRI and WBG 2019).

Retention ponds are bioretention areas characterized by a permanent body of water and vegetated edges. Unlike detention ponds, they are permanently filled with water. Retention ponds collect stormwater from the surrounding areas; add storage capacity and ease the pressure on the surface water treatment and sewerage systems. Retention ponds offer the added benefit of storing water for further reuse during drought conditions, while simultaneously providing habitat and enriching the diversity of public green spaces (Iwaszuk et al. 2019).

Detention pond

Detention ponds are deeper and less biologically diverse bioretention areas than bioswales and rain gardens. Bioretention systems capture and temporally store stormwater during periods of heavy rain (Eisenberg and Polcher 2020). Detention ponds can be completely filled up with water during storms; they infiltrate much of it into the ground; and discharge the overflow into the sewer system. The remainder of the time they remain dry. Detention ponds can provide attractive scenic elements in public areas, around playgrounds and sport fields.

Permeable pavements

Permeable pavements are alternatives to traditional pavements, such as pervious asphalt, pervious concrete, interlocking pavers, and plastic grid pavers, and are especially effective during less intense storms (LIDC 2007) for reducing surface runoff. They infiltrate, treat, and store rainwater and reduce runoff by allowing rain and snowmelt to seep to underlying layers. They generally consist of a surface pavement layer, an underlying stone aggregate reservoir layer, and a filter layer or fabric installed at the bottom.

Retention pond

Permeable pavements can be used at commercial, institutional, and residential sites in spaces that are traditionally impervious, such as pedestrian walkways, driveways, bike lanes, parking lots, and lowvolume roadways. They are unsuitable for high-volume or highspeed roadways and avoided at spill sites as they clog the pavement (WRI and WBG 2019).

Retention ponds are bioretention areas characterized by a permanent body of water and vegetated edges. Unlike detention ponds, they are permanently filled with water. Retention ponds collect stormwater from the surrounding areas; add storage capacity and ease the pressure on the surface water treatment and sewerage systems. Retention ponds offer the added benefit of storing water for further reuse during drought conditions, while simultaneously providing habitat and enriching the diversity of public green spaces (Iwaszuk et al. 2019).

Permeable pavements

NOTE: Illustrations as defined in the World Bank’s ‘A Catalogue of Nature Based Solutions for Urban Resilience’, available here

Permeable pavements are alternatives to traditional pavements, such as pervious asphalt, pervious concrete, interlocking pavers, and plastic grid pavers, and are especially effective during less intense storms (LIDC 2007) for reducing surface runoff. They infiltrate, treat, and store rainwater and reduce runoff by allowing rain and snowmelt to seep to underlying layers. They generally consist of a surface pavement layer, an underlying stone aggregate reservoir layer, and a filter layer or fabric installed at the bottom. Permeable pavements can be used at commercial, institutional, and residential sites in spaces that are traditionally impervious, such as pedestrian walkways, driveways, bike lanes, parking lots, and lowvolume roadways. They are unsuitable for high-volume or highspeed roadways and avoided at spill sites as they clog the pavement 143

Bioswales and rain gardens

These are shallow, densely vegetated ground depressions, which collect stormwater from adjacent impervious surfaces. During storms, they become flooded and facilitate ground infiltration and cleaning of stormwater.

Permeable pavements

These are especially effective during less intense storms for reducing surface runoff. They infiltrate, treat, and store rainwater and reduce runoff by allowing rain water to naturally infiltrate into the ground below.

Retention ponds

These are bioretention areas characterised by a permanent body of water and vegetated edges. Unlike detention ponds, they are permanently filled with water. Retention ponds collect stormwater from the surrounding areas; add storage capacity and ease the pressure on the surface water treatment and sewerage systems.

Landscape | Water

Bioswales at the crescents

Bioswales located along West Brompton and Warwick Crescents store excess rainwater during heavy rainfall and release it gradually into the drainage system. These features help to accentuate the geometry of the crescents.

Bioswales are employed in the eastern section where surface water cannot naturally infiltrate in all locations due to underlying rail tunnels.

Location plan: Warwick and West Brompton Crescent

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

View of West Brompton Crescent showing bioswales integrated in the landscape

7.3

Landscape | Water

Aisgill Gardens retention ponds

Retention ponds located on terra firma help maintain a consistent water level and can store excess runoff, minimising the requirement for underground attenuation tanks. They function as playful features that support the public realm aspirations for Aisgill Gardens to be a community space.

Storing water above ground through retention ponds has the benefit of providing ecological habitats and visual connection to water.

Location plan: Aisgill Gardens

1.

2.

3.

4.

Deep water plants planted in crates

Wetland topsoil determined by requirements of vegetation

150mm layer of gravel and subsoil.

Pond liner

View of Aisgill Gardens showing retention ponds integrated within the landscape

7.3 Landscape | Water

Lillie Sidings Square bioretention strips

Planted bioretention strips located on Lillie Sidings Square help to store and filter surface water runoff. They form an integral part of the public realm and enhance the industrial character.

The post-industrial character of Lillie Sidings Square creates an opportunity to introduce largescale water collection towers, gathering runoff from buildings for irrigation purposes. Location plan, Lillie Sidings Square

1. Bioremediating plants such as Typha sp. Phragmites australis and Iris sp.

2. Wetland topsoil determined by requirements of vegetation

3. 150mm layer of gravel and subsoil 4. Pond liner

View of Lillie Sidings Square showing bioretention strips integrated within the landscape

7.3 Landscape | Water

The Cascades

The Cascades becomes a place to interact with water whilst also embodying the approach of water circularity and climate adaptation.

Within the Illustrative Masterplan, the Cascades will use 100% non-potable water across the year, derived from harvested rainwater and greywater. Design considerations include:

• Rainwater initially collects on building and ground surfaces. Gravity channels runoff to holding and filtration tanks below ground.

• Filtered water is pumped back up for use in water features that have no direct human interaction.

• Some water passes through further filters for safe use in play features.

• Water used in play features undergoes recycling and filtration.

• Tank sizes are designed to store 60 days’ worth of water, ensuring the functionality of the Cascades during drought periods.

Location plan: The Cascades

Diagram illustrating water systems utilised within the Cascades

1. Cascades

2. Reflection pool

3. Water play

View of the Cascades showing integration of water within the landscape

Landscape | Play

Achieving a playful public realm for all ages and needs

The play strategy intends to meet the play needs of all children and young people. It will do this by providing playable spaces, dedicated play spaces and safe routes between them.

Earls Court will create a welcoming, inclusive and supportive place for resident children and young people, as well as those in the local area. It will be somewhere for children and young people to enjoy and feel safe whilst playing and socialising. The play strategy is fully compliant with Section S4 of the London Plan and embraces the principles of the Good Growth Design Making London Child Friendly Report as follows:

• Enabling children to access play spaces safely and independently.

• Distributing play throughout the open spaces including risky play and exploration.

• Forming an integral part of the surrounding neighbourhood and encouraging children and young people to enter Earls Court.

• Play will not be segregated by housing tenure and will be provided for all age groups and needs.

Playful street - residential

Playful street - commercial

Dedicated playground areas

Water play integrated in SuDS

Open water features

Courtyard play

Designated sports play zone

Incidental sport areas

“Risky play” at level changes

Nature play

• The spaces will be overlooked and will incorporate trees and/or other forms of greenery. Play strategy diagram

Flexible, hard-paved surfaces

► Refer to Design Code / Sitewide / Landscape / Play (EC.PA.C).

Alignment with Section S4 of the London Plan March 2021. The development will also meet the play space quantum of 10m2 per child.

1. Play will be stimulating, interesting and inviting Play typologies have been influenced by the following principles:

2. Play will be everywhere: convenient and accessible

Young people on the Public Realm Inclusivity Panel (PRIP) have been consulted extensively, as have parents and carers, including those of young children and those with additional needs.

3. Play will be safe, healthy and nature-based

7.3 Landscape | Play

► Refer to Design Code / Sitewide / Landscape / Play (EC.PA.C).

Typologies embedded within the Illustrative Masterplan

Playful streets

Vehicle-free streetscapes will become lively spaces for children by incorporating informal play areas within green infrastructure and designing pavements that encourage spontaneous play.

Clearings in the Table Park will be provided within the landscape to create space for informal sports, play and recreation. Support for this type of play will be part of a management strategy so that children and young people are able to play games in these areas.

Dedicated playground

Destination playgrounds will be thoughtfully designed to integrate inclusive and accessible elements that invite children of all abilities to play and learn together. These will support parents, carers and different family structures.

Level changes in play environments, such as elevated steps or climbing structures, will provide opportunities for children to engage in risky play. Play equipment will offer a broad range of experiences at different levels so that children are able to test through graduated risk, according to their ages and abilities.

Water play

Water features will be spaces where children can play, naturally cool in the summer but also available to play in during the colder months. Water will be incorporated into level changes.

Nature play

Nature trails will trigger children’s creativity and curiosity, allowing children to manipulate their surroundings to create engaging play opportunities. Opportunities to climb trees, discover sensory planting experiences, get hands dirty and experience tactile materials such as sand and water will be integrated within play designs.

Courtyard play

Courtyards will provide contained play space for younger children close to home. Consideration will be given for how children can reach these spaces, play independently and for how play is balanced with the needs of other residents.

Informal stepping stones and log bridges through rain gardens will ensure opportunities for play and physical activity along every-day routes, embedding play within daily lives of children.

Sports play

Risky play

Flexible hard surfaces

7.3 Landscape | Play

PRIP impact on play strategy

The Public Realm Inclusivity Panel (PRIP) has extensively explored ideas about play at Earls Court, both in sessions dedicated to play and in more general discussions.

The PRIP sessions covering play and mobility were structured in the following way:

• Session 02 - Parks and open space: Used collage to explore what makes a good park or open space.

• Session 03 - Aisgill Gardens: Explored the idea of play, recreation and sport through a collage exercise of Aisgill Gardens.

• Session 04 - Aisgill Gardens and Table Park: The PRIP continued to discuss play in relation to Aisgill Gardens and the Table Park.

• Session 05 - Masterplan and Aisgill Gardens: Reviewed the masterplan and initial designs for Aisgill Gardens including mobility and play.

• Session 06 - Warwick Apron: Explored access, movement, and the different activities that could happen at Warwick Road Apron.

• Session 10 - Movement: Explored movement across the Table Park and the wider masterplan, including how play can be accommodated within the movement strategy.

• Session 14 - The Cascades: Reviewed the initial design of the Cascades, including how play is incorporated into the level change and water features.

• Session 16 - Masterplan review: Reviewed the masterplan including mobility and play.

• Session 17 - Access and Mobility: Reviewed Access and Movement section of the Design Code.

• Session 18 - The Cascades & Local Routes: Second review of design proposals for the Cascades and mobility along six local routes.

PRIP suggestions as a result of these sessions included:

• Spaces should be green, with water and integrated play.

• Allow for risky play and exploration.

• Provide places to cycle or skateboard.

• Create sensory activities.

• Integrate play into level change, for example, gradual slopes that are good for skating.

• Allow for sports.

• Some people enjoy places where they can sit and observe others, for example watching sports and children playing.

Session 03: Aisgill Gardens collage exercise

Session 10: Movement collage exercise

Session 11: Elephant Park visit

7.3 Landscape | Play

Playspace scenarios

Playspace provision in the Illustrative Masterplan has been evaluated in anticipation of potential development scenarios, safeguarded, and strategically allocated within the broader masterplan.

To demonstrate the versatility of the Proposed Development, various play scenarios have undergone testing, all guided by the principles outlined on the preceding page.

The following play scenarios have been assessed:

• Minimum scenario: This scenario tests the minimum number of homes that could be delivered within the framework if all Flexible Plots were to be commercial.

• Maximum scenario: This scenario tests the maximum number of homes that could be delivered within the framework if all Flexible Plots were to be residential.

• Illustrative scenario: This scenario tests the most realistic blend of commercial and residential across the Site.

► Refer to Design Code / Sitewide / Landscape / Play (EC.PA.C).

7.3 Landscape | Materiality

Paving and materiality

The paving and materiality strategy balances overall coherence across the masterplan with the individual expression of each Character Area and its local context.

The strategy is tailored to different types of spaces. The following principles inform material selection in the Control Documents:

• Paving materials prioritise people-first design, comfort and safety.

• Clear differentiation of materiality between footways, bike lanes, and roads or shared surfaces aids wayfinding.

• Hardscape materials prioritise accessibility, with a focus on wheelchair-friendly, firm, and slip-resistant options suitable for all weather conditions.

• Materials serve as a background element, with the landscape’s focus primarily on planting and natural features.

► Refer to Design Code / Sitewide / Landscape / Materiality (EC.PA.C).

palette on key squares, towards edges and thresholds Street improvement and accent treatment beyond Planning Application Boundary

Materials strategy diagram

Natural, informal materials are used in prominent public areas like the Table Park and Lillie Sidings

More formal materials are employed along streets, crescents, and boulevards to complement their structured layout

Accent materials and furniture are incorporated at thresholds to enhance local character and blend with the surrounding context

Less formal, softer materiality and paving palette

formal materiality along streets, crescents and boulevards

7.3 Landscape | Street Furniture

Street furniture

Street furniture will be selected to ensure a familiar design language within a particular Character Area, and a coherent appearance across the masterplan overall.

• Street furniture (seating, bollards, bins) will reflect the character of each landscape zone, supporting the Exhibition Gardens concept.

• Furniture selection will respond to the existing characteristics of interfacing streets and public realm areas, integrating the Site into the wider neighbourhood and avoiding a clear distinction at Site entrances.

• Accessibility and inclusivity are central, with furniture designed for diverse needs (e.g. back and armrests, varied seating depths and heights, open bases).

• Benches will be placed in public spaces and along pedestrian routes for resting, peoplewatching, and socialising.

• A variety of seating options will accommodate different group sizes or individuals.

• Seating arrangements will support a variety of users including wheelchair users.

• Cycle stands will be located in well-surveilled areas along key routes for convenience. Fixed individual seating

Fixed individual seating along key routes offers frequent opportunities to sit and pause, catering to those who prefer privacy and need regular rest.

Flexible seating: social and individual

► Refer to Design Code / Sitewide / Landscape / Street Furniture (EC.PA.C).

Fixed seating arranged in corners, concave shapes, or small “rooms” allows larger groups to sit together and encourages social interaction among strangers. Placing social seating in key destinations with heavy pedestrian traffic can create a lively atmosphere.

Flexible seating arrangements are ideal for larger pedestrian spaces with diverse activities. These configurations allow people to move and adjust seating to suit their needs. It can accommodate groups or individuals, provides choice of sun or shade, and of preferred viewpoints for observing activities.

Fixed social seating

Example of fixed individual seating

Example of fixed social seating

Example of flexible seating

7.3 Landscape | Art

Sitewide art strategy

A dynamic and evolving art strategy will form an important part of ensuring the Earls Court Development is a cultural destination within London.

Key principles that would add value to the art strategy:

• The design and delivery of artwork(s) should be considered alongside the development of the landscape design to ensure that installations are successfully woven into the public realm

• Temporary art works should consider the phasing strategy and explore opportunities to enrich customer experience and help to establish the place early on

• Art should be considered alongside the development of the wayfinding strategy to explore opportunities to create landmarks that help people to create ‘mental maps’ of the place

The Earls Court Development art strategy sets out a framework for how to work collaboratively to create art that will reinforce a sense of place and tell the story of this unique part of London and its communities.

The following approach could be used to deliver an art programme across the Earls Court Development:

• Establish the brief and location for an art installation.

• One or more artists longlisted for their proven ability to bring real social and cultural value through a community co-creation process whilst also demonstrating experience in the making and delivery of public art work.

• Artist shortlists (or single artist) could be selected by the steering group to develop an art co-creation strategy.

• An artist or group of artists could be selected to take forward an art project(s) for delivery.

Longlist of artist(s) selected

Brief and location defined for art installation

► Refer to Design Code / Sitewide / Landscape / Public Art / Public Art (EC.PA.C).

Art developed alongside phasing strategy

Diagram illustrating the art strategy process

Artist(s) selected to develop an art co-creation strategy

Earls Court Development Art Strategy

Artist(s) selected to take forward art project(s)

Art developed alongside landscape + wayfinding

Art at Earls Court today

Meanwhile artwork on Warwick Road Apron Artist in Residence at the Community Hub

Artwork on the site hoardings

The transformation of Empress Place terraces into Empress Studios, a collection of 46 artist studios

7.3 Landscape | Lighting

Sitewide lighting strategy and characters

Lighting will play a crucial role in highlighting and celebrating each of the place pillars after dark.

The following considerations have informed the lighting strategy for the Site:

• Providing layers of light to support a variety of functions, from quiet residential streets to busy cultural venues.

• Supporting after dark use of the public realm by enhancing the night time character of the spaces.

• Creating a perceivably safe environment through hierarchy, legibility of highlight of architectural and landscape interventions.

• Providing a lit atmospheres which changes over time to meet varying demands of spaces and users throughout the night and across seasons.

• Restricting light pollution and the impacts of artificial light on ecosystems and neighbours; controlling and minimising light levels and the impact on wildlife and adjacent properties.

• Tailoring varying lighting characteristics to the functions and users of various spaces across the masterplan.

• Identifying a variety of luminaires, locations, mounting types, and approaches to the control of the lighting to create suitable atmospheres for each Character Area and route typology.

► Refer to Design Code / Sitewide / Landscape / Lighting (EC.PA.C) and Design and Access Statement Volume 1: Outline Component / Appendix (EC.PA.08).

Lillie Sidings Square - Illustration of how lighting design can bring the square and activity to life after dark

Commercial Streets - Illustrative evening view of West Kensington Boulevard

Community Green - Illustrative evening view of Aisgill Gardens

Commercial Streets - Illustrative evening view of West Brompton Crescent

Commercial Streets - Illustrative evening view of Empress Place Boulevard

7.4 Access and Movement

Introduction

The Strategic Framework has adopted a ‘people first’ approach, seeking to prioritise pedestrians and active travel.

Access into and throughout the Site is a key component of the masterplan, both in operational terms but also in creating attractive urban spaces that align with Transport for London’s (TfL) Healthy Streets Approach, which is a human-centred framework for embedding public health in transport, public realm and planning. It is supported by the Mayor of London and Greater London Authority (GLA) as set out in ‘A City for All Londoners’ and ‘Healthy Streets for London.’

This section elaborates upon the principles in the Strategic Framework and the Control Documents. This includes:

• Public transport

• Pedestrian movement

• Accessible public realm

• Cycling

• Deliveries and Servicing

► Refer to the Transport Assessment (EC.PA.13).

View of the Table Edge

7.4 Access and Movement

Priorities for access and movement and inclusive design

The Transport Assessment sets out the priorities that underpin the approach to access and movement, inclusive design, and access for all, around the development.

Emerging from conversations with the public during consultation and through engagement with the Public Realm Inclusivity Panel (PRIP), these priorities set the scene for the following pages which detail access arrangements around the Site for each mode.

► Refer to the Transport Assessment (EC.PA.13).

A neighbourhood with the essentials on your doorstep

• One of the biggest appeals of central city living is connectivity and access to the worldclass workplaces and destinations that London has to offer.

Prioritising sustainable travel Enabling smart travel choices

• The Site is hyper-connected by existing public transport linking residents to the city. The Strategic Framework has been organised to make the most of its connections to the public transport network.

• The Strategic Framework integrates and prioritises cycling and walking, promoting active travel as the most attractive options.

• Zero emission vehicles are the default where travel by private vehicle is essential.

• Access for all is prioritised to ensure that people of all abilities can move around the Site equitably and safely.

• The Strategic Framework is anticipating potential future technologies that may change servicing arrangements and personal transportation.

• The Strategic Framework seeks flexibility in these areas, allowing for future change through a ‘monitor and manage’ approach in the Transport Assessment.

• The infrastructure provided will be able to adapt and respond to smart technologies and systems as they emerge.

Baseline -PTAL

7.4 Access and Movement

Exceptional public transport connections

The Site benefits from excellent public transport connectivity with three London Underground stations and many existing bus stops on its doorstep.

Most people living and working in the development will use public transport. The pedestrian-first public realm connects to the stations and improves access for residents beyond the Site.

Targeted improvements to the stations will be agreed with TfL to ensure the existing infrastructure can accommodate future demands. Step-free access will be considered where it is not currently provided.

Assessments of bus stop infrastructure and service enhancements form part of the Transport Assessment. The bus layover at Lillie Road will be reconfigured to improve operational movements, and provide staff facilities.

► Refer to the Transport Assessment (EC.PA.13).

London Underground District line

London Underground Piccadilly line London Overground

Baseline -PTAL

*No increases in frequency, just development connections opening site

PTAL is a measure which rates locations by distance from frequent public transport services. By adding the development connections, there is a marked improvement to Earls Court and the neighbouring Estates, before any infrastructure improvements or increased service frequency.

*No increases in frequency, just development connections opening site

7.4 Access and Movement

A walkable neighbourhood

Earls Court Development will offer a pedestrian first public realm that prioritises people and connects the Site back into the local street network.

A significant portion of the public realm is vehicle-free, with only emergency and out of hours servicing vehicles permitted access. This helps to create a safe environment and contributes to the sense of place and vibrancy of the public realm at the centre of the Site.

Some routes permit vehicular movement to ensure access to buildings. Generous, comfortable and safe space for pedestrian movement is provided on all of these routes.

The resulting pedestrian network connects with key routes around the Site to enable permeability in the wider local area.

► Refer to the Earls Court Design Code / Sitewide / Landscape (EC.PA.C).

Vehicle-free public realm

(excludes emergency services access and controlled out of hours servicing)

Routes with pedestrian access

Outside site boundary

Primary pedestrian routes

Pedestrian route subject to Third party agreement

Other pedestrian routes

Vehicle-free public realm

Routes with pedestrian access

Pedestrian network

Access and Movement

An accessible public realm

Gentle slopes, ramps, steps and public lifts negotiate the transition between east and west and over the Table, from the high point of the Table Park, where the railway is crossed, to existing levels at the edges making the Site accessible for all.

The landscape turns the Site’s existing levels and constraints into a topographic experience contributing to the sense of discovery and diversity of the public realm. Accessible routes are integrated into the landscape as part of the inclusive approach and vision for the Site.

Accessible routes are provided across the Illustrative Masterplan and most routes negotiate levels through gentle slopes. Where level changes require it, ramps, stairs and lifts provide a comfortable transition between those levels. Where possible, lifts are integrated into buildings for passive surveillance and management. As set out in the Control Documents, the entirety of the Site must comply with regulations that address accessible design.

► Refer to the Earls Court Design Code / Sitewide / Landscape (EC.PA.C).

Integrated public lifts

Ramps and gentle slopes providing step free access

7.4 Access and Movement

A cycle-friendly environment

Active travel is offered as the preferred option for residents, visitors and the workforce with continuous cycle routes making key connections across the Site.

All of the public realm is navigable by bicycle and all buildings can be directly accessed. A continuous network is provided with a range of approaches that combine cycling with other ways to move across the Site. Based on street width, traffic flow and connectivity, cycling can be combined with pedestrian and/or vehicular movement, or be separated.

This composite cycling network links to the wider local cycling networks improving cycle infrastructure in the local area.

Cyclists share access roads with vehicles

Cyclists on shared or demarcated cycle route

(to be confirmed at detailed design stage)

Cyclists on pedestrian-priority public realm

Indicative lift positions

Mobility hubs

Local Cycle Route improvements

Main Road Local Cycle Routes

Recognised Local Cycle Routes

Other main local roads

Shared or demarcated cycle route

Access roads shared with vehicles

7.4 Access and Movement

Accessible parking and taxi drop-off

In line with the London Plan, the Illustrative Masterplan is car-lite and prioritises sustainable travel. Most residents and workers will not need to own or use a private vehicle when accessing the Site.

A policy compliant provision of accessible parking is incorporated for all land uses. Residential accessible spaces are mostly provided on Plot (spaces equivalent to 3% of unit numbers) and for other uses accessible spaces are distributed within the public realm. All parking spaces will have EV charging capability.

A zero-emissions car club is proposed to give residents access to a shared pool of private vehicles. Car club spaces are distributed across the public realm and within on-plot parking allocations.

Taxi set down areas are positioned at the edges of the Site in uncontrolled access areas, encouraging journeys to be completed by foot. Taxis are allowed through access control points to ensure anyone can be dropped off within 50m of all buildings if required.

Access and Movement

Deliveries and servicing

The servicing strategy for the Illustrative Masterplan aims to be flexible to adapt to future demand whilst minimising the volume of servicing trips to and from the Site.

The aim is to minimise the impact of the Proposed Development on the existing local road network and contribute towards improved air quality in the local area. This is achieved by encouraging and facilitating the consolidation of goods at all stages of each deliveries journey to Site.

Essential servicing will be undertaken by zero emission vehicles where possible.

► Refer to the Framework Delivery and Servicing Plan (EC.PA.14).

Entrance to service road below the Table Park to serve adjacent buildings

Access and Movement

Opportunity below the Table Park

Plot EC-07 sits below the Table Park, providing circa 4,000sqm (GEA) of subterranean space for which a range of non-residential, flexible use classes (including B8 storage and distribution) are sought.

One potential development scenario, set out by the Illustrative Masterplan, is a last mile logistics facility, taking a rare opportunity to deliver a purpose built logistics space in Central London that would have the potential to reduce vehicular movements within the wider neighbourhood.

There is ever-growing demand for efficient and sustainable last mile fulfilment solutions and the need is particularly acute in this part of London. The provision of such a facility in this location is supported by the London Plan (including Policy E4), the Mayor’s Transport Strategy, TfL’s Cargo Bike Action Plan and the Local Plan Site Allocation, which requires delivery of nonresidential floorspace at the Site to help create a sustainable and balanced community.

Key drivers for exploring the inclusion of a last mile logistics hub at Earls Court Development are:

• Replacing vehicle trips on the local highway network with sustainable delivery modes.

• Improving air quality on-site and within the local area.

• Reduced CO2 emissions per package delivered on-site and within the local area.

Illustration of potential last mile urban logistics under the Table Park

It is envisaged that e-cargo bikes would be used to make deliveries from the facility

7.5 Inclusive Design

Introduction

The Earls Court Development aims to deliver the highest standards of equitable, accessible and inclusive design. A focus on inclusion will make the new neighbourhood a place for everyone.

Working with the Public Realm Inclusivity Panel alongside experts and other stakeholders, the proposals have embraced inclusivity as a key element of the design proposals. This means placing people at the heart of the design process, acknowledging diversity and difference, considering the needs of all groups, including older people, children, and people with physical and sensory disabilities, neurodivergent individuals, and the general wellbeing and safety of all users. Creating a place where everyone feels welcome is part of the vision for the Site and aligns with TfL’s Healthy Streets approach.

This section includes detail on policies and best practice that have shaped the Strategic Framework and Control Documents to create a place that fosters social inclusion. This includes:

• Vehicular movement

• Pedestrian movement

• Cycling

• Play, lighting, public facilities and wayfinding

• Entrances and circulation

► Refer to Design and Access Statement Volume 1: Outline Component / Design Evolution & Engagement (EC.PA.08).

7.5 Inclusive Design

Inclusive design priorities

Inclusive design priorities have shaped physical and qualitative aspects of the Strategic Framework and the Control Documents.

During the design and consultation process, particularly through engagement with the Public Realm Inclusivity Panel (PRIP), six priorities were identified that influenced the overall sitewide principles of inclusive design. They consider the various aspects of social and physical challenges which need to be overcome by smart, inclusive design and were influenced by planning policy and regulations. These were:

• Legibility and wayfinding - navigation through the Site should be intuitive.

• Diversity of spaces - there should be a variety of public space to reflect the different ways people use, navigate and enjoy the public realm.

• Movement methods - footpaths and cycleways should be clearly delineated and usable for people with physical impairments.

• Areas to rest - a variety of seating types should be provided for people who have trouble walking long distances, those with neurological difficulties or people who simply need a break.

• Sensory experience - in line with the focus on nature, features that may overwhelm people with neurological processing or mental health challenges are to be avoided.

• Safe environment - pathways and entrances should be appropriately lit and designed to foster natural surveillance. Design must address how vulnerable areas, such as at external lifts or less crowded routes, can be made safe.

These priorities are woven into the principles of the Strategic Framework and the Control Documents and are described in further technical detail on the following pages.

Work will continue with the PRIP to interrogate, critique and refine design principles to ensure an inclusive and accessible approach to landscape and buildings.

Legibility and wayfinding

Variety of space uses

Clarity on different modes of transport Safe environment

Skt Kjeld’s Square - SLA

7.5 Inclusive Design

Vehicular movement and drop-off opportunities

The Illustrative Masterplan creates a vehicle-free public realm at the centre of the development. The walkable neighbourhood approach is justified by the exceptional access to public transport.

It is acknowledged that public transport may not be accessible for all, and the proposals have considered the needs of people who rely on community transport, taxis or minicabs as a means of transport:

• Drop-off opportunities are provided within 50m from the entrances to all buildings/uses, as recommended by the Inclusive Mobility Guidance.

• Taxi set down will be in uncontrolled access areas at the edges of the Site to encouraging walking.

• Kerb heights will be coordinated at detailed stage to ensure that ramps can deploy appropriately and provide a safe exit/entry

• Step-free routes with suitable access provisions are proposed from drop-off points to entrances of the buildings. Drop-kerbs and pedestrian crossings will be provided where appropriate.

• Drop-off points will meet dimensional and other specifications as set out in BS8300-1.

► For detailed diagram, refer to Design and Access Statement Volume 1: Outline Component / Spatial Strategies / Access and Movement (EC.PA.08).

Car parking provision

The Site will not have general parking but will provide appropriate provision of disabled parking in line with the London Plan Policies T6. 1 Residential parking and T6. 5 Nonresidential disabled persons parking.

• Car parking provision for disabled people has been incorporated in line with the London Plan policies, with residential buildings providing bays equivalent to 3% of the total dwellings, and for other uses accessible spaces are distributed within the public realm.

• Car parking is proposed both on-plot and within the public realm, located in each instance close to the entrances of the buildings it serves. Travel distances will be max. 50m as recommended by the Inclusive Mobility Guidance.

• Routes from the disabled parking bays to the buildings will be level or gently sloping, with a suitable firm ground surface.

• Accessible car parking will meet dimensional and other specifications set out in Approved Document M and BS8300-1.

• Provision of accessible EV charging points will follow guidance from the ‘PAS 1899: Electric vehicles – Accessible charging –Specification’ and will be included at all locations for EV charging.

Electric vehicle charging point

7.5 Inclusive Design

Pedestrian routes

The Illustrative Masterplan prioritises people and provides accessible and inclusive pedestrian routes throughout the Site.

• Footpaths will be wide enough to accommodate a wide range of users and to allow two wheelchair users to pass each other at any point.

• Footpaths will have suitable walking surfaces that are firm and smooth. Tactile paving will be included where appropriate to provide warning, guidance or information to people who are blind or partially sighted. The provision of tactile paving will follow the ‘Guidance on the Use of Tactile Paving Surfaces’ by the Department for Transport.

• Pedestrian crossings will be provided at reasonable intervals and be designed so that priority is given to the safety and comfort of pedestrians.

• Where possible, multiple routes will be integrated to provide both direct, straight lines as well as flowing, curving lines that feel more natural.

• Plentiful resting points, including a variety of seating options, will be provided where appropriate and at a maximum of 50m intervals.

• Street furniture will be located in a consistent way across the Site and placed so as not to obstruct access routes.

• Pedestrian routes will be accompanied by plenty of greenery to benefit mental wellbeing. Trees and planting will be used to separate pedestrians from other users and reduce sensory overload.

• Well lit pedestrian routes and provision of good sightlines will provide a perceived safety environment.

► For detailed diagram, refer to Design and Access Statement Volume 1: Outline Component / Spatial Strategies / Access and Movement (EC.PA.08).

Change in level

The Site’s natural level changes are integrated into the design with gently sloping public realm across the majority of the Site.

• Level changes along pedestrian routes will be addressed through gentle slopes where practicable. Where level changes are significant, external ramps, stairs and public lifts are proposed.

• Where external lifts are proposed, they have been located to be readily identifiable and linked to the stepped route. The aim is to provide the same high-quality experience to everyone regardless of the route chosen.

• The step-free route network will be resilient with alternative routes in case of lift breakdown.

• Slopes and ramps will meet the relationship between gradient, rise and length set out in BS8300-1. Level landings will be provided where appropriate with dimensions that exceed the minimum defined by the standards.

• Steps and stairs will meet dimensional and other specifications set out in BS8300-1, including but not limited to, provision of handrails and visual contrasting surfaces.

• External lifts will be wide enough to accommodate a wheelchair user with several other passengers, and to accommodate larger wheelchairs and mobility scooters. External lifts will be through-lifts and will provide weather protection over landings, controls and waiting area.

► For detailed diagram, refer to Design and Access Statement Volume 1: Outline Component / Spatial Strategies / Access and Movement (EC.PA.08).

7.5 Inclusive Design

Cycle routes

The proposals have extended and connected to existing cycle routes, encouraging active travel for residents, visitors and workforce. The cycle network will consider the needs of disabled cyclists and will be step-free, barrier-free and spacious.

• Cycle routes will be informed by the guidance from Cycle Infrastructure Design: Local Transport Note 1/20 (LTN 1/20). Cycle lane widths will be coordinated to ensure that they can accommodate non-standard cycles, which are typically much wider, longer and heavier than a standard two-wheeled bicycle.

• Level changes along cycle routes will be as shallow as possible, with intermediate level landings between slopes where appropriate.

• Provision of comfortable space for cyclists and pedestrians will be provided.

• The interaction between cycles and pedestrians will be carefully managed within the detailed proposals. Guidance including LTN 1/20 and input from the Public Realm Inclusivity Panel (PRIP) have encouraged clarity between modes to reduce the potential conflict between cyclists and pedestrians, in particular for people who are blind and partially sighted, deaf or have a hearing impairment, and to young children and some older people.

► For detailed diagram, refer to Design and Access Statement Volume 1: Outline Component / Spatial Strategies / Access and Movement (EC.PA.08).

Cycle parking

To encourage active travel modes, the scheme will provide cycle parking and facilities in line with London Plan policy.

• Cycle parking for the public facing Ground Floor uses is accommodated in the public realm, close to activities. Commercial and residential buildings provide internal cycle storage for their workforce and residents, including policy compliant changing facilities where required.

• Cycle parking provision will take into account all user needs and cater for different types of cycles, in line with the London Plan and the guidance in Chapter 8 of the London Cycling Design Standards, such as accommodating handcycles, tandem bikes and cargo bikes.

• Cycle parking will be located consistently across the Site to ease wayfinding, and placed so that it does not obstruct access routes. Detailed design will ensure cycle stands are accessible for both people using them and people travelling along the access routes.

Cycle lanes allow for non standard bicycle types

Inclusive Design

Inclusive play

Playspaces and playful landscape will be integrated across the masterplan alongside play-focused spaces such as Aisgill Gardens. Play spaces will include accessible play provision for all ages in line with London Plan policies.

• Routes to play spaces will be accessible with smooth and firm surfaces.

• Landscape will be used to provide playful elements that are accessible at ground level.

• Provision of rich sensory play opportunities, whilst also providing for quiet areas for those who require gentle sensory experiences or need to rest.

• Accessible seating and observation points for parents and carers will be provided.

► Refer to Design and Access Statement Volume 1: Outline Component / Spatial Strategies / Landscape / Play (EC.PA.08).

Lighting

The lighting strategy will consider the differences in experiencing the illuminated external environment by the public, allowing people to enjoy the outdoor spaces conveniently and safely.

Public facilities

The proposals include public toilets that will be suitable for all users including suitable facilities for disabled people, families with young children and people of all gender identities. Changing Places toilets will be provided within the Site in line with London Plan policies.

Wayfinding

The wayfinding strategy will use spatial, physical and environmental clues to assist people when moving from one place to another with inherent legibility, supported by accessible signage and information systems.

• Lighting will be even, avoiding creating glare, pools of bright light or strong shadows.

• Glare from bright patches of light will be avoided as they may be confusing to some visually impaired people or people who have sensory/neurological processing difficulties.

• Uplighters located at low levels on access routes will be avoided as they can also cause glare problems for some people.

► Refer to Design and Access Statement Volume 1: Outline Component / Spatial Strategies / Landscape / Lighting (EC.PA.08).

• A variety of sanitary facilities, including unisex wheelchair-accessible toilets, WCs for ambulant disabled people, Changing Places, and family toilets and facilities will be provided at key points across the development. In Phase 1, public sanitary facilities will be provided within Plot WB05.

• Detailed design will ensure public sanitary facilities meet dimensional requirements and other specification set out in BS8300.

• In line with the guidance from BS8300-1, clear information and wayfinding will be provided in different formats - visual, audible or tactile forms - according to the principle of at least two senses.

• Information and signage will be located consistently where it is clearly identifiable and visible.

• Sensory clues will be considered to assist with navigation for blind or partially sighted people and those with learning difficulties.

Example of inclusive play in the landscape Example of integrated and sensitive lighting

of public facilities Example of legible wayfinding

Inclusive Design

Entrances and circulation will be approachable and welcoming to all

The proposal has considered specific aspects of access and movement to foster the priority of creating an inclusive community. These include:

• Residential entrances

• Residential accommodation

• Circulation

• Provision for intergenerational, multi-cultural and multi-faith communities

• Accessible and adaptable dwellings

• Wheelchair user dwelling

• Retail/commercial spaces

Whilst the Control Documents and illustrative proposals have been shaped by these aspects of access, each of these will require greater resolution through the Application(s) for Reserved Matters Approval process.

Residential entrances

All entrances will have a level access approach and threshold. Routes and entrances will be legible and welcoming. Surface enhancements such as changes to tactility and tone with careful positioning of planting and street furniture will highlight main residential entrances.

Residential accommodation

The Proposed Development would deliver a range of housing tenures to meet strategic and local need, including rented and intermediate affordable homes. Provision for Later Living accommodation is factored into the Development Specification and forms a part of the Illustrative Masterplan. The design of this type of accommodation will include resident lounges, oversized corridor areas and accessible communal terraces that encourage socialising and prevent loneliness and isolation.

Provision for extended family visits will be a consideration in the layout of open plan kitchen and dining areas for all tenures.

Circulation

Access to all levels of buildings, including roof terraces, will be accessible to all. Wheelchair access will be provided with accessible lifts and stairs for ambulant disabled people.

Accessible and adaptable dwellings

Aligned with London Plan policy D7, as a minimum, provision across all dwellings will meet Part M4 (2) standards.

Wheelchair user dwellings

10% of dwellings will be designed with space allowance to meet Part M4 (3) should the purchaser wish to fit them out as wheelchair accessible units.

Retail / commercial spaces

Level approaches and thresholds will be provided. The architecture and landscaping treatment will emphasise the location of entrances, making them visible and welcoming.

Legible entrances

Welcoming lobbies with toilet facilities

Shared resident lounges

Inclusive Design

Standards and regulations

This page summarises the principal standards which define the regulatory context and is organised as follows:

1. National Standards

2. Planning policy

3. Good practice

1. National Standards

The access provisions have been designed in accordance to the access regulations and standards that apply, which are identified below:

• The Building Regulations 2010, Approved Document M (Access to and use of buildings) Volume 2: Building other than dwellings, HM Government, 2015 edition. Note: Amendments to AD M Volume 2 published in July 2020 take effect on 1 January, 2021 (Hereafter referred to as AD M Vol.2).

• The Building Regulations 2010, Approved Document K (Protection from falling, collision and impact), HM Government, 2013 edition. (Hereafter referred to as AD K).

• The Building Regulations 2010, Approved Document B (Fire safety) Volume 2: Buildings other than dwellings, HM Government, 2019 edition incorporating 2020 amendments. (Hereafter referred to as AD B Vol.2).

2. Planning policy framework

The adopted Development Plan for the Site is comprised of;

• The London Plan: Spatial Development Strategy for Greater London, Mayor of London, March 2021.

• Hammersmith & Fulham Local Plan, London Borough of Hammersmith & Fulham, February 2018.

• Local Plan, The Royal Borough of Kensington and Chelsea, September 2019.

Other documents that are material considerations include;

• National Planning Policy Framework (NPPF), Department for Levelling Up, Housing and Communities, September 2023.

• National Model Design Guide, Ministry of Housing, Communities and Local Government, 2021.

• National Design Guide, Ministry of Housing, Communities and Local Government, 2021.

• Supplementary Planning Documents and Guidance by the Greater London Authority. Key relevant documents are:

• Accessible London SPG, GLA, October 2014;

• The Planning for Equality and Diversity in London SPG, GLA, October 2007;

• Public London Charter LPG, GLA, October 2021;

• Housing Design Standards LPG, GLA, June 2023.

• Planning Guidance, Supplementary Planning Document, London Borough of Hammersmith & Fulham, February 2018

• Access Design Guide, Supplementary Planning Document,The Royal Borough of Kensington and Chelsea, December 2010.

• Transport and Street, Supplementary Planning Document,The Royal Borough of Kensington and Chelsea, April 2016.

• Earl’s Court Opportunity Area - Placemaking Framework, Supplementary Planning Document,The Royal Borough of Kensington and Chelsea, April 2023.

3. Good practice: inclusive design relevant guidance

The Design Team has also considered other good practice publications in relation to inclusive design. Key documents include;

• British Standard 8300:2018 Design of an Accessible and Inclusive Built Environment, Part 1: External Environment - Code of Practice,

Part 2: Buildings - Code of Practice, British Standards Institution, 2018. (Hereafter referred to as BS8300-1:2018 or BS83002:2018)

• Inclusive Mobility. A Guide to Best Practice on Access to Pedestrian and Transport Infrastructure. Department for Transport, December 2021.

• Inclusive Urban Design: A guide to creating accessible public spaces, David Bonnett Associates, BSI, 2013.

• Improving Walkability: Good Practice Guidance on Improving Pedestrian Conditions as Part of Development Opportunities, Transport for London, 2005.

• Guidance on the Use of Tactile Paving Surfaces, Department for Transport 2021.

• London Cycling Design Standards, TfL, 2016.

• A Guide to Inclusive Cycling (fourth edition), Wheels for Wellbeing, 2020.

• Cycle Infrastructure Design: Local Transport Note 1/20, Department for Transport, 2020.

• Healthy Streets for London, Prioritising walking, cycling and public transport to create a healthy city, Mayor of London & Transport for London.

• Child-Friendly Places, Supplementary Planning Document, London Borough of Hackney, July 2021.

• Designing for Accessibility, CAE/RIBA Publishing, 2012.

• PAS 6364 Design for the mindNeurodiversity and the built environmentGuide. British Standards Institution, 2022.

Access standards are in a continuing state of development because of changing expectations and legislation. Therefore it is important that access and inclusivity are considered and refined throughout the design process. The design of the scheme has sought to interpret these standards to provide the best possible level of inclusive design.

7.6 Circular Economy

Introduction

The development has sought to adopt the key principles of durability, disassembly, reuse and adaptability to enable the efficient use of natural resources.

This section elaborates on the circular economy approach that has informed the Strategic Framework, and will continue through the detailed design of the Plots and public realm.

► Refer to Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Assessment (EC.PA.24).

Circular Economy

Working with the Site

Durability, disassembly, reuse and adaptability are embedded through the retention of existing structures and reuse of materials in line with London Plan SI7.

An initial sitewide assessment has been made of existing buildings, structures and surfaces with the ambition to;

• Maximise reuse of material from essential demolition.

• Reclaim materials for use in the public realm and buildings.

• Retain buildings and structures which are suited for the requirements of the Site.

This will inform decisions on embodied carbon, contributing to the commitment to reduce the up-front embodied carbon of buildings, targeting <500kgCO2/m2 for domestic and <650kgCO2/ m2 for non-domestic uses, and supporting the aspiration to go beyond.

Materials and Waste

The construction and operation of the development will seek to minimise the carbon impact of its material usage and operational waste.

The development will target using 20% of materials that are reused and/or contain recycled content, and will explore the use of regenerative materials and technologies to enable the circular economy.

During construction, the aim is to minimise construction waste by diverting more than 95% from landfill for reuse, recycling or recovery.

Once the development opens, the aspiration is to enable more than 65% of operational waste from all users to be diverted from landfill.

Concourse structures and foundation have been assessed.

All existing buildings have been assessed against the requirements for the Site, alongside an initial qualitative and quantitative assessment of their materials.

Structures not suitable for reuse will be assessed for recycling on site, to reduce construction waste to landfill

7.7 Microclimate

Introduction

The development seeks to provide comfortable living environments internally and externally by positively improving the microclimate. The evolution of the Spatial Framework has been informed by evaluation of the microclimate; guiding the optimisation of the Site for good quality homes, workplaces and public spaces in this important Opportunity Area.

This section provides more detail on the environmental analysis of the Illustrative Masterplan with respect to:

• Daylight, sunlight and overshadowing

• Wind

• Air quality

In accordance with the EIA Regulations, the ES reports on the likely environmental effects of the Proposed Development and any required mitigation, including in respect of microclimate, ensuring that the masterplan strategies are robust and underpinned by evidence.

► Refer to the Environmental Statement / Chapters 10, 15 and 16 (EC.PA.12)

Microclimate

Daylight, sunlight and overshadowing

Daylight, sunlight and overshadowing analysis has been conducted throughout the development of the Illustrative Masterplan and has informed the Strategic Framework. The masterplan architect team worked closely with the technical advisors to design a scheme that makes the most of available daylight and sunlight.

Public realm spaces, residential courtyards and upper level amenity space on podiums and roofs have been prioritised, alongside potential impacts of the development on neighbours.

As play space is predominantly allocated in the public realm, much of the massing iteration has focused on ensuring good levels of sunlight in the key public spaces. The diagrams show that Table Park, Aisgill Gardens, Warwick Square and West Brompton Square, and the green edge to the existing Estates receive good levels of sunlight throughout the year.

As development is permissible within any part of the Maximum Envelope, this has formed the basis for assessment within the Environmental Impact Assessment. Future applications for Reserved Matters Approval will undertake further daylight and sunlight testing to optimise the performance of buildings and spaces.

The above analysis has been conducted by GIA as part of the Internal Daylight, Sunlight and Overshadowing Report. ► Refer to the Environmental Statement / Chapter 15 (EC.PA.12)

Main public spaces

Microclimate

Wind

The Illustrative Masterplan has been assessed for its performance in terms of wind and microclimate by environmental engineering consultancy, RWDI, to ensure the public realm and amenity spaces are comfortable. Throughout the design process wind and microclimate software was used to assess the emerging scheme, allowing the Design Team to iteratively and collaboratively determine optimal massing arrangements.

Wind tunnel testing has been undertaken as part of the Environmental Impact Assessment for the Hybrid Planning Applications. According to the receptors tested, the majority of areas would have wind conditions suitable for the intended uses.

In some areas, additional mitigation measures may be required to ensure optimum wind levels for the intended use. These will be subject to further iterative testing during the detailed design process to inform the applications for Reserved Matters Approval for the landscape and buildings.

► Refer to the Environmental Statement / Chapter 16 (EC.PA.12)

CONFIGURATION 5: DETAILED AND OUTLINE COMPONENT ALL PHASES WITH CUMULATIVE SURROUNDS

Figure 29: RBKC Detailed Component, RBKC and LBHF Outline Component All Phases with Cumulative Surrounding Buildings (view from

Wind tunnel testing facility - Detail Component with All Phases Outline Component and cumulative surrounding buildings (view from the west)

7.7 Microclimate

Air Quality

The development aims to improve the air quality of the Site and to achieve at least 10% lower pollutant levels on`site compared to the whole borough average.

A multi-faceted approach to air quality is required, including building layout and orientation, building services, transport and landscape. In order to ascertain the success of such interventions, the air quality of the Site must be measured. This is already underway, and will continue, with data made publicly available for at least ten years post completion.

The key decision to repurpose the existing Table Structure and enclose this section of the West London Railway Line on the east and west sides will limit pollutant egress from cross-site rail traffic.

Opportunities for air flow will be created by optimising the space between buildings and combustion engines will not be utilised in the buildings or public realm other than for life safety (e.g. backup generators, which will use sustainable biofuels, until they can be replaced by electric back-up).

As another pollutant source, vehicles will be restricted to perimeters of the Proposed Development in order to maximise car free public realm. There will be with a focus on supporting electric vehicles (or equivalent) and limiting

combustion vehicles to reduce air pollution where vehicular access is provided, aligning with Healthy Streets principles.

To support this, electric charging points to all parking spaces will be provided to promote electric vehicle uptake. In addition to this, an electric car club with spaces for 25 vehicles will be provided to promote vehicle sharing for residents and the wider community.

Off-site consolidation centres will be encouraged to control numbers of vehicles needed on to Site and in surrounding roads, and to support sustainable last mile services within and beyond the boundary of the Proposed Development.

The design of the landscape can also help to clean air and screen and filter pollutants. The development aims to implement a range of continuous planting barriers, pollutant reducing materials and technologies at strategic locations, particularly at main access points and alongside the rail to trap pollutants from roads and rail.

► Refer to the Environmental Statement / Chapter 10 (EC.PA.12)

Air monitor on Site to the south of the existing Table Structure

7.8 Utilities

Introduction

The Site will integrate highly sustainable strategies to allow for long-term efficiency.

This section sets out how the water, energy, digital and other utility strategies have been coordinated with the Strategic Framework. Each strategy describes its contribution to ensuring a long-term, phasable solution. The holistic approach to utilities plays a critical role in achieving the project’s sustainability ambitions, as the development seeks to co-locate energy network plant and equipment; minimising embodied carbon, maximising operational efficiency and creating more opportunities for amenity use.

7.8 Utilities

Water strategy

The Earls Court Development water strategy aims to minimise the consumption of potable water on the Site by harvesting rainwater and exploring re-circulation within buildings and landscape. It will significantly reduce the rainwater runoff from the Site compared with existing conditions and improve beyond greenfield rates of runoff.

ground. Where the public realm is raised on new structure, SuDS features are proposed within the landscape build up above the structure. This type of attenuation will reduce flow rates before the discharge reaches the drainage network or infiltration tanks to terra firma.

Minimising the pumping of waste water in both the foul and surface water networks has been a priority. Due to site levels there are two catchment areas that require a pumped solution, but all other parts of the Site can be gravity-fed to storage and infiltration tanks or the existing sewer.

A water neutral landscape is made possible by a commitment to capture, recycle and reuse water where possible, with 40 days of rainwater and/or greywater storage held on Site available for irrigation. Water demand is minimised by the specification of drought tolerant planting mixes and by assuming drip irrigation. These measures make it technically feasible to irrigate the public realm with only harvested rainwater after the planting has been established. Section 7.3 provides further detail on how water will be experienced within the landscape design.

In winter months, when there is surplus water and the harvesting tanks are full, surface water will be managed with a mixed strategy of ground infiltration (where site conditions allow it) and limited use of the existing drainage network.

Where public realm sits on terra firma, Sustainable Drainage Systems (SuDS) features within the landscape discharge directly to

Within buildings, demand will be reduced by using highly efficient fittings across all uses and tenures. The aim is to limit water usage to 80l/p/d in residential buildings, which is 24% better than Building Regulations requirements.

On top of this, greywater recycling (the treatment and reuse of waste water from showers and sinks for non-potable uses such as flushing toilets and on-plot irrigation of landscaping) will be included where appropriate.

Vacuum drainage will be explored as a potential method for reducing water consumption in office, cultural, food & beverage and retail buildings during the detailed design stages, alongside other water strategies such as blue roofs.

► Refer to Integrated Water Management Strategy (EC.PA.41) and Design and Access Statement Volume 1: Outline Component / Spatial Strategies / Landscape / Water (EC. PA.08).

surface water management strategy

Infiltration tanks

Rainwater harvesting in public realm

Rainwater harvesting tanks on Plot

Cascades rainwater tanks

Centralised rainwater tank integrated with podium attenuation

Illustrative

Utilities strategy

A utility corridor route has been coordinated and safeguarded around the Site accommodating all services bringing electricity, water, drainage and telecommunications to all Plots.

The corridor runs below ground level finishes, or within the landscape build up above new structures.

It is not expected that utilities are to be adopted within the site boundary. An estate management company will be set up to manage, maintain and ensure long term stewardship across the Site.

The relevant utilities stakeholders have been consulted during the pre-application stage on existing utilities infrastructure, requirements for the development and servicing of the Earls Court Development, and the potential for any reinforcement measures or diversions.

Electricity

The electricity network in the area is operated by UK Power Networks. 25MVA has been secured at the existing West Brompton substation.

Should additional electrical capacity be required, spatial provision for a new primary substation has been identified within the Earls Court Development located on West Cromwell Road to facilitate the provision of a new 132kV/11kV primary substation. The proposed infrastructure in this location would be suitable

to accommodate the additional capacity required under all peak electrical demand summaries.

At this stage the provisional location has been identified only with UKPN to undertake a space proving exercise. Should the need for additional capacity be identified, further consultation would be undertaken with the relevant stakeholders for technical and spatial considerations, including UKPN, TfL and other utility providers in the area.

Potable Water

Potable water will be supplied to the Proposed Development by Thames Water.

Foul and Surface Water

Thames Water have been consulted on the development’s impacts on the existing sewer network. The sewers in the area are already under significant pressure and minimising discharge has been an important driver in the technical design of the masterplan.

Telecommunications

Openreach are the primary telecoms infrastructure provider in the area. There are diverse connection points available to the Site. The design of the utility routes allow for multiple data providers.

► Refer to Utilities and Services Infrastructure Strategy (EC.PA.38).

Service connection points and illustrative utility corridor route

Energy strategy

As part of the vision to Go Beyond Net Zero, the energy strategy plays a significant role by delivering zero carbon operational energy from Day One. The Earls Court Development will be a combustion-free scheme and will use only electricity based generation systems, eliminating emissions within the development. The aim is to be energy positive, to provide low carbon, low cost energy to the Proposed Development and its neighbours by exporting surplus energy.

The strategy proposes a 5th generation ambient loop energy network: industry-leading and one of the largest built in the UK when complete. Totally combustion free, unlike typical Combined Heat and Power (CHP) district networks, it uses low temperature water as the mode of energy transfer to deliver heating and cooling to the Proposed Development.

Three interconnected loops of water, at a temperature of between 15-25oC, enable energy exchange between buildings within the development. The energy is then used as heating – upgraded as required – or converted to cooling dependant on the Plot or building needs. Any spare energy is stored on site, as warm water or electricity.

Commercial and residential buildings have differing energy profiles and needs. Commercial buildings are likely to require cooling all year

round, whereas residential buildings will always require hot water but at different times of the day. Cooling processes reject heat to the ambient loop and heating processes can use the resulting rejected heat where possible. One of the key benefits of this system when deployed in a mixed use scheme, is that it allows more energy balancing across the network – reducing the overall energy requirements, increasing efficiency, and reducing running costs whilst allowing more energy sharing.

Connected initially to air source heat pumps, and potentially ground source heat pumps, these technologies are extremely efficient. For every unit of energy put in (usually electricity) they deliver more than two or three units in return; this is how the development will be operationally carbon neutral as a minimum.

A unique feature of the ambient loop, when compared to legacy CHP district systems, is that other sources of waste heat or energy can be added. This simple additionality also future-proofs the proposals allowing for the integration with new forms of renewable/green energy generation and capture technologies as they come on line. Furthermore, the Proposed Development has other renewable energy creation systems such as PV - sufficient to power at least 65 homes initially – around the Site.

► Refer to Energy Strategy (EC.PA.22).

Diagram of 5th generation ambient loop energy sharing network

Utilities

Towards a digital strategy

The vision and its masterplan guiding priorities, principles and place pillars, will all be supported, enacted and measured by ensuring the Earls Court Development is fully connected and future-enabled, in all senses. The digital strategy enables this connectivity, using current and emerging technologies, with the right digital infrastructure, principles and fore-planning in place.

To be a global exemplar of the future of the sustainable city, masterplans must dynamically evolve, allowing emerging technologies and seamless tools to enhance everyone’s experience, underpinning the quality and uniqueness of the place. To create a better piece of city it will need to be a ‘smarter’ piece of city.

Key themes have been set out to create a coherent digital approach, around user experience, technologies, systems, data and processes. These are consistently applied, from ‘meanwhile’ to in use:

• Stakeholder and user experience driven

• Dynamically digital throughout

• Connectivity and collaboration

• Open and inclusive

Earls Court Development digital strategy diagram

7.8 Utilities

Towards a digital strategy

Stakeholder and user experience driven

Success comes from people and how they experience the places we create – the built environment, public realm and neighbourhoods. Introducing a digital element should be about how people feel, interact and experience the place and how they access services and information in ways that enrich their lives. It should enhance how people live, work, shop, visit and play, by creating exciting and inspiring places and spaces supported by seamless, frictionless digital experiences.

Dynamically digital throughout

The sitewide integrated approach to the digital strategy is people centric, flexible and adaptable, accommodating change over time: critical to a resilient and sustainable development.

Technology advances daily and the potential of digital networks is increasing similarly. The key to being ‘smart’ will be flexibility. The implemented infrastructure will be flexible, capable of supporting current needs but able to change to align with what the future technologies offer.

Connectivity and collaboration

A high quality digital experience demands fast, reliable, with excellent network connectivity as a minimum standard. This means high capacity Wi-Fi and excellent cellular capacity and coverage; the public realm infrastructure is

designed to integrate this capacity now, and is future proofed from the outset. The Site must be capable of satisfying the most data intensive occupiers, businesses and home leisure experiences. Free Wi-Fi in the public realm is a must.

Connectivity also means promoting collaboration, supporting networks of communication and sharing, between businesses, within local communities, and across into the wider neighbourhoods.

Open and inclusive

The digital strategy is set out on the principles of openness and inclusivity to enhance safety and security. A careful approach to privacy issues ensures that protocols are legally robust and ethically sound. Cyber Security is a key consideration that runs through the digital strategy.

‘Smart city’ infrastructure delivers safe channels to share information to and from users and their networks to support and enhance experiences. This approach aims to create a competitive edge for innovators and businesses, start-ups and disruptors as well as major users. Mobile apps, location-based analytics and footfall measurement systems, for example, all add value and increase efficiency and safety. The digital infrastructure will reinforce other strategies: energy consumption data will allow efficient running of the energy network, whilst data analytics will support ESG reporting.

Key themes

Infrastructure and systems delivered by projects

A robust digital infrastructure for technology and systems is planned within individual buildings, public realm and existing assets that accommodates change within a coherent sitewide framework.

Ubiquitous connectivity and choice i.e. broadband, mobile, Wi-Fi and ultra-fast speeds, full fibre and 5G ready, is designed in. This infrastructure is available for users of public spaces and occupiers of buildings including future proofing for wireless and Internet of Things (IoT) devices.

Project delivery, asset management systems and processes

The tools and platforms owned and used by development teams to share project information and manage delivery will follow a set of integrated asset information protocols and strategies – from inception to operation, with the ultimate aim: a Digital Twin.

The digital strategy should enhance the places created for people: desirable, frictionless and vibrant places to live, work and visit.

Approach to embedding the digital strategy

7.9 Health and Safety

Introduction

The safety of buildings, and the safety of occupiers and users of the Proposed Development, are of paramount importance and are central to the Applicant’s approach to the design, procurement, delivery, operation and maintenance of the Earls Court Site.

This section outlines the strategies that have been developed to underpin and ensure future deliverability of the masterplan.

Health and Safety

Design and Construction

The approach to design and construction seeks out design solutions which reduce the need for labour on-site, bringing forward infrastructure and construction solutions which allow high levels of pre-fabrication off site.

Modern Methods of Construction (‘MMC’) are one method by which this could be achieved. Such solutions have the added health and safety benefits of reducing vehicle movements to and from site, and minimising material waste. Additionally, the Applicant will promote the adoption of increased mechanisation and new technology in relation to on-site construction delivery as it becomes available to the industry.

Throughout the evolution of the design to date, input and feedback has been applied to the Proposed Development by safety professionals, consultants and best in class designers. The Applicant has also engaged with security advisors to inform the Proposed Development.

Access and Maintenance

The Applicant will bring forward infrastructure, buildings and public realm designs which at their heart consider how they will be constructed and maintained, ensuring that safety and health is prioritised for the buildability and operability of the Proposed Development.

Safety and Legislation

The Proposed Development has been brought forward in a manner which prepares itself for legislative changes.

An example of this is the incorporation of building maintenance units for the purpose of cleaning and maintaining the façades of buildings in lieu of methods such as abseiling which put people at unnecessary increased risk of harm.

The design of the public realm throughout the Proposed Development has focused on the health, safety and wellbeing of occupiers and visitors to the Proposed Development. The Applicant’s submission has been informed from a very early stage by local residents and end users through a forum known as the Public Realm Inclusivity Panel (PRIP). The PRIP has hugely assisted in the development of the design of the public realm, providing thoughts and feedback to ensure that the Proposed Development will be an environment which is physically safe, provides personal security and is accessible for all.

At a more formal level the emergency services have been engaged through the key stages of design to ensure that all areas of public realm can be accessed and that fire tenders can access all buildings.

This has been considered from both a technical performance standpoint but also in consideration of the continuing adjustment, realignment and changes to Building Regulations, and the associated roles and responsibilities of the various parties who will design, procure and deliver the scheme.

Through the design process the Applicant has been mindful of the evolving policy changes and has incorporated design solutions ahead of these being enshrined in law and regulation. Such measures include but are not limited to; dual escape stairs in buildings over 20 metres in height as well as dedicated fire lifts.

MMC: Prefabricated building elements can reduce time spent on-site

8 Phasing and Delivery

8.1 Phasing and Delivery

The phasing strategy has been carefully considered to work with the Site’s complex infrastructure and limited access, whilst delivering on the ambition to bring the wonder back to Earls Court from the start. The Proposed Development is currently anticipated to be delivered in eight main phases and over an estimated programme of approximately 19 years.

The eight main phases encompass the full build out of the Proposed Development. The indicative development programme is based on the assumption that planning permission is granted in Q3 2025. Elements of infrastructure works are expected to commence prior to Q3 2025.

This section provides more detail on the timescale for construction and the proposed strategies to manage the Proposed Development as it evolves over the next two decades.

► Refer to the Indicative Phasing Strategy (EC.PA.48)

► Refer to the Temporary Uses Strategy (EC.PA.49)

► Refer to the Framework Construction Management Plan (EC.PA.15)

Phasing and Delivery

Phasing principles

The approach to phasing is underpinned by the following principles:

Create a mixed use destination from the outset

Each phase has been considered to create a mixed use destination from the start. Phase One delivers a mixture of homes and commercial workspace, alongside the provision of retail, leisure, cafés and restaurants, culture and new public spaces.

Early delivery of key connections and public realm

Creating a vehicle-free east-west connection linking Aisgill Gardens, The Cascades, Table Park and Warwick Square, is key to increasing connectivity through the Site.

Build in both boroughs

The Site is located in both the London Borough of Hammersmith and Fulham (LBHF) and the Royal Borough of Kensington and Chelsea (RBKC), and the phasing strategy has been devised to deliver on their respective priorities.

Continue to deliver temporary uses to further activate the Site during construction

The scale of the Site and associated timeline of development will present opportunities for temporary uses. These provide additional activation of the Site and have the potential to mitigate the impact of construction, for example, through addressing temporary edge conditions.

Minimise impact of construction on neighbours and future occupants

There are limited vehicular access points for construction and the development has some complex interfaces with rail infrastructure. The phasing strategy has been devised to reduce, where possible, direct interfaces between construction activity and completed phases.

Facilitate the relocation of Lillie Bridge Depot

Lillie Bridge Depot will not be vacated for a number of years following the successful determination of the planning application. As such, it will feature in later phases.

Delivery of permanent public realm

Legacy public realm has been designed with future phasing in mind to maximise the amount of permanent landscape delivered in each phase.

Phasing and Delivery

Phasing scenarios

The Hybrid Planning Applications consider and assess two scenarios; All Phases and Early Phases.

The eight main phases encompass the full build out of the Proposed Development. The indicative development programme is based on the assumption that planning permission is secured in Q3 2025. Elements of infrastructure works are expected to commence prior to Q3 2025. Where applicable, separate applications have already been submitted or may be submitted for these works, as described in chapter 5 and the Infrastructure Works section of the submitted Environmental Statement. The impacts of these works have been considered as part of the Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) and in relevant planning application documents for completeness and robustness.

Therefore, for the purpose of the indicative development programme, the Proposed Development works are anticipated to be undertaken over 13 years for the Early Phases (completion targeted for Q2 2037) and 19 years for the All Phases (completion Q2 2043).

No significant delay is anticipated between the phases. However, realising vacant possession of the Lillie Bridge Depot is complex and whilst an indicative programme has been agreed with London Underground Limited (LUL), it is subject to ongoing review, detailed preparation and design, and additional consents. It may change and could delay vacant possession beyond the timescales currently anticipated.

Due to this, the Hybrid Planning Applications consider and assess two different scenarios. These are:

Subject to third party approvals

Subject to third party approvals

Comprising the entirety of the Proposed Development. This is currently anticipated for completion by 2043.

Phases One to Four (the ‘Early Phases’) are completed, but the Lillie Bridge Depot remains operational and is delivered to a different programme from that currently anticipated in the All Phases scenario.

1. All Phases scenario

2. Early Phases scenario

Phasing and Delivery

Indicative phasing sequence

Phase One complete - Q1 2030

Phase One consists of the Detailed Component of the Hybrid Planning Applications and a number of outline Plots subject to later Applications for Reserved Matters Approval. This is anticipated to deliver:

• A mix of residential tenures including affordable housing, build to rent, student accommodation, later living and market sale.

• Commercial, retail, cafés, restaurants and leisure uses.

• Key areas of public realm including Warwick Square, Table Park, the Bioline (subject to third party agreements), the Cascades and Aisgill Gardens (partial delivery).

• East-west connection from the Estates through to Warwick Road.

Phase Two commences construction a year prior to Phase One completion.

Phase Two complete - Q2 2031

Phase Two completes a little over a year later, with three new buildings on West Brompton Crescent. These outline Plots can be delivered as residential or commercial buildings, subject to later Applications for Reserved Matters Approval. This is anticipated to deliver:

• Mix of residential tenures including affordable housing and market sale.

• Commercial uses, retail, cafés and restaurants.

• Key areas of public realm including West Brompton Square and West Brompton Crescent.

Phase Three commences construction once Phase One completes.

Phase Three complete - Q3 2034

Phase Three opens three years after Phase Two and completes both crescents within RBKC, along with the first commercial buildings on Empress Place. It brings with it a cultural destination opening onto the Table Park. This is anticipated to deliver:

• A mix of residential tenures including affordable housing and market sale.

• Commercial uses, retail, cafés and restaurants.

• A cultural destination on Empress Place Boulevard.

Phases Four and Five commence construction before Phase Three completes.

Phase Five complete - Q2 2035

As a shorter phase, Phase Five completes before Phase Four. This brings forward the first buildings within the Lillie Bridge Depot site. This is anticipated to deliver:

• A mix of residential tenures including affordable housing and market sale.

• Community, retail, cafés and restaurants.

• Key areas of public realm including Lillie Sidings Square (partial delivery) and the remainder of Aisgill Gardens.

Phase Four remains under construction for a further two years, and Phase Six begins upon the completion of Phase Five.

Plot(s) under construction

Phasing and Delivery

Indicative phasing sequence

Phase Four Complete - Q2 2037

Upon completion of Phase Four, all works in RBKC are complete, with the remaining construction within the Lillie Bridge Depot site. This is anticipated to deliver:

• A mix of residential tenures including affordable housing and market sale.

• Completion of the commercial uses on Empress Place Boulevard.

• Key areas of public realm including St Cuthbert’s Lane and the remainder of Empress Place Boulevard.

Phase Six remains under construction for a further year and Phase Seven begins at the end of 2037.

Phase Six Complete - Q1 2038

Phase Six sees the completion of Lillie Sidings Square and the adjacent Plots. This is anticipated to deliver:

• A mix of residential tenures including affordable housing and market sale.

• Commercial uses, retail, cafés and restaurants.

• Key areas of public realm including Lillie Sidings Square and connections to Aisgill Avenue.

Phases Seven and Eight begin construction a few months before the completion of Phase Six.

Phase Seven Complete - Q1 2040

Phase Seven consists of the first buildings on West Kensington Boulevard. This is anticipated to deliver:

• A mix of residential tenures including affordable housing and market sale.

• Commercial uses, retail, cafés and restaurants.

• The partial delivery of West Kensington Boulevard.

Phase Eight remains under construction for a further three years after the completion of Phase Seven.

Phase Eight Complete - Q2 2043

The final phase delivers the buildings to the north of the Site. This is a longer phase involving more complex interfaces with rail infrastructure. This is anticipated to deliver:

• A mix of residential tenures including affordable housing and market sale.

• Commercial uses, retail, cafés and restaurants.

• Gibbs Walk connecting the Gibbs Green Estate to West Kensington Boulevard.

Phasing and Delivery

Temporary interfaces

Careful attention will be given to temporary interfaces, to ensure the development feels complete at every phase.

Key creative hoarding

Highly visible areas of hoarding provide a canvas to draw inspiration from the Site’s cultural legacy and provide a platform to celebrate the work of local artists. The Earls Court Development Company has already recognised the opportunity for creative hoarding with the Living Art Wall on Lillie Road and at Warwick Road Apron which provide a platform to celebrate the work of local artists.

Temporary kiosks and seating Temporary site activation opportunity areas

There is potential for temporary kiosks and seating at the interface with construction sites. This could help support Ground Floor uses, such as food and beverage that would benefit from outdoor seating areas.

During construction, there will be opportunity areas for temporary uses, prior to development of the Plots. These may front onto the public realm but, depending on the use, may need to have a secure boundary.

Landscaped edges

Temporary landscape can add depth to the interface with construction sites and soften the visual impact of any construction hoarding.

Phasing and Delivery

Early phases interface

The final element of public realm works for Aisgill Gardens can only be completed once the Lillie Bridge Depot is vacated, allowing Phase Five to be brought forward.

Upon the completion and opening of Phase One, there will be a temporary edge condition with the Lillie Bridge Depot. Until Lillie Bridge Depot is decommissioned, it is necessary to maintain an access route between the Depot and Lillie Road, and the Detailed Component allows for vehicles to use the service road to access the existing gate at the south of the depot. This access is infrequent and will be managed to mitigate impact on the public realm and the new buildings.

The detailed design for Aisgill Gardens will allow for it only being delivered in full when Phase Five completes. Once vacant possession has occurred, the construction hoarding can be moved back to the Depot boundary. As a result, areas of temporary landscaping will interface with the construction hoarding, until Aisgill Gardens can be completed in full.

ExtentofLillieBridgeDepot

Vehicle access to Lillie Bridge Depot

Indicative extent of potential temporary landscaping

Phase Six

Phase Five

View looking east with Aisgill Gardens partially complete

Celebrating local artists on Warwick Road Apron

Temporary interface with Lillie Bridge Depot

Aisgill Gardens

Plot WB06

Aisgill Avenue

8.1 Phasing and Delivery

Estate management

An estate management structure will be set up to ensure the long-term success of the development, through continued establishment and engagement with the community.

Estate management structure

An Estate Management Company (EMC) will manage the public realm elements of the Estate, including the soft landscaping components and park areas.

Each Plot will have its own Plot Management Company (PMC). Each PMC will be controlled by the Leasehold owners of the new homes, the Registered Provider (or other management body for affordable homes) if they have units within the Plot and the Leasehold owners of the retail spaces within the Plot.

Estate management facilities

An on-site Estate Management Office will be located within Phase One. This will provide all residents with direct access to the range of services on offer from the EMC, PMCs and their partner bodies, including the Registered Provider’s Tenancy and Leasehold Management services. The office will be a focal point within the Proposed Development and act as the hub from where all key activities and services flow.

The central Estate Management Office will provide a shared front of house reception, staffed by administrators who are paid for jointly by those organisations using this facility. Front of house will deal with all enquiries and channel them through to the appropriate teams, presenting a joined-up service to all customers entering the Estate.

Community development and engagement

People living and working in the immediate vicinity of the Estate, as well as new communities that will move in, will be critical to the longterm success of the Proposed Development. It is essential that the community is engaged throughout the development process and that they play a central role in the ongoing management of the Estate. In addition to ongoing engagement, the following key considerations for estate management will contribute to successful community development and integration:

Informed public - For all those passing through, visiting, working or living in the Proposed Development, the EMC team will ensure information is readily available. Communication will be through an up-to-date website, information points and well informed staff.

Informed occupiers - The EMC team will ensure that all owners and occupiers are well informed of EMC processes and activities.

Integrated Estate - The EMC team will be open and responsive to new ideas, monitoring activities elsewhere and benchmarking against performance of other Estates and neighbourhoods.

Potential location of the Estate Management Office

9 Conclusion

Setting the standard for future urban development, Earls Court will re-emerge as London’s place to discover wonder.

The proposed Earls Court Development is based on an illustrative masterplan which will reinstate this iconic site of human ingenuity as a fundamental part of London’s urban fabric.

Responding to its role within the Earl’s Court and West Kensington Opportunity Area, the Proposed Development delivers homes, jobs, culture, leisure and public realm, with an ambition to be a global exemplar of sustainability.

The designation of the Site as an Opportunity Area by the Mayor of London signifies the importance of Earls Court in delivering the good growth that London and the UK needs, accommodating living and working populations in well-designed, inclusive communities.

Social impact, economic prosperity and environmental resilience underpin the Proposed Development, creating a place for the 22nd Century with a unique cultural identity.

From the outset, a fresh approach was taken to understanding the Site and to inform the evolution of the proposals.

The Earls Court masterplan has been shaped by extensive engagement and outreach into the local community.

Over the past four years, ECDC and the design team have taken a relentlessly inclusive approach to consultation. Spending thousands of hours in dialogue with members of the community, including a core focus on seldom heard voices, has had a clear impact on the masterplan. The outcomes of this process has embedded the voices of local people in the evolution of the proposed masterplan.

ECDC has brought the Site back to life through an early activation programme, opening it up for the first time in 150 years, bringing arts, entertainment, culture and innovation.

Attracting around 500,000 visitors, this has generated investment in the local economy and re-established Earls Court as a destination. This has deepened the understanding of the Site, its context and the extraordinary opportunity it presents.

Earls Court will be a better piece of city, a place where living, working, culture, leisure and open space are brought together in a landscape-led development with consideration for diverse needs and aspirations.

The masterplan is a carefully crafted response to local heritage and townscape considerations. It has drawn from its context to establish a place that knits into the existing local environment adding a contemporary layer that contributes positively to the urban streetscape.

Sustainability underpins the masterplan, addressing the climate emergency through urban design and the integration of new technologies – not simply minimising impact but promoting a resilient and regenerative agenda.

The masterplan strives for design excellence by:

Establishing a new west side story and creating a destination in this part of London.

Creating an Earls Court for everyone through a neighbourhood which brings people together.

Being good ancestors by thinking beyond today, delivering the ambition to create the heritage of the future.

Earls Court will be a celebration of nature’s ability to connect and revive.

Nature presents untold benefits to the health and wellbeing of ourselves and our planet. Amplifying its presence and fostering better connections with nature is our golden thread - creating diverse and generous spaces to play, meet, relax and for sanctuary, whatever the season.

The Earls Court Development will consist of a network of Exhibition Gardens set within 20 acres of public realm, curating a journey of discovery across the Site and providing a wide variety of habitats, activities and environments for people of all ages and abilities to enjoy.

Earls Court will be a showcase for climate and clean innovation and skills.

A new destination will offer the scale, location and connectivity to create a home for a green economy, accelerating opportunities in a smart campus environment that supports start ups, scale ups and multi nationals to collaborate and tackle humanity’s challenges.

The Earls Court Development will deliver 2.5 million sq ft of workspace across three clusters, working with partners to equip the next generation with vital skills and generating 12,000 jobs on site.

Earls Court will be a cultural ecosystem for the future of talent.

Earls Court is synonymous with the power of culture, creativity and performance with a magnificent heritage of spectacle dating back to the 19th Century. The spirit of delight and discovery is re-emerging as the Site once again is proudly stitched back into London’s cultural map.

Three anchor venues, alongside flexible spaces, shops, cafés and seasonal outdoor events, will attract creative businesses and operators to Earls Court.

Earls Court will be an inspiring neighbourhood designed for all stages of life.

Earls Court will exemplify the future of city living, creating a new urban fabric, a place where people want to visit but also stay and grow, whether to live or work. Reflecting the brilliance of London, Earls Court will be inclusive and accessible, allowing families, communities, businesses and social connections to take root and thrive.

Earls Court has always been a unique part of the city, at the forefront of historic, economic and societal change.

This is a once in a lifetime opportunity to bring the wonder back to Earls Court, restoring it as an extraordinary place to London’s landscape, bringing best practice from around the world, relating that to the locality of Earls Court and changing the way people experience a place.

This will be Earls Court.

10 Appendices

10.1 Neighbourhood

Characterisation

A varied neighbourhood context

The wards that surround the Earls Court Site display a rich social and physical context made up of a varied housing stock with a range of retail offerings and local destinations.

The following pages summarise an analysis of the context and demographic makeup of the six wards surrounding the Site. This analysis was carried out at the outset of the masterplan development, and has informed its evolution.

Avonmore and Brook Green

North End

Fulham Broadway

Abingdon

Earls Court

Brompton Cemetery & the Boltons

The six wards that surround the Site

10.1 Neighbourhood Characterisation

Avonmore and Brook Green

The ward of Avonmore and Brook Green is located north of the Site and is bound by West Cromwell Road to the south and the West London Railway Line to the east.

Kensington High Street and North End Road are the two main high streets in the area, with a high concentration of shops. Olympia and Hammersmith Town Centre is within easy reach.

The ward is home to the Olympia exhibition centre, West London College and Society for Psychical Research. There is additionally a cluster of media and tech businesses located in Kensington Village along the West London Railway Line.

The neighbourhoods either side of North End Road are mostly residential with a mix of terrace houses and mansion blocks, and also include a preparatory and primary school.

Infrastructure creates a significant barrier to connectivity to other wards, with only the north boundary being open to the surroundings.

The ward is served by Transport for London (TfL) Underground services at West Kensington and Barons Court, and the Overground at Kensington Olympia.

Baron’s Keep, Art Deco apartments West London College

Exhibition Centre

Avonmore and Brook Green ward

St Paul’s Hotel

10.1 Neighbourhood Characterisation

North End

The North End ward includes the portion of the Site that sits with LBHF. It extends to the Gibbs Green and West Kensington Estates, and beyond. It is bound by the A4 to the north and Lillie Road to the south. North End Road runs through the area, providing access to local shops and services.

The North End Road community is international, particularly within the Estates, with a large number of people born outside of the UK, many of whom may not speak English as their first language.

A high number of local cultural institutions and sports and leisure facilities create the opportunity to celebrate the cultural diversity of the area.

This ward’s population relies heavily on public transport as car ownership is relatively low. This suggests that the local community would benefit from enhanced access to Underground, Overground and Network Rail stations, as well as improved walking and cycling routes.

Future development within the Site has a role to play in creating a seamless integration with the Estates and neighbourhoods to the west.

Hammersmith Town Centre

Margravine

10.1 Neighbourhood Characterisation

Hammersmith Town Centre

Fulham Broadway

Fulham Broadway is located south of the Site and is bound by the West London Railway Line to the east, Lillie Road to the north and Fulham Broadway to the south.

Residents of this area have good access to convenience retail, services, and public transport, and enjoy the amenity of two high streets at North End Road and Fulham Broadway.

Residents are likely use of new open spaces at Earls Court due to the limited number of local parks in the area. They are also likely to benefit from any potential cultural offerings at Earls Court, especially if links can be created with the London Film Academy and the West London Arts School.

The high proportion of self-employed people in this area suggests that co-working and startup space at Earls Court could offer benefits to Fulham Broadway residents.

Lillie Square

Fulham Broadway

Lillie Road

Fulham Broadway ward

10.1 Neighbourhood Characterisation

Abingdon

Abingdon is located to the northeast of the Site and is bounded by West Cromwell Road to the south and Kensington High Street to the north. Residents benefit from convenience shops along Kensington High Street, the large Tesco on West Cromwell Road, and few other shops and services in the area.

Good walking and cycling links into the Site would benefit the wider community and provide improved connectivity across all wards. There is significant new development coming forward in parts of Abingdon. This provides a precedent for growth and contemporary development in the local area.

A shortage of public open space within the ward means that its community would benefit from any new significant public open space at Earls Court.

The community in Abingdon has easy access to Earls Court and Earl’s Court station, and is not likely to use the Site to connect to West Kensington station for public transport purposes.

King’s Road / Chelsea

Tesco on West Cromwell Road

375 Kensington High Street, Royal Warwick Square

100 West Cromwell Road, ©John McAslan + Partners

Edwardes Square

Edward House, Royal Warwick Square High Street Kensington

Abingdon ward

10.1 Neighbourhood Characterisation

Earls Court

The Earls Court ward includes the portion of the Site that is within RBKC. It extend east and is bound by Earls Court Road and Courtfield Gardens. West Cromwell Road and Old Brompton Road form the northern and southern edges to the ward. Residents of this area have good access to everyday shops, services, and public transport, with Earls Court Road and Warwick Road running through the area.

There is a lack of public open space in this neighbourhood, so residents who do not have access to private gardens will benefit from any new public open space on the Site.

There is a high percentage of young professionals, most of whom are currently renting in the area, and some of whom may be looking for an opportunity to purchase a home at Earls Court. Many of these professionals work long hours in high-skilled jobs and are likely to make use of leisure, cultural, and food & beverage offerings in the evenings and on weekends.

Earl’s Court station

Penywern Road Earls Court Road

Earls Court Square

Nevern Square

10.1 Neighbourhood Characterisation

Brompton Cemetery and the Boltons

The Redcliffe ward, which comprises Brompton Cemetery and the Boltons, is located to the southeast of the Site. The area is bound by Brompton Cemetery on the west, Fulham Road on the south and Old Brompton Road to the north.

Residents of this area have easy access to the open space within Brompton Cemetery, although they would benefit from access to public open space that provides a more varied use within the public realm.

Residents have easy access to Earls Court and Earl’s Court station, and are not likely to use the Site to connect to West Kensington station for public transport purposes. Active uses at the edges of the Site would help stitch the northwestern part of the ward into the Site and help complete the setting of Old Brompton and Lillie Road.

A large proportion of owner-occupiers in this ward suggest a long-term interest in the future of the area, especially as regards value-generating propositions like an innovative new working district, destination public realm and an extension of the cultural ecosystem of West London.

Brompton Cemetery

St Mary’s Church, the Boltons

Redcliffe Square

The Boltons

Brompton Cemetery, Lillie Road

Brompton Cemetery and the Boltons

10.1 Neighbourhood Characterisation

Walking routes

Earls Court today continues to be a confluence of many characters and journeys.

West London is diverse, a patchwork of streets, crescents, and urban set-pieces that contain a mixture of quality legacy buildings, post-war blocks, and landmarks. While there are a number of walking routes in the local area, there is a missing link in these journeys due to the current Site and rail infrastructure. The Earls Court Development is a major missing link that brings together the varied spatial experiences of each route into a coherent public realm network.

Earls Court to Hyde Park & Museum Quarter

Earls Court to Fulham Reach

Olympia to Chelsea Harbour

Holland Park to Old Brompton Road

10.1 Neighbourhood Characterisation

Walking routes: Along Warwick Road - a green to blue network

From Holland Park, to Earls Court, to Brompton Cemetery and the Thames

PHILBEACH GARDENS

Philbeach Gardens

Ibis Hotel

10.1 Neighbourhood Characterisation

Walking routes: Towards Fulham Reach, a quiet network to the Thames

From post-war construction to the Queens Club and Margravine Cemetery

Ibis Hotel

Clem Attlee Court

Charing Cross Hospital

Talgarth Road

Empress State Building

Gibbs Green & West Kensington Estates

10.1 Neighbourhood

Characterisation

Walking routes: Along North End Road, through high streets from Olympia to Chelsea

Punctuated by nodes of commercial character

High Street

Fulham Broadway Shopping Centre

Stamford Bridge

10.2 Sitewide Lighting Strategy

Introduction

Nature, culture, innovation, and neighbourhood are the four place pillars that underpin the vision for Earls Court, and lighting will play a part in celebrating each of these after dark.

A mix of business, leisure, civic, retail, cultural, sporting, and social activities all form part of any area’s character, and the way in which light is designed across an area will enable, encourage, and shape that character. Different spaces require different layers of light to enable and encourage their functions. From quiet residential streets to busy cultural venues, a range of different lit atmospheres will be required across the Site. These lit atmospheres will also need to change over time in accordance with the varying demands of the spaces and their users at the different times of the night and across seasons.

As well as enabling human activity, artificial light after dark has an impact on the ecosystems of any space. A key principle of the lighting strategy is that light levels are controlled to minimise any negative impacts on plants, insects, and other animals.

Lillie Sidings Square: Illustration of how lighting design can bring the square and activity to life after dark

10.2 Sitewide Lighting Strategy

Design Criteria

A balance of several criteria forms the overall approach to light across the masterplan.

Design Criteria that form the overall balance of the lighting scheme include:

• Sustainability (social, environmental, economic)

• Safety & Security

• Memory

• Character

• Image & Branding

• Ambience

• Legibility

• Context (visual, spatial, historic)

• Technology (current and future)

• Amenity

• Cost (capital and running)

• Accessibility

• Maintenance

Diagram illustrating the multiple criteria that is integrated within the lighting strategy

10.2 Sitewide Lighting Strategy

Character Areas

Different lighting characteristics are proposed, appropriate to the functions and users of the various spaces across the masterplan.

A variety of luminaire specifications, locations, mounting types, and control systems will be proposed to create each of the different atmospheres suitable for their Character Areas and the typologies of routes and spaces within them.

The key spaces and streets are summarised below:

Park

• The Table Park Squares and greens

• Aisgill Gardens

• Lillie Sidings Square

• West Brompton Square

• Warwick Square

Commercial and mixed-use streets

• West Brompton Crescent

• West Kensington Boulevard

• Empress Place Boulevard

Residential areas

• Warwick Crescent

• West Brompton and Warwick Lanes

• Aisgill Lanes

Illustrative evening view of West Kensington Boulevard

Illustrative evening view of Aisgill Gardens

Illustrative evening view of West Brompton Crescent

Illustrative evening view of Empress Place Boulevard

10.2 Sitewide Lighting Strategy

Lighting Control

The lit atmospheres across the Site will change over time, providing appropriate lighting to ensure safety and legibility for people using the different spaces, and suitable for the different intensities of activity expected through the night.

Through darker, quieter periods, light intensities will dim down, and colour temperatures will shift to warmer tones to reduce negative impacts on wildlife. An additional layer of flexibility for the lighting of the Site is proposed through consideration for special events and temporary lighting.

10.2 Sitewide Lighting Strategy

Environmental Zones

Environmental Zones restrict light pollution within the masterplan, between neighbours, and into the sky.

The current proposals for Environmental Zones varies across the Site, between E2 along wildlife corridors, E3 as the default across the Site, and E4 at the busier site entrances.

Lighting strategy diagram illustrating Environmental Zones

10.2 Sitewide Lighting Strategy

Lighting Standards

Standards are proposed for all routes across the site, and it is proposed that every route will step down to a lower light intensity through quieter overnight periods.

10.3 RBKC Placemaking Framework Tracker

Introduction

RBKC SPD context

This section provides an overview of the relationship of the Hybrid Planning Applications for the Earls Court Development in the context of the RBKC SPD (“Earl’s Court Opportunity Area Placemaking Framework”, April 2023).

With a particular focus on the areas of the masterplan located within the Royal Borough of Kensington and Chelsea (RBKC), the following pages present a summary of the response of the masterplan to the core objectives of this Supplementary Planning Document (SPD).

The Earl’s Court and West Kensington Opportunity Area straddles the RBKC and the London Borough of Hammersmith and Fulham (LBHF), borough boundary. The RBKC SPD aims to:

“Support an ambitious transformation for the Opportunity Area to become a lively new part of the wider neighbourhood, focusing on the part of the site which lies within Kensington and Chelsea”, p.3.

SPD framework

The SPD is organised around four placemaking priorities for the RBKC site allocation (aspirations that then form the basis of the emerging Local Plan site allocation). The four placemaking priorities distil the aspirations identified for the Site, which are summarised in the adjacent extract:

“The Opportunity Area should become a lively, new urban quarter of cultural, employment and residential uses that is innovative, sustainable and integrated with the surrounding neighbourhood”, p.11.

The design evolution of the Earls Court Development has coincided with the preparation and adoption of this SPD. ECDC and the Design Team attended engaged with RBKC during 2022 and contributed to the shaping of the priorities for the Site.

As such, the ambitions and objectives expressed in the SPD framework reflect many of the shared objectives for the Site - that have been further refined through the wider stakeholder engagement and statutory consultation and Site optimisation as described in Chapter 4 of this DAS.

For reference, the four priorities of the SPD framework are summarised on the following page with the associated diagrammatic explanation. This is then followed by a table summarising the key policy objectives of each priority and the scheme provision and/or response to these objectives.

Identifying the summary of the key placemaking priorities that structure the document. The following pages use these themes to provide an illustration of how the Earls Court Development has responded to these objectives and to provide a reference checklist to support the interpretation of the application in this context.

Extract from the Earl’s Court Opportunity Area Placemaking Framework SPD (p.11)

10.3 RBKC Placemaking Framework Tracker

SPD priorities

Priority 1: Public realm first

“The landscape strategy should provide people with a variety of generous, functional and attractive streets and spaces characterised by substantial trees and urban greening. Open space with a neighbourhood character to meet the needs of new residents and the local community is crucial. The public realm should lead the development, with the scale, design and use of buildings complementing and enhancing its various characters and functions: landscape and people before buildings”, p.13.

Priority 2: Exemplar of environmental sustainability

“An ambitious and innovative approach to the challenges of climate change should underpin all scales and dimensions of the development in a manner that is holistic, goes beyond base policy and regulatory requirements at approval and implementation stages, and is resilient for the future. Thinking about the whole lifetime of the development, a meaningful and informative way to track the scheme’s performance against a comprehensive sustainability charter should be devised”, p.17.

Priority 3: Part of the city

“The development should seamlessly continue the city by using a street-based layout informed by a sophisticated understanding of local and London street patterns, including how the scheme stitches into Warwick Road. The wider gap in the townscape here should accommodate a re-imagined London square, providing a green oasis. A sensitive integration of building scale is needed across the scheme, with greater care in the design of buildings over 10 storeys, given their greater visibility and environmental impacts.”, p.21.

Priority 4: Varied and rich urban life

“The cultural offer should give Earl’s Court a distinct identity, attracting visitors and related new and local ventures. Culture should be tangible and visible, spilling out into principal public spaces, while all other uses on the site should maximise their contribution to a delightful and varied public realm. This new part of the Earl’s Court neighbourhood should be somewhere people want to live and settle; day-to-day life should be convenient and comfortable, with the new buildings, streets and spaces designed to cultivate a sense of community and belonging.”, p.27.

Priority 1: Public realm first 10.3 RBKC Placemaking Framework Tracker

Policy scope Policy requirement Scheme provision / response

1.1 Landscape before buildings

"a) Let the landscape lead

The landscape plan should be the base and starting point of the masterplan, setting out priorities for public realm and landscape early on the design process."

"b) Working with the site

The site’s levels, existing habitats, existing structures (such as the West London Line deck, the steps on the Warwick Road Apron and St Cuthbert’s Church as a key neighbour) should be integrated creatively into the scheme."

Many of the fundamental design principles that have shaped the masterplan are focused around landscape. These landscape led principles include opening up new routes across the Site, stitching into the wider context with arrival squares and streets, creating a park at the centre of the Site (located around retained features), and the definition of a varied streetscape, all of which underpin the spatial strategies and vision for the Site. A public realm framework has been established prior to considering the extent and locations of building Plots, allowing themes of nature, water and play to be integrated into the design.

Refer to DAS Chapters 5, 6 and 7 (EC.PA.08), and associated sitewide strategies in the Design Code (EC.PA.C).

Existing habitats have helped to inform the location and design of key open spaces which help to reconnect an existing north-south ecological corridor. This has been reinforced by the generously planted design of West Brompton Square and the Bioline, which is subject to third party agreement.

The existing West London Railway Line, the Sites of Importance for Nature Conservation (SINCs) along it, and the Table Structure have defined the location of the key open space - the Table Park. The former Exhibition Centres steps have inspired the planted amphitheatre of the proposed Warwick Square.

The street layout along St Cuthbert’s Lane is purposefully pulled away from St Cuthbert’s Church to retain the planted bank which forms part of its setting. A potential connection from St Cuthbert’s Lane to Cluny Mews has been enabled and is subject to third party land ownership.

The Site’s existing level change has informed the design of the Cascades, which creates a stepped landscape that celebrates water use and retention.

Refer to DAS Chapter 6 and 7 and associated sitewide strategies in the Design Code (EC.PA.C).

"c) The West London Line deck

The West London Line deck will form a characterful and distinctive new park connecting the two parts of the Opportunity Area. Its design should celebrate and express its history as part of the site’s infrastructure heritage and should provide significant green spaces as well as harder landscape where activities can be programmed."

At the centre of the masterplan is the Table Park, which is the largest green open space within the proposals. It is located above the West London Railway Line deck (the Table Structure), which connects both boroughs. The Table Park is predominantly a green space, but also has active edges, lawn spaces for picnics and informal sports, two destination play spaces and a variety of formal and informal pedestrian and cycle routes. The western side of the Table Park addresses the level change by forming a clearly defined edge that frames Empress Place Boulevard below. The level change provides an opportunity to incorporate active uses along the edge that creates spaces inspired by railway arches that express and celebrate the Site’s infrastructure heritage.

RBKC Placemaking Framework Tracker

Priority 1: Public realm first (continued)

1.2 Working with natural systems and the inherited landscape

"a) Maximise biodiversity

Ecological habitats should be strengthened and connected via green corridors and opportunities to maximise biodiversity and ensure climate resilience of planting should be demonstrated."

b) Integrated water management

A sustainable, integrated water management system should be devised to minimise water demand and waste water. Measures may include utilising grey water, using rainwater for irrigation, extensive use of sustainable drainage (SuDS) landscape features, infiltration.

c) Trees that thrive

Best practice should be applied to tree planting, including prioritising trees in the ground (as opposed to on a deck), soil quality, tree pit depth, irrigation systems and maintenance, and integrating water management and tree planting by planting trees in SuDS. Tree species should include a variety of disease and climate change resistant species, including trees of a substantial scale.

provision / response

Refer to DAS Chapters 7 (EC.PA.08) and the Design Codes (EC.PA.C) for more information. Policy scope Policy requirement

The existing ecological corridor either side of the Table Structure along the West London Railway Line will be enhanced and strengthened through diverse and resilient planting at the Table Park, Bioline and West Brompton Square, and will reinforce the ecological connection with Brompton Cemetery.

Refer to DAS Chapter 7 (EC.PA.08). and associated sitewide strategies in the Design Code (EC.PA.C).

The Integrated Water Management Strategy provides a framework to sustainably manage water supply, waste water and flood risk in an integrated way, and to provide guidance on how the required infrastructure should be planned, provided and managed. The Cascades water feature looks to use captured rainwater that is filtered and polished to a level suitable for use within the public realm. WSP have developed a sitewide strategy to capture and reuse rainwater for landscape irrigation.

Refer to DAS Chapters 5, 6 and 7 (EC.PA.08) for more information.

Significant new tree planting is proposed on both terra-firma and above structure. In both instances the Illustrative Masterplan has been coordinated to ensure suitable soil depth and structural loading capacity is provided (apart from where there are existing constraints such as Warwick apron and West Brompton apron). A large variety of tree species have been suggested to ensure climate resilience. The commitment is to:

• Re-open the Site through natural landscapes, with c. 6 hectares (c. 15 acres) of publicly accessible landscape, including the greened or treelined roads and crescents.

• Deliver a network of interlinked Exhibition Gardens and spaces containing a diversity of planting strategies to create differing natural landscapes, enabling a wide variety of uses in the public realm.

• Ensure the Site has a Biodiversity Net Gain of 85% which is >75% over the Environment Act requirement of 10% (i.e. policy).

• Plant a minimum of 1,000 new trees of which over 50% will be semi-mature.

• Enhance the existing ecological corridor through the Site.

• Prioritise climate-resilient and native species to create sustainable ecosystems.

Placemaking Framework Tracker

Priority 1: Public realm first (continued)

Policy scope Policy requirement

d) Air quality positive

The development should be air quality positive. This can be achieved, through a range of strategies that include prioritising the use of sustainable clean energy sources, implementing strategic architecture and design to avoid tunnelling effects created by buildings, appropriate planting close to sources of pollution and minimising emission sources from within the site.

Scheme provision / response

The Proposed Development will deliver cleaner air across the Site. Ambitions include removing sources of pollution, working with partners to tackle emissions at source, and investigating new technologies to trap and remove pollutants from the atmosphere. Sitewide strategies have been established with the commitment to:

• Not use combustion engines to drive the plant within the completed buildings or public realm other than for life safety (e.g. backup generators, which will use sustainable biofuels, until they can be replaced by electric backup).

• Contain above ground vehicle movements to perimeters of the Proposed Development, maximising car free public realm, safety for pedestrians and with a focus on electric vehicles (or equivalent) and limiting combustion vehicles.

• Repurpose the existing Table and enclose the section of the West London Line on the east and west sides, limiting pollutant egress from cross Site rail traffic.

• Provide electric charging points to all parking spaces to promote EV uptake.

• Provide electric car club spaces for 25 vehicles (more than policy) promoting vehicle sharing for residents and the wider community.

The Proposed Development maximises opportunities to utilise ecology to clean and improve air quality, buffering open spaces like Warwick Square and West Brompton Square from pollutant sources and optimising appropriate planting. Buildings across the masterplan have further been placed to minimise wind channelling and buffer open spaces from pollution sources like the A4.

Refer to DAS Chapters 5, 6 and 7 (EC.PA.08) and the Environmental Statement (EC.PA.12) for more information.

Priority 1: Public realm first (continued) 10.3 RBKC Placemaking Framework Tracker

1.3 Open space for everyone

a) Generous open space

The scheme should incorporate open space of sufficient and varying scales to break up the built form and to allow for a range of people and activities outdoors including play, food growing, informal sports and fitness, dog walking, culture, events, wild or natural play, intergenerational mixing.

The network of open spaces across the masterplan are highly varied, offering opportunities for a range of activities and experiences. The Illustrative Masterplan contains c. 8.25 ha (20.38 acres) of publicly accessible open space within the planning application boundary, approximately 3.92 ha (9.68 acres) of which are within RBKC. The variety of open spaces across the masterplan include:

• The Table Park, providing open lawn and multi-layered uses.

• Warwick Square, a welcoming Flower Amphitheatre.

• West Brompton Square, a generously landscaped local square that responds to the context of Brompton Cemetery.

• The Bioline, a more naturalistic ecological zones.

• The Cascades, creating a multi-level landscape incorporating water filtration ponds.

• Aisgill Gardens, a community green integrating destination play space.

• Lillie Sidings Square, a multi-functional space celebrating the Site’s industrial heritage.

The masterplan is underpinned by a Strategic Framework that delivers a well connected network of streets and open spaces catering for a variety of uses ranging from small and quiet to larger and more lively.

Refer to the DAS Chapters 5, 6 and 7 (EC.PA.08). and the Design Code (EC.PA.C) for more information.

b) Inclusive public realm

The public realm should feel inclusive for all, taking particular account of children, teenagers, girls and women. Active measures including how the space is managed and activities to invite people in should be included.

c) Open space for the community

The scheme should provide a variety of open space typologies, including unstructured informal spaces, local or neighbourhood spaces designed specifically for residents’ needs such as local play, meeting people from the neighbourhood.

The Public Realm Inclusivity Panel (PRIP) has been specifically set up by ECDC to ensure the public realm is developed to be inclusive. The panel has been running for 2 years and has helped to set the brief for areas of the landscape design, interrogated the masterplan and reviewed Control Documents such as Design Codes. The PRIP has been specifically selected to include a variety of genders, ages, physical needs and neurodivergence, ensuring a range of opinions and ideas have helped inform the Design Code and Illustrative Masterplan.

A series of recognisable open space typologies are provided including a park, squares, crescents, lanes and walks. Refer to Design Code and DAS Chapters 5, 6 and 7 for more information.

RBKC Placemaking Framework Tracker

Priority 2: Exemplar of environmental sustainability

2.1 vision for sustainability

“a) Exemplar of sustainability

Sustainability should be dealt with in an exemplar way that goes above and beyond policy targets, and should be set out in a ‘sustainability charter’ that encompasses all aspects of the design and operation of the development.”

The Sustainability Strategy sets out commitments and aspirations demonstrating how the Proposed Earls Court Development will meet or exceed planning policy expectations and support delivery of a progressive sustainability agenda.

ECDC has set out a series of Principles for Future Living in a Sustainable Development Charter for the Earls Court Development. The charter does not form part of the planning application submission but contains an ambitious vision to deliver innovative buildings and spaces, enhance the environment, and produce economic and social benefits creating long term value for the local area.

“b) Energy strategy

An exemplar energy strategy should be developed for the site, to include consideration of how energy on the site could be modular and connect beyond the site.”

“c) Building design

The masterplan should demonstrate how the future detailed design of buildings can deliver high environmental performance, as well as making the most of passive design measures.”

“d) Housing design

All homes should be designed to maximise environmental comfort whilst minimising the need to use energy for heating and cooling. Double aspect units are a priority.”

The Energy Strategy sets out ECDC’s ambition to go ‘Beyond Net Zero Carbon’ and by meeting or exceeding policy expectations and supporting delivery of a progressive energy solution for the Earls Court Development.

Refer to Energy Strategy (EC.PA.22) for more information.

At the heart of the Sustainability Strategy is the construction of high-performing buildings designed following the principles of Passivhaus and considering progressive National Australian Building Environment Rating System –United Kingdom (NABERS UK) ratings, ensuring ultra-efficient, low-energy living and working spaces.

2.2 Site-wide strategies for managing environmental impacts

"a) Contaminated land

Any intrusive site investigation, risk assessment and land remediation should be approached in a site-specific way and follow the principles of sustainable remediation."

At a masterplan scale, Plot layouts have been carefully considered in response to microclimate analysis, ensuring buildings are able to receive good levels of daylight and sunlight and achieve good levels of comfort with regards to wind.

To minimise energy demands Detailed Components coming forward will be, where possible, designed using Passivhaus principles, aiming at high environmental performance.

The Strategic Framework and Control documents provide flexibility to optimise dual-aspect during the detailed design stages. The Detailed Components that from part of the Hybrid Application demonstrate the ratio of dualaspect homes and residential quality that can come forward and provide a typology benchmark for the masterplan.

Refer to the DAS: Volume 2 RBKC Detailed Component (EC.RBKC.02) for more information.

Previous investigations at the Site have identified localised areas of contamination. Further targeted ground investigations would be undertaken in advance of works commencing on-site and mitigated as necessary.

RBKC Placemaking

Framework Tracker

Priority 2: Exemplar of environmental sustainability (continued)

"b) Waste management

A strategy for waste management should deal with waste on site and waste arising from the development by providing innovative facilities and efficient waste collection. The overall strategy should include construction waste, in line with best practice."

The construction Site Waste Management Plan sets out a strategy to assess the impacts of demolition and construction of the masterplan project. Waste targets during construction and the control of waste are set in accordance with the Environmental Protection Act Duty of Care and are outlined in the Construction Site Waste Management Plan (EC.PA.20).

Framework Tracker

Priority 3: Part of the city 10.3 RBKC Placemaking

3.1 Completing Earl’s Court "a) Landscape character

The scheme should respond to and incorporate the positive and distinctive aspects of the landscape character of Earl’s Court, informed by an analysis of the area surrounding the site."

"b) Public realm

The site layout and routes through should take in a sequence of streets and spaces characterised by urban greening, allowing for clear direct thoroughfares as well as meandering routes."

"c) Familiar streets

The development should be a street-based, walkable neighbourhood. Streets should include sensitively integrated on-street parking for a proportion of the spaces for Blue Badge holders required for the development."

The landscape proposals draw from the local and wider context, referencing recognisable typologies such as parks, squares, crescents, lanes and walks. They are developed through an analysis of the local character and stitch the masterplan into the wider neighbourhood.

Refer to DAS Chapters 3,4,5 and 6 (EC.PA.08), and Design Code (EC.PA.C) for analysis of the local character and the strategic and illustrative design response.

The Strategic Framework provides a carefully considered network of streets and open spaces that are laid out to accommodate generous landscaping and a clearly legible hierarchy of spaces. Within the framework, nature, as one of the four place pillars, will create the identity for Earls Court. It will consist of a network of Exhibition Gardens; a series of areas with changing character, connected through landscaped routes across the Site.

Refer to DAS (EC.PA.08), and Design Code (EC.PA.C) for more information.

Earls Court Development will offer a pedestrian first public realm that prioritises people and connects the Site back into the local street network. The primary public open spaces are vehicle-free, with only emergency and out of hours servicing vehicles permitted access. This helps to create a safe environment and contributes to the sense of place and vibrancy of the public realm at the centre of the Site. Some routes permit vehicular movement to provide adequate access to buildings. Generous and safe space for pedestrian movement is ensured on all of these routes. Blue Badge parking spaces are provided and integrated with street trees/planting.

Refer to DAS (EC.PA.08), Design Code (EC.PA.C) and Parameter Plans (EC.PA.B).

"d) Building heights

The design of any building over 10 storeys should be of exceptional quality. They should be sustainable and innovative in their design and construction methods."

The approach to height across the masterplan has been carefully considered and iteratively developed through engagement with planning officers from both boroughs, the GLA, and Historic England, public engagement and townscape and heritage consultant input. This process informed the distribution of massing and location of taller buildings including responding to daylight/sunlight as well as wind analysis. Control Documents, including the Design Code have been iteratively developed through illustrative plot testing as well as parallel detailed design development of Detailed Components. It has informed a comprehensive number of design principles that are captured in the Design Code and establish how architectural quality within a coherent masterplan will be achieved. Further to the Design Code, the Detailed Components coming forward are for the tallest buildings on the site. The detail provided in the submission demonstrates exceptional quality, sustainability and innovation, and sets the benchmark for future RMAs.

Refer to the Design Code, DAS Chapters 3, 5 and 6 (EC.PA.08) and the Detailed Component DAS.

Priority 3: Part of the city (continued) 10.3 RBKC Placemaking Framework Tracker

Policy scope Policy requirement

"e) Rich architectural variety

The scheme should demonstrate, through its design and approach to development, how the rich variety and high architectural quality of Earl’s Court and the wider borough will be attained. The scheme should include a strategy for plot design that ensures that there is a variety of scales and range of architecture on the site."

"f) Design codes

Design codes with specific, detailed parameters should be produced and submitted as part of a planning application. These should provide guidance for the design of buildings, the spaces in between them, and the landscape."

3.2 Convenient and appealing connections

"a) Routes to key destinations

Routes to and from the site to key destinations should be convenient and attractive for walking and cycling and connect into the existing public transport and cycleway networks. Pedestrian crossings at the site’s key interfaces should be improved."

"b) East-west route through the site

There should be a clear and visible east-west route that is appealing for people to walk and cycle from the west of the Opportunity Area to Earl’s Court Road District Centre via Earl’s Court station."

"c) Connections north

The development should facilitate cycle and pedestrian connections to the north over the A4, including access from the west of the West London Line. A two-way cycle route on Warwick Road and improvements to a crossing over the A4 should be explored."

Scheme provision / response

A rich variety of building typologies is proposed for Earls Court. It draws from the analysis of existing local character to integrate new proposals with the wider neighbourhood. Extensive plot testing has been undertaken to demonstrate the approach and has been engaged on with officers throughout the design development of the Illustrative Masterplan and Control Documents.

Refer to the Design Code (EC.PA.C), Parameter Plans (EC.PA.B) and DAS Chapters 3, 5 and 6 (EC.PA.08) for the approach taken in the Proposed Development and Illustrative Masterplan. Refer to DAS: Volume 2 RBKC Detailed Component (EC.RBKC.02) for additional detail on how building designs will embed a contextual architectural response.

The Earls Court Design Code and Parameter Plans have been developed through engagement with planning officers. They provide a comprehensive set of design principles and guidance for the sitewide strategies as well as the design of buildings, public realm and landscape. Design Codes have been tested and informed by the Illustrative Masterplan and Plot testing, as well the design of Detailed Components.

Refer to the Design Code (EC.PA.C), Parameter Plans (EC.PA.B), DAS Chapter 6 (EC.PA.08) and DAS: Volume 2 RBKC Detailed Component (EC.RBKC.02) for more information.

Key routes, particularly to and from the transport networks are designed to be legible and inviting. Examples include: Warwick Square addressing Earl’s Court station and West Brompton Square addressing West Brompton station with pedestrian crossings, making these routes convenient, attractive and safe to use.

Refer to Design Code and DAS Chapters 5, 6 and 7 (EC.PA.08) for more information.

A clearly defined east-west route for pedestrians and cyclists has been established within the Strategic Framework and Control Documents, and is tested in the Illustrative Masterplan. The route is anchored by Warwick Square in the east and Aisgill Gardens in the west. The route runs through the Table Park and Cascades, which have been designed to provide accessible routes, lift access as well as stepped routes, allowing all users to easily navigate the space. The route is defined within Design Code (EC.PA.C) and Parameter Plans (EC.PA.B).

The masterplan establishes a clear north-south route within the Strategic Framework and Control Documents, responding to desire lines between Lillie Road, Warwick Road and West Kensington station. Beyond the Planning Application boundary, works to improving cycle infrastructure along Warwick Road by creating a new dedicated cycle lane and improvements to the crossing outside Earl’s Court station have been explored. Opportunities to improve pedestrian connections from Cluny Mews to St Cuthbert’s Lane have been explored and enabled, and are subject to third party agreement.

Refer to DAS Chapters 5, 6 and 7 (EC.PA.08) for more information.

Placemaking Framework Tracker

Priority 3: Part of the city (continued)

"d) Vehicle movements and servicing

The layout of the scheme should allow for necessary deliveries and other servicing while designing out the possibility of cut-throughs for motorised vehicles. Traffic movements should not be managed through excessive street clutter and signage. All non-residential servicing should be carried out underground using the northern access route."

3.3 Sensitive integration "a) Warwick Road threshold

A reimagined London square should be created at the Warwick Road apron, providing a green space that is a point of relief from the busy road. Buildings with active frontages and a civic or cultural function, at least at ground floor, should frame the space. A street running along the side of the space should be used to provide a vehicular connection from Warwick Road, maximising connectivity. This space should be provided as part of the first phase of the development."

"b) Old Brompton Road threshold

The site’s interface with Old Brompton Road should reflect and continue the character of the immediate neighbourhood with fine-grain active uses at ground floor and incorporate tree planting."

Vehicular movement has been carefully integrated into the Proposed Development to create a car-free public realm throughout a large part of the masterplan. Vehicles are integrated within the design of streets where appropriate, providing for access, parking, drop-off and servicing. Controlled access points are proposed in selected locations to limit vehicular movement at the centre of the Site to servicing and emergency vehicles. Servicing to Plots in the centre of the Site is enabled through the undercroft formed below the Table Park, which is accessed via St Cuthbert’s Lane.

Refer to the Design Code (EC.PA.C), Parameter Plans and DAS Chapter 7 (EC.PA.08) for more information.

Warwick Square is reimagined as a London Square informed by careful analysis of the local and wider London context. It provides a clearly defined threshold along Warwick Road and is framed by trees on all edges addressing streets or lanes. The former Exhibition Centres steps are reinterpreted as a Flower Amphitheatre to provide a space for sitting and dwelling, and the opportunity to host cultural or other public events. The space is framed by buildings all of which have active frontages that could accommodate a mix of uses. Lanes run along the side of the space to provide vehicular and cycle connections from Warwick Road. The space is part of the first phase.

Refer to Design Code (EC.PA.C) and DAS Chapter 6, 7 and 9 (EC.PA.08) for more information.

The Proposed Development stitches into the existing context of Lillie Road and Old Brompton Road by establishing a clearly defined local square outside of West Brompton station that is framed by buildings and fine grain active frontages. West Brompton Square is generously landscaped responding to the Brompton Cemetery setting and enhances the ecological corridor along the West London Railway Line. Extensive public realm improvements along this edge to widen the pedestrian routes along Lillie Bridge and improve the crossing to West Brompton station have been explored.

Priority 3: Part of the city (continued) 10.3 RBKC Placemaking Framework Tracker

Policy scope Policy requirement

"c) Response to conservation areas

The scheme should show a clear response to the relationship with the neighbouring conservation areas, taking into account buildings, landscape features and spaces between buildings, the garden squares, gaps between buildings. Back-to-back development should be pursued to the rear of the crescents that line the boundary of the site in Philbeach Conservation Area."

Scheme provision / response

The masterplan has been designed in response to an in-depth analysis of the local area, including the existing townscape, urban structure, architectural character, conservation areas and listed buildings which neighbour the Site. Strategies to respond to the historic context have been developed alongside townscape and heritage consultant input and through engagement with planning officers in both boroughs, the GLA and Historic England. Massing and building heights have been carefully considered and distributed to respond to the Site context. Building heights step up from the sensitive edges by extending the neighbouring building scale and transitioning to medium heights further into the Site, where taller buildings frame the Table Park. The Proposed Development has evolved based on a detailed understanding of townscape, heritage and visual impact in long-range, midrange and immediate views, including taking account of any cumulative impact. Guidance is provided in the Design Code responding to key townscape and heritage views to ensure these are given special consideration from key areas within the conservation area. These will provide more specific guidance for future Applications for Reserved Matters Approval (RMAs) for the Outline Components.

Attention has been given to enhancing the setting to the west of St Cuthbert’s Church, and maintaining visual clarity in views of the church from Philbeach Gardens. Back-to-back development has also been proposed along Eardley Crescent, in the form of townhouses, where below ground infrastructure considerations enable that to occur. The rear of Philbeach Gardens has been sensitively addressed by setting buildings away from the boundary and stepping down in scale to respond to the existing terraced houses. A landscaped lane creates a buffer to adjacent properties and responds to requirements driven by below ground infrastructure constraints.

Refer to the Design Code (EC.PA.C), Parameter Plans (EC.PA.B) and DAS Chapters 3, 5 and 6 (EC.PA.08) for the approach taken in the Proposed Development and Illustrative Masterplan. Refer to DAS: Volume 2 RBKC Detailed Component (EC.RBKC.02) for additional detail on how building designs are embedding a contextual architectural response.

"d) St Cuthbert’s Church

The scheme should create a public space, including playspace, to the rear (west) of St Cuthbert’s Church, sensitively designed to enhance the setting of the Grade I building, and provide a connection to Philbeach Gardens and Cluny Mews."

The setting of St Cuthbert's Church is enhanced through a sensitively designed public realm and carefully composed massing and height along St Cuthbert's Lane. Existing trees along the boundary are retained and added to, enhancing the setting of the church as seen from the west while proposed buildings have been positioned and shaped in response to townscape and heritage analysis. A connection through to Cluny Mews has been explored and enabled. Due to access constraints this can’t be accommodated within the Site boundary, but could be delivered on neighbouring land, subject to a third party agreement.

Refer to Design Code (EC.PA.C) and DAS Chapters 6 and 7 (EC.PA.08) for more information.

10.3 RBKC Placemaking Framework Tracker

Priority 3: Part of the city (continued)

"e) Brompton Cemetery

The scheme should be designed with extensive outdoor space for a variety of recreational activities including informal play, sports and dog walking."

The masterplan provides significant new open space for a variety of recreational activities. The public realm is composed of a variety of spaces that cater for range of different uses. These include a variety of green spaces and squares that offer formal and informal play space, hard event space, as well as a network of pedestrian priority routes for walking. The public ream and landscape is designed to complement the existing offering at Brompton Cemetery and add to play and leisure space for new and existing communities around the Site.

An enhanced connection to Brompton Cemetery is established through the landscape response at West Brompton Square and the Bioline (subject to third party agreement). It extends the landscape character, ecology and walking route of the cemetery into the site and up onto the Table Park.

Priority 4: Varied and rich urban life 10.3 RBKC Placemaking Framework Tracker

4.1 A place for people to settle

"a) A choice of homes

A range of home typologies, as well as a range of sizes, should be provided within each cluster of homes."

"b) Adaptable homes

Homes should be designed to be adaptable so that the same property can be used by the same household at different life stages and by different types of households, such as sharers and families. Internal layouts should be designed so that rooms can accommodate different furniture arrangements."

"c) Acoustic design

Noise and vibration should be considered at the initial design stage, including building location, layout and insulation, as should measures to reduce noise at source or transmission path where possible."

A diverse mix of housing typologies is proposed across the masterplan, creating a diverse new neighbourhood catering for people of all ages and backgrounds. This ranges from purpose-built student accommodation (PBSA), later-living, family homes, affordable housing, BTS and BTR provision. Within individual buildings, a mixed tenure is proposed to secure an appropriate range of sizes and home types.

Refer to the Design Code (EC.PA.C), Development Specification (EC.PA.A), DAS Chapters 5 and 6 (EC.PA.08), and DAS: Volume 2 RBKC Detailed Component (EC.RBKC.02) for more information.

The Detailed Component and future RMAs will meet policy requirements to ensure adaptability. Refer to DAS: Volume 2 RBKC Detailed Component (EC.RBKC.02) for more information.

"d) Community housing

The mix, distribution, quantum and phasing of community housing tenures should be planned so that it can contribute to establishing a community that is balanced and mixed. Strategies should also be put in place to provide spaces which promote the integration of new and existing communities. The scheme should follow the principles established in the Community Housing SPD."

Acoustics have been considered from early masterplan design stages, informing the location, design and use of proposed Plots to ensure the impact of existing noise on the Site is mitigated. This has contributed to the placement of commercial buildings along West Cromwell Road, Warwick and West Brompton Squares. Acoustic design principles for individual buildings have been outlined in the Design Code and are considered in further detail within the Detailed Component.

Refer to DAS Chapters 4, 5 and 6 (EC.PA.08), the Design Code (EC.PA.C) and DAS: Volume 2 RBKC Detailed Component (EC.RBKC.02) for more information.

Community Housing will be provided in a tenure blind basis. The quantum and tenure will continue to be discussed during the determination period. Community Housing will have regard to the Community Housing SPD.

RBKC Placemaking Framework Tracker

Priority 4: Varied and rich urban life (continued)

Policy scope Policy requirement

"e) Benefits of sustainability for residents

The scheme should set out how the design of homes and their energy use delivers significant benefits for residents as compared with living in another new development or in older housing stock. This should include energy costs, comfort of the internal environment especially in extreme weather, and accessibility of data to inform choices."

"f) Personalising space

Homes and the spaces around them, including balconies, thresholds and communal gardens, should be designed to allow space and flexibility for personalisation, for example with seating, food and plant growing."

"g) Community facilities

Community facilities should be located, designed and managed in a way that fosters community activity and meeting. This could include collocation of uses, organised events, or an appealing adjacent public space in which to linger. Opportunities to include community facilities within other buildings or make them available for community use should be explored."

Scheme provision / response

The Energy Strategy sets out how incorporation of passive design strategies into building architecture and layout, will reduce reliance on active heating, cooling, and lighting systems, thus minimising energy consumption and operational costs for future residents.

Refer to the Energy Strategy (EC.PA.22) for more information.

The public realm across the Proposed Development is designed to be welcoming and inclusive, allowing residents agency to play and take part in communal activities. Homes across the masterplan also have access to outdoor communal and private amenity spaces. Additionally, where possible homes have their own front door on the street with defensible space. Detailed design of homes is demonstrated in the Detailed Component DAS.

Refer to DAS Chapter 6 (EC.PA.08) and the DAS: Volume 2 RBKC Detailed Component (EC.RBKC.02).

The masterplan includes inherent flexibility to provide multiple opportunities for community spaces within buildings and the public realm. An early years education facility is applied for in detail and will sit at the base of EC06.

Refer to DAS: Volume 2 RBKC Detailed Component (EC.RBKC.02) for more information.

4.2 The value of active uses

"a) Active uses and phasing

Active ground floor uses should be included at each phase of the development, along with a strategy for their occupation, to include meanwhile uses where necessary."

Key spaces and routes in each phase of the masterplan have been designed to be lined with active ground floor uses. The primary east-west route and Table Park is included within Phase 1, ensuring strategic connections and public space with active ground floor uses is delivered from the beginning. A Temporary Use Strategy (EC.PA.49) sets out the approach to meanwhile use, including commitments delivered to date as well as the strategy for temporary uses during construction.

Refer to DAS Chapter 8 (EC.PA.08), and Design Code SW.B.24 / 25 (EC.PA.C) for more information.

RBKC Placemaking Framework Tracker

Priority 4: Varied and rich urban life (continued)

Policy scope Policy requirement

"b) Ground floor activity

A plan of the ground floor of each phase of development should be produced to demonstrate how it will be varied, vibrant and active at different times of the day and year. It should show the scale and footprint of commercial units, public access, the types of activities, the relationship between activity in the buildings and the spaces outside."

"c) Commercial strategy

The ground floor of office and other commercial buildings should contribute interest and activity to the public realm; opportunities for wider public access should be explored."

Scheme provision / response

Key routes and open spaces across the masterplan have been designed to create legible, active streets, lined with active ground floor uses. The Illustrative Masterplan and plot testing demonstrate a variety and flexibility in use and how these inform and respond to different Character Areas, all of which has been captured in the Design Code. Detailed Components provide specific information on ground floor layouts and uses that activate the buildings and public realm.

Refer to the Design Code (EC.PA.C), DAS Chapters 5, 6 and 7 (EC.PA.08) and DAS: Volume 2 RBKC Detailed Component (EC.RBKC.02) for additional detail. For phasing refer to the Indicative Phasing Strategy (EC.PA.48) and DAS Chapter 8 (EC.PA.08).

Commercial buildings across the masterplan are designed to contribute to the surrounding public realm and provide active uses unique to their location. At Warwick Square commercial buildings frame the space and provide active frontages and uses that will include publicly accessible spaces. The commercial cluster located around Empress Place equally activates the public realm and includes one of the cultural hubs on the Site that will be accessible from the Table Park. Principles to ensure visual openness and engagement with workspace frontages are outlined in the Design Code, and tested in the Illustrative Masterplan and Plot testing that has informed the Control Documents.

"d) Affordable workspace

The affordable workspace on the site should be designed to meet the needs of local people, local organisations and to complement the wider commercial and cultural strategy for the site."

"e) Inclusive

The scheme should identify measures, through its design and management, that will ensure the development is inclusive and feels welcoming to and comfortable for all. Measures may include programming of events, familiar urban typologies such as streets, and indoor or covered public space."

Refer to the Affordable Workspace Strategy (EC.PA.28) for information.

The Proposed Development has been refined continuously alongside engagement with specialist inclusive design consultants, borough-led Inclusive Design Review Panels and wide-reaching public engagement to ensure the development is inclusive and feels welcoming and comfortable for all. This included establishing the Public Realm Inclusivity Panel (PRIP), a group made up of local people of varying backgrounds, ages and needs. Engagement with the PRIP occurred on a regular basis and informed the public realm, landscape and approach to building design, which has been captured in the Design Code.

Refer to DAS Chapter 4, 7 (EC.PA.08), the Design Code (EC.PA.C) and the Statement of Community Involvement (EC.PA.33) for more information.

RBKC Placemaking Framework Tracker

Priority 4: Varied and rich urban life (continued)

Policy scope Policy requirement

"f) Supporting Earl’s Court Road

The scheme should include a range of measures designed to have a positive impact on Earl’s Court Road District Centre, derived from identified opportunities and threats to the centre. Such measures should include improving physical connections between the site and the centre and curating meanwhile activity in vacant units on Earl’s Court Road."

4.3 Putting Earl’s Court back on London’s cultural map

"a) Cultural use criteria

A new cultural facility should meet the following criteria:

1. Be high quality, bringing great work to Earl’s Court

2. Attract audiences from beyond the local area

3. Be distinctive, belonging in Earl’s Court

4. Have strong links with local businesses and local people

5. Be welcoming for everyone, make people feel at home in its spaces

6. Have programming that interests a wide range of people – opportunities that people might stumble across as well as ticketed events

7. Provide spaces for people to develop new creative work –not just show work that has been developed elsewhere."

"b) Flexibility for a principal cultural use

The masterplan should have built in flexibility to accommodate different types of ‘anchor tenant’ within the layout."

"c) A creative ecosystem

An evolving, wide-ranging strategy for culture and placemaking should facilitate and encourage creative activity across the site, so that the scheme offers much more than a singular or traditional cultural infrastructure."

Scheme provision / response

The Retail Strategy sets out ECDC’s aspirations for retail and other town centre uses at Earls Court. The strategy seeks to compliment not compete with Earl’s Court Road. The Retail Impact Assessment concludes that the Earls Court Development will result in additional expenditure on Earl’s Court Road.

The Cultural Strategy for the Site has been prepared by The Earls Court Development Company (ECDC) in partnership with Sound Diplomacy, working closely with the masterplan architects, Hawkins\Brown and Studio Egret West. Culture plays a defining role within the masterplan, designed into buildings and across the public realm.

ECDC have committed to four cultural hubs across the masterplan:

• West Brompton Crescent

• Empress Place

• Exhibition Gardens

• Lillie Sidings

Refer to the Cultural Strategy (EC.PA.31) for more information.

The three proposed cultural venues are different in character, size and location, and Plot testing has illustrated how these are able to accommodate different types of tenants, contributing to a wider network of diverse active uses on the Site. The Parameter Plans and Development Specification ensure controlled flexibility for individual buildings and Plots is inherent in the Proposed Development.

Refer to the Design Code (EC.PA.C) and the Development Specification (EC.PA.A) for more information.

Cultural spaces have been designed as part of a network of smaller and larger venues, with food & beverage, retail and commercial spaces offering complimentary uses. This approach extends into the masterplan’s wider landscape, art and lighting strategy to bring cultural uses into the public realm and to celebrate the Site’s cultural heritage.

Refer to the Design Code (EC.PA.C) and Chapters 5, 6 and 7 within the DAS (EC.PA.08) for more information.

Placemaking Framework Tracker

Priority 4: Varied and rich urban life (continued)

Policy scope Policy requirement

"d) Night-time economy

Venues and activities connected with the night-time and evening economy should make up a significant element of the cultural strategy, designed in to the scheme at masterplan stage, and managed to create a safe and welcoming environment for all and minimise residential disturbance."

Scheme provision / response

Active uses are envisaged to continue into the evenings, creating vibrant streets supporting Earls Court’s nighttime economy. Active evening uses are concentrated in or along busier public realm spaces such as the Table Park, Empress Place Boulevard, Lillie Sidings Square, West Brompton Crescent as well as Warwick Square and West Brompton Square. The masterplan has been designed alongside specialist lighting and security consultants to ensure spaces feel safe and welcoming throughout the night with appropriate light levels to minimise residential disturbance.

Refer to the Design Code (EC.PA.C), and Chapters 6 and 7 within the DAS (EC.PA.08) for more information.

"e) Culture in the public realm

The scheme should include a culture and public realm strategy to accommodate and foster cultural activity in appropriate locations within the public realm."

"f) Artists shaping the place

Artists should be involved in creating permanent, programmed or temporary works of art, allowing for public participation through making and/or experiencing."

The Cultural Strategy establishes an approach to sitewide programming throughout the public realm, allowing for daily activation, seasonal events, performances, artwork and installations. The approach is embedded in the landscape, art and lighting strategies.

Refer to Chapters 5, 6 and 7 within the DAS (EC.PA.08) and Cultural Strategy (EC.PA.31) for more information.

The art strategy outlines the approach to facilitate the creation of a wide range of artworks across the masterplan. This has already begun, with the creation of Empress Studios at Empress Place and a number of supporting meanwhile uses.

Refer to Chapter 7 within the DAS (EC.PA.08) for the approach to the sitewide art strategy, the Temporary Use Strategy (EC.PA.49) and Chapters 1 and 2 within the DAS (EC.PA.08) for information on meanwhile use commitments that have already been delivered.

"g) Public art strategy

A public art strategy shall set out how public art will influence each phase of the development including at masterplanning stage, in landscape design, and via meanwhile projects."

A dynamic and evolving sitewide art strategy will form an important part of ensuring Earls Court Development is a cultural destination within London. It sets out a framework for how to work collaboratively to create art that will reinforce a sense of place and tell the story of this unique part of London and its communities. A Temporary Use Strategy sets out the approach to meanwhile use, including commitments delivered to date as well as the strategy for temporary uses during construction.

Refer to Chapter 7 within the DAS (EC.PA.08) the Temporary Use Strategy (EC.PA.49).

10.4 Image Credits

Every effort has been made to trace the copyright holders, but if any have been inadvertently overlooked, the necessary arrangements will be made at the first opportunity.

Chapter 1: Introduction

No image credits.

Chapter 2: A Vision for Earls Court

p.23 Alamy Stock Photo (multiple)

p.26 The Architects’ Journal

Alamy Stock Photo (multiple)

Where images are not credited, they are owned by ECDC, the Team or unlicensed.

SLA / Mikkel Eye

Chapter 3: Site Context and Analysis

p.39 The Architects’ Journal

p.40 National Library of Scotland

Barton, N., Lost Rivers Of London

p.41 National Library of Scotland

Britain from Above, Historic England

p.42 Britain from Above, Historic England

p.44 Alamy Stock Photo (multiple)

p.46 Alamy Stock Photo (multiple)

p.47 Alamy Stock Photo

Google Streetview (multiple)

p.48 Keltbray

p.51 Alamy Stock Photo (multiple)

p.53 Pell Frischmann

John McAslan + Partners

Lodha UK

p.54 Alamy Stock Photo (multiple)

p.55 Alamy Stock Photo (multiple)

p.56 Alamy Stock Photo (multiple)

p.59 Alamy Stock Photo (multiple)

p.65 Alamy Stock Photo (multiple)

John McAslan + Partners

p.66 Alamy Stock Photo

p.76 Alamy Stock Photo

Chapter 4: Design Evolution & Engagement

p.123 Alamy Stock Photo (multiple)

Chapter 5: The Strategic Framework

p.157 Alamy Stock Photo

p.158 Alamy Stock Photo

p.168 Alamy Stock Photo (multiple)

Hawkins\Brown (multiple)

Maccreanor Lavington / Tim Crocker

Maccreanor Lavington / John Sturrock

Chapter 6: The Illustrative Masterplan

p.185 Alamy Stock Photo (multiple)

Howarth Tompkins / Philip Vile

p.189 Maccreanor Lavington / Tim Crocker

p.193 SLA / Laura Stamer

Studio Egret West

p.199 Alamy Stock Photo (multiple)

p.201 Alamy Stock Photo (multiple)

Maccreanor Lavington / Tim Crocker

p.212 Studio Egret West

p.216 SLA / Øystein Haara

Maccreanor Lavington / David Grandorge

Hawkins\Brown

p.218 Maccreanor Lavington / Tim Crocker

Alamy Stock Photo (multiple)

p.220 Alamy Stock Photo (multiple)

p.232 Alamy Stock Photo

p.234 Alamy Stock Photo (multiple)

SLA / Laura Stamer

SLA

p.236 Alamy Stock Photo (multiple)

p.237 Alamy Stock Photo (multiple)

SLA / Rasmus Hjortshøj

p.240 SLA / Jens Lindhe

SLA

p.244 Alamy Stock Photo (multiple)

p.253 Alamy Stock Photo

p.256 Hawkins\Brown

p.260 SLA / Rasmus Hjortshøj

p.269 Alamy Stock Photo

p.270 Alamy Stock Photo

p.274 Alamy Stock Photo

p.276 SLA / Mikkel Eye

Alamy Stock Photo (multiple)

p.278 SLA / Jens Lindhe

Alamy Stock Photo

p.280 Alamy Stock Photo

Maccreanor Lavington / Tim Crocker

p.290 Studio Egret West

Alamy Stock Photo (multiple)

p.293 Alamy Stock Photo (multiple)

p.295 SLA / Mikkel Eye

p.296 Alamy Stock Photo

SLA / Rasmus Hjortshøj SLA / Mikkel Eye

Chapter 7: Spatial Strategies

p.319 Alamy Stock Photo

Studio Egret West

SLA / Mikkel Eye

SLA / Laura Stamer (multiple)

SLA /Sigrid Bjorbekkmo

p.320 SLA / Rasmus Hjortshøj

SLA / Mikkel Eye (multiple)

SLA / Torben Petersen

SLA (multiple)

10.4 Image Credits

Every effort has been made to trace the copyright holders, but if any have been inadvertently overlooked, the necessary arrangements will be made at the first opportunity.

p.321 SLA / Mikkel Eye

SLA / Jon Bjarni Hartarson

SLA / Sigrid Bjorbekkmo (multiple)

SLA / Laura Stamer

p.322 SLA

SLA / Mikkel Eye (multiple)

SLA / Rasmus Hjortshøj

SLA / Øystein Haara

SLA/Jon Bjarni Hartarson

Where images are not credited, they are owned by ECDC, the Team or unlicensed.

p.326 SLA / Mikkel Eye (multiple)

SLA / Tina Stephansen

p.336 SLA (multiple)

Studio Egret West

SLA / Mikkel Eye (multiple)

SLA / Rasmus Hjortshøj

SLA / Øystein Haara

SLA/Jon Bjarni Hjartarson

p.339 SLA / Øystein Haara

SLA / Mikkel Eye (multiple)

p.340 SLA / Øystein Haara (multiple)

SLA

p.344 Alamy Stock Photo (multiple)

p.346 Alamy Stock Photo (multiple)

p.347 SLA / Jens Lindhe

p.348 Studio Egret West

p.351 Alamy Stock Photo

p.353 Alamy Stock Photo (multiple)

SLA / Øystein Haara

SLA / Mikkel Eye

SLA

p.354 Alamy Stock Photo

p.356 Alamy Stock Photo

p.357 SLA / Mikkel Eye

Alamy Stock Photo (multiple)

p.358 Hawkins\Brown (multiple)

Chapter 8: Phasing and Delivery

No image credits.

Chapter 9: Conclusion

p.393 Alamy Stock Photo (multiple) Keltbray

Chapter 10: Appendices

p.397 Alamy Stock Photo (multiple)

p.398 Alamy Stock Photo

p.399 Alamy Stock Photo (multiple)

p.400 Alamy Stock Photo (multiple)

John McAslan + Partners

p.401 Alamy Stock Photo (multiple)

p.402 Alamy Stock Photo (multiple)

p.404 Alamy Stock Photo (multiple)

John McAslan + Partners

p.405 Alamy Stock Photo (multiple)

Hawkins\Brown & Studio Egret West EC.PA.08 July 2024